Education

MOST POPULAR AROUND THE WORLD
SUCCESS
PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

SERIES
EDUCATION NET SET

BOOST YOUR KNOWLEDGE
DESIGNED FOR SURE SUCCESS

MCQ EDITION
NARAYAN CHANGDER
1 + S
1 O N
S
38 STI ER
E W
QU NS
A
USEFUL FOR
4STUDENTS 4
□ □TEACHERS 4
□PARENTS 4□KIDS 4
□QUIZ TEST
□EXAM 4
4 □TRIVIA TEST 4
□COMPETITIVE EXAM 4
□OTHERS
2
Preface:
This book has undergone rigorous scrutiny to ensure its accuracy. I eagerly invite constructive
feedback on its content. Feel free to reach out to me via Facebook at https://www.facebook.
com/narayanchangder. Additionally, you can access all of my books on Google Play Books at
https://play.google.com/store/books/author?id=Narayan+Changder.
JAI SHREE RAM
NARAYAN CHANGDER
This E-book is dedicated to the loving memory of my mother:

my guiding light, my shining star,
forever
It is my deepest gratitude and warmest

affection that I dedicate this Ebook.
To my mother JOYTSNA CHANGDER

who could not see this Ebook.
who has been a constant source of Knowledge and in-

spiration. Mom, Covid did not take you, it took our
many dreams. wherever you are we will meet again.
Disclaimer
The aim of this publication is to sup-

ply information taken from sources be-
lieved to be valid, reliable and authen-
ticate. The author bear no responsibil-
ity for any damage arising from inad-
verent omissions, negligence or inac-
curacies (typographical or factual) that
♣
NARAYAN CHANGDER
may have found their way into this PDF
booklet.
Due care has been taken to ensure that
the information provided in this book
is correct. Author is not responsible
for any errors, omissions or damage
arising out of use of this information.
nt
Importa inter-
s , s e ar ch the de
er to inclu -
i t h t h e answ w a n t
w u au
atisfied . If yo ontact
If not s rrect answers klet, please c t s:
p
net for
co
i n t h is boo F a c e b ook ht
estions on
tact him arayanchangd
er/
new qu a n c o n n
ou c om/
thor. Y acebook.c
. f
//www
CRUCIAL INFORMATION: PLEASE READ BEFORE
CONTINUING:

1. If you require practice sets on various sub-
jects, kindly send us a message on Facebook
with the subject name. Our team will be happy
to create them for you. Message us on Face-
book at https://www.facebook.com/
narayanchangder
2. Additionally, you can access all of my books
with answers on Google Play Books at »>
https://play.google.com/store/books/
author?id=Narayan+Changder
3. Answers are given at the end of every page
to help you identify your strengths and weak-
nesses.
4. It shows you how to build your own techni-
cal and pedagogical skills to enable them to
create their own materials and activities for
students.
5. It helps you to see how you can make the
transition from classroom teaching to blended
and online teaching.
6. It’s the cheapest good quality ebook that you
can buy online on google play books.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
7. The money raised from creating the sales of
the book will help to ensure that I’m able to
produce similar books like this at a compara-
ble price.
8. YOU CAN DOWNLOAD 4000+ FREE PRACTICE
SET PDF EBOOK ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS (NURS-
ERY to UNIVERSITY LEVEL) FROM GOOGLE
DRIVE LINK https://drive.google.com/
drive/u/1/folders/19TbUXltOSN5S7FV3sL
Contents
1 EDUCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1 Basic fact about education systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Motivation and emotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.3 Child development and pedagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.4 Histry of education in subcontinent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.5 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.6 Curriculam developement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.7 Educational philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.8 Educational sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
1.9 Principle of teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
1.10 Psychological disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
1.11 Secondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
1.12 Environmental studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
1.13 Higher education system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
1.14 ICT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
1.15 Modern history of education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
1.16 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
1.17 Research methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
1.18 School and classroom management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
1.19 Teaching and research aptitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
1.20 Teaching aptitude in education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
1.21 Educational movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
1.22 Educational policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
1.23 Elementary education in early history Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
1.24 Islamic education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
1. EDUCATION
NARAYAN CHANGDER
1.1 Basic fact about education systems
1. If your purpose is , group work is not B. End of nineteenth century
a good idea. C. Early twentieenth century
A. Division of work and responsibility
D. End twentieenth century
B. To overcoming learning difficulties
5. How should a teacher be related to his
C. To improve coordination and sharing
peers?
D. To identify different aspects of a prob-
A. Follow independent views
lem
B. Should copy other teacher’s style
2. Talking and indiscipline in classroom is an
C. Should not intervene in other’s work
indication of
A. Indisciplined students D. Suggest each other the effective ways
to teach
B. Confusion about things taught
C. Not summarising lecture points 6. is not an objective of Formal Education.
D. Boredom casued by repetitiveness A. Self-paced learning

B. Teacher-centered learning
3. A student is ‘Exceptional’ when his perfor-
mance is significantly C. Learning discipline-based content
A. Below the average student D. Comparing high and low achievers
B. Above the average student 7. Majority of the students in a class misbe-
C. Similar to the average student have, what does it tell you?
D. Above or below the average student A. Too many rules
B. Lack of a code of conduct
4. Annie Besant inspired the opening of
schools in many cities in C. Presence of distractions in the class
A. Early nineteenth century D. General indiscipline amongst students
1. D 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. B
1.1 Basic fact about education systems 3
8. Why is Environment Awareness necessary C. Indoctrination

at all stages of education? D. None of these

A. Important for human survival
14. is called perceptional level learning.
B. Environment varies from region to re-
gion A. Seen to unseen
C. Man must control and change environ- B. Simple to complex

ment C. Known to unknown
D. None of the above D. Concrete to abstract
9. Why is teacher training necessary? 15. Rama Krishna Mission was founded by
A. Understand methods of school organi- A. Guru Nanak Dev
sation B. Swami Dayanand
B. Upgrade knowledge of content C. Swami Vivekanand
C. Increase teaching skills D. Raja Ram Mohan Roy
D. All the above
16. is the apex institution involved in the
10. is the quality of a good teacher. planned and coordinated development of
the teacher education system in the coun-
A. Sense of humour
try.
B. Physical strength A. UGC
C. Control over emotions B. NCTE
D. Good command over the subject C. NCERT
11. The development of a student’s personal- D. None of these
ity is affected the most by
17. You have an aggressive student in your
A. Discipline at institute class. Which of the following would you
B. Emotional climate at home adopt to handle him?
C. Inherited assets and liabilities A. Punish him
D. Social orientation of peers and elders B. Allow him the opportunity to act ag-
gressively
12. When is ‘National Teachers Day’ cele-
C. Put him in a highly frustrating and en-
brated?
barrassing situation
A. January 15
D. Make him aware of the harmful conse-
B. February 28 quences of aggression
C. September 5
18. What will be the IQ of a 25 years old boy
D. October 5 whose mental age is 16?
13. Which of the following would you use to A. 50
shape the habits? B. 64
A. Training C. 75
B. Teaching D. 100
9. D 10. D 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. D 18. B 19. B
19. Regarding co-education at the secondary 24. When was the National Adult Education
stage, the 1952-53 Education Commission Programme (NAEP) launched?
has suggested that A. 1975
A. To maintain separate schools for boys B. 1976
and girls
C. 1977
B. To start, resource, in several states
D. 1978
could not afford
25. A blackboard cannot be used for
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. There should be objection to extend co-
educational school A. Show schematic diagrams
D. The situation in our country warrants B. Improvement of a paragraph
establishment of more boys schools than C. Making reports based on information
co-educational school.
D. Summary of relationships between
20. Tagore was a facts
A. Poet 26. is the major cause of difference in the
B. Musician classroom behaviour of boys and girls.
C. Philosopher A. Job aspirations
D. None of these B. Educational levels
C. Societal expectations
21. ‘Generation gap’ refers to
D. Developmental differences
A. Problems of teenagers
27. What would you do if you find two stu-
B. Attitude of adults to teenagers
dents of your class fighting?
C. The growing awareness of adoles-
A. Ignore the fight
cents
B. Punish both of them
D. Difference in values of different age
groups C. Ignore the aggressor
D. Punish the aggressive child
22. means reinforcing each small step to-
wards a desired goal or behaviour. 28. What is the use of text book in a class?
A. Cuing A. Set new standards
B. Shaping B. To delimit what is to be taught
C. Prompting C. To explain ideas and concepts
D. Positive practice D. To achieve learning objectives
29. Which of the following is true about the
23. ‘National Policy on Education’ 1986 was
ways of learning for students?
reviewed by
A. Each child has a unique learning style
A. Ramamurti Committee
B. Speed of learning is same for all stu-
B. Adielsehiah Committee
dents
C. Sampurnanand Committee C. Children follow the way other students
D. Iswar Bhai Patel Committee learn
20. A 21. D 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. D 29. A
D. All children immediately follow B. Removing illiteracy

teacher’s instruction C. Providing primary education to all

30. Arya Samaj was founded by D. Improving administration of schools
A. Kabir 35. The concept of totalitarian education in the
B. Swami Satyanand West was in favour of
C. Raja Ram Mohan Roy A. Making the state responsible to evolve
education as a means of satisfying individ-
D. Swami Dayanand Sarswati
ual’s needs and interests
31. The opinion that “our aim should be to pro- B. Making the education of the individual
duce men who possess both culture and ex- as an instrument for realising the ends of
pect knowledge” given by the state
A. Froebel C. The education of the individual for de-
B. Montessori velopment of his total personality
C. Prof. A.H. Whitehead D. Treating education as a binding factor
of international understanding
D. All of the above
36. Which of the following are the characteris-
32. The topic method in education should be in- tics of a person with scientific attitude?
terpreted
A. Brevity
A. a substitute for the project method of
teaching B. Objectivity
B. a concentric approach of teaching the C. Adventure

classroom D. Sharp memory
C. a method of development of the syl- 37. What is the biggest advantage of inter-
labus in a subject action between the teacher and the stu-
D. a method suited better for arts sub- dents?
jects as compared to science subjects A. It satisfies the teacher
33. Article 45 under the Directive Principles of B. It facilitates effective learning
State policy in the Indian Constitution, pro- C. It results in better group relations
vides for
D. It encourages the students to ask
A. Free and compulsory primary educa- questions
tion
38. Following attributes would correctly de-
B. Education for weaker sections of the
fine learning
country
A. Belief, creativity, and endurance
C. Giving financial assistance to less ad-
vanced states B. Intution, intelligence and memorisa-
tion
D. Rights of minorities to establish educa-
tional institutions C. Change of behaviour, practice and ex-
perience
34. EFA Programme is involved in D. Understanding, imagination and work-
A. Removing poverty manship
30. D 31. C 32. A 33. B 34. C 35. B 36. B 37. B 38. A 39. A
39. The aim of the Charter Act of 1813 was C. Pavlovian Conditioning
D. Respondent Conditioning
A. To spend money on education
45. Social change would bring a change in
B. To spread education worldwide which of the following?
C. Government control on education A. Human relationship
D. To make English education common B. Structure of the society
C. Attitudes, ideals and values
NARAYAN CHANGDER
40. Ahinsa & Truth in Gandhiji’s opinion is
A. Two side of a coin D. All of the above
B. Can’t translate 46. In today’s society school should give

C. Can’t inter-wined A. Vocational base
D. Have no relation between the two B. Ornamental base
C. Both of the above
41. If you want to improve the ability to ob-
serve in children, which of the following D. None of these
would you recommend?
47. If a student is rude to you, which strategy
A. Sharpening the senses would you adopt as a teacher?
B. Training mental faculties A. Punish the student
C. Generating interest in subject B. Argue with the student
D. Developing a framework for experi- C. Express shock at such behaviour
ences D. Remind the student of classroom rules
42. Having variety of question sets in a ques- 48. Suppose you get a Hindi Medium student
tion paper increases it who has learnt English. He is given five
A. Validity sentences to be translated from Hindi to
English. As an evaluator, which aspect
B. Difficulty
would you to try to evaluate in him?
C. Reliability
A. Synthesis
D. Objectivity B. Application
43. To make learning effective, a goal must be C. Knowledge
meaningful in terms D. Understanding
A. Intellectual ideas
49. If we believe in the dualistic theory of the
B. Standards of others mind versus body nature of man, have to
C. Objectives of the curriculum arrive at the econsequence that
D. The needs and purposes of students A. Learning an education should cater to
observable behaviour of man
44. Computer Assisted Instruction is based on B. Learning is purely a matter of material
principle changes in the behaviour of man
A. Operant Conditioning C. Education is purely a matter of mental
B. Classical Conditioning training and development of the self
40. A 41. B 42. C 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. A 47. D 48. D 49. C
D. Education is mechanisation in process C. Sociology

and theoretical in development D. Geography

50. Learning in the mother-tongue helps a stu-
55. “The affection brought about a lossening
dent to what is being taught.
up of the rigidity of Hindu Society and
A. Create has been an admirable modern influence on
B. Interpret Hindu thought” said by
C. Reproduce A. Kabir
D. Easily comprehend B. Swami Dayanand
C. Swami Vivekanand
51. You have a mixed class of boys and girls.
Which method would you adopt to improve D. Rabindranath Tagore
co-operation between them?
56. cannot be adopted for effective class-
A. Talking about equality in lessons room teaching.
B. Asking parents to discuss equality A. Use of technological aids
C. Making boys and girls share a bench B. Improving classroom climate
D. Setting tasks which have to be done to- C. Manipulating teaching methods
gether
D. Teaching latest trends and advances
52. Exams are held to
57. All levels of education are provided from
A. Assess learners skills
the nursery to the University stage in
B. Identify learning problems
A. Arya Samaj
C. Identify the level of learning
B. Shantiniketan
D. Rank students for selection
C. Brahmo Samaj
53. The 1968 national policy teacher educa- D. Ashram at Pondicherry
tion adopted by the Indian Government
laid stress on the following aspects of 58. is not an objective of the Adult Literacy
teacher’s education Program.
A. Promotion and retirement facilities for A. Flexibility of time to learn
teachers. B. Training women entrepreneurs
B. Travel allowance and family pensions
C. Providing work related literacy kits
for teachers.
D. Providing literacy and health Educa-
C. Adequate emoluments and academic
tion
freedom for teachers.
D. In-service training and correspon- 59. Which of the following policies was intro-
dence education for teachers. duced in 1975?
A. Macauly Report
54. Which subject explains and appreciates the
contribution of the past to the present? B. Radhakrishnan Report
A. History C. Kothari Commission Report
B. Economics D. Curriculum for the 10 year school
50. D 51. D 52. A 53. C 54. A 55. C 56. D 57. D 58. B 59. D 60. B
60. A consultant or a team conducts the eval- 65. Choice of a vocation depends
uation process in a particular way, which A. Ease of admission
of the following decides that
B. Interest and skills of the learner
A. Business analysis
C. Subjects a student learnt at school
B. Terms of reference
D. Income generated by the occupation
C. Project management
66. The ‘Cone of Experience’ was developed
D. Quality management
NARAYAN CHANGDER
by
61. You have a student who has failed in a A. Edgar Dale
particular class. How will you motivate B. Jeanne Clum
this student to study sincerely in the same
class? C. Ponting Barry
D. Jereme Krusner
A. By friend’s counselling
B. By teacher’s counselling 67. Which of the following situations would
the best for maximum transfer of learn-
C. By guardian’s counselling ing?
D. By psychological counselling A. Similar tasks requiring different re-
sponses
62. How do we get knowledge and how can
we be sure it is true and not error? This B. Similar tasks requiring the same re-
area of philosophy is called sponse
A. Epistemology C. Different tasks requiring different re-
sponses
B. Beyond Philosophy
D. Different tasks requiring the same re-
C. Neurology sponse
D. None of the above
68. As a principle, how would you behave with
63. tests measure the extent of students below average students?
learning in a given content area. A. Generously
A. Aptitude B. Won’t pay any attention
B. Diagnostic C. Same as with other students
C. Readiness D. Won’t allow them in the next class
D. Achievement 69. Who formed Brahmo Samaj
64. Who had observed that the art of educa- A. Raja Ram Mohan Roy
tion would never attain clearness in itself B. Guru Nanak
without philosophy? He was C. Ramanand
A. Fichte D. Kabir
B. M.K. Gandhi
70. In ancient India religions and moral aims
C. John Dewey were dominated by
D. Gautam Buddha A. Kshatriya system of education
61. D 62. A 63. D 64. A 65. B 66. A 67. D 68. A 69. A 70. C
B. Brahmnic system of education 76. What type of teachers are appreciated?

C. Both (A) and (B) A. Friendly

D. None of the above B. With charming personality
71. When is the best time to evaluate a stu- C. The one exercising strict control over
dent’s performance? his students
A. When the instruction have begun D. The one who understands the prob-
lems of students and helps them
B. When the instruction have ended
C. Throughout the instructional process 77. On which list is education in Indian Consti-
tution?
D. Only at the end of major units of in-
struction A. State list
72. Young adolescents rebel to express their B. Central list

C. Concurrent list
A. Their creativity D. None of the above
B. Their desire for freedom
78. “Recall the face of the poorest and weak-
C. Their personal inadequacy est man whom you may have seen, and
D. External discipline imposed ask yourself, if the step you contemplate
is going to be of any use to him”. Who
73. How would you improve student participa- said these lines?
tion in classroom activity?
A. Zakir Husain
A. By holding tests
B. Mahatma Gandhi
B. By giving written assignments
C. Lal Bahadur Shastri
C. By group activity and reporting
D. Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel
D. By reading textual information
79. What advantage do objective type tests
74. For a teacher teaching a class wit large
have over essay tests?
strength, which of the techniques is best?
A. They are easier to interpret
A. Lecture and class notes
B. They take less time to prepare
B. Group work with a lecture
C. Debate, discussions, practicals C. The sampling content can be wider
D. Self study and asking questions D. They require less technical knowledge
75. Equalisation of educational opportunity is 80. Intellectual aim in education was empha-
provided in of Indian Constitution. sised in
A. Article 41 A. Greek
B. Article 42 B. India
C. Article 44 C. Sparta
D. Article 45 D. Athenian
71. C 72. B 73. C 74. A 75. C 76. D 77. C 78. B 79. C 80. A 81. D 82. A
81. Which of the following is Doordarshan’s C. Socio-cultural background

Educational Television Channel?
D. All of the above
A. Vidya
B. Gurukul 87. Why are class tests conducted?
C. Gyan Bharati A. To revise
D. Gyan Darshan B. As a writing practice
82. How would you dress yourself as a C. To train students to think logically
NARAYAN CHANGDER
teacher? D. To evaluate educational achievement
A. Dignified
B. Traditionally 88. Why is ‘learning by doing’ important?
C. Comfortably A. Maintains discipline

D. Fashionably B. Keeps children busy
83. For , ‘Experimentation’ the standard C. Promotes meaningful learning

procedure to know the truth? D. It develops interest among children
A. Science
89. Which of the following affects an individ-
B. Geography
ual’s development at a given time?
C. Archeology
A. Their experiences
D. Public Administration
B. Inherited potentitalities
84. is the apex institution in the area of
C. Interaction of nature and nurture
training educational planners and adminis-
trators? D. Social pressure on the individual
A. SIE
90. Where is the First Central Institute of Vo-
B. NCTE cational Education located?
C. NIEPA A. Bhopal
D. NCERT
B. Mumbai
85. Why should a teacher be an idealist and C. Calcutta
set examples?
D. Coimbatore
A. Teacher is an adult
B. Teacher is a paternal figure 91. The statement by the then Prime Minister
C. Students do not have values Rajiv Gandhi that a new education would
made so as to Prepare Indians for the 21st
D. Students usually imitate teachers
Century in the year
86. Which of the following items of informa- A. 1985
tion are important about students to moti-
vate them for studies? B. 1988
A. Personality C. 1993
B. Learning style D. 1997
83. A 84. C 85. D 86. D 87. D 88. D 89. C 90. A 91. A 92. B
92. The issue of ‘academic burden on students’ B. Friedrich Frobel

was examined by . C. Maria Montessori

A. Mathur Committee D. Johann Friedrich Herbart
B. Yashpal Committee
98. Which subject tries to understand the role
C. Adielshiah Committee of man in changing his environment?
D. Iswar Bhai Patel Committee A. History
93. The scheme of Restructuring and Re- B. Biology
organization of Teachers was approved in C. Geography
the year?
D. Political Science
A. 1987
99. A teacher should encourage the students
B. 1988
to
C. 1989
A. Obey teacher’s command
D. 1990
B. Submit home-work on time
94. How can forgetting be minimised? C. Improve their own capabilities
A. Recitation D. Score best grades in the class
B. Cramming
100. You are training in public speaking and de-
C. Overlearning bate. Which of the following characteris-
D. Discrimination tics can you not expect to develop?
A. Concept
95. A student in your class is guilty of stealing.
What would you do? B. Voice modulation
A. Send the child to the police C. Control over emotions
B. Publicly demand an apology D. Using language creatively
C. Punish and make the child repay 101. What is the purpose of the assignments
D. Find the cause of the behaviour and ex- in the text book?
plain the effects of stealing A. To aid teachers
96. What is the best way for a teacher to re- B. To provide practice to the learners
solve the problems in a class? C. To act as a guidance for the unit tests
A. Ask for other teacher’s opinion D. To helpd learner revise and review the
B. Depends on one’s own opinion chapter
C. Use the view that Principal gives 102. is the process in which you identify
D. Think on suggestions offered by the the common aspects or basic relationships
children and implement the good ones in a variety of specific situations?
A. Reasoning
97. Which educational psychologist believed in
the fact that ‘All children have the poten- B. Abstraction
tial to learn’? C. Generalization
A. John Dewey D. Problem Solving
93. A 94. C 95. D 96. D 97. B 98. C 99. D 100. C 101. B 102. C
103. Who became the first Minister of Educa- 108. “Anything can be taught at any stage of
tion in the Indian government? development”, was said by
A. Shri M. C. Chagla A. Jean Piaget
B. Dr. K. L. Shrimali B. Jerome Bruner
C. Shri Humayun Kabir C. David Ausubel
D. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad D. Albert Bandura
109. What is the importance of having devel-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
104. How would you make your students in-
oped senses?
dependent?
A. To achieve happiness
A. Ignoring their petty fights
B. For physical well being
B. Solving their problems for them
C. Other learnings depend on them
C. Give responsibility to everyone
D. For all round mental development
D. Giving orders and expecting obedience
110. What is the most important contribution
105. What is the main purpose of punishment that a teacher can make in the classroom?
to students? A. Develop interest in the lesson
A. Reform the offender B. Set high achievement levels
B. Demonstrate authority C. Impart knowledge of the subject
C. Protect others from doing the same D. Reduce tension and make learning cre-
D. Retaliate for the wrong that has been ative
done 111. Which one of the following is the most
important elements in teaching?
106. Its your first day in a class, what would
you do? A. Subject matter
A. Smile at everyone B. Student’s knowledge
B. Evaluate the subject C. Teaching techniques and aids used

D. Relationship between teachers and
C. Introduce yourself to the students
students
D. Ask the students to stay disciplined
112. Can a teacher suspend a student?
107. The purpose of the textbook is to provide A. Yes
B. No
A. A material to teachers to base teach-
C. Doubt
ing on
D. May not sure
B. Reading and reference materials for
the teachers 113. undertook the innovative project ‘Lok
C. A learning material based on a syl- Jumbish People’s movement for Education
labus to a learner for All’?
D. A material forming the basis and con- A. Bihar

tent for examinations B. Rajasthan
CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

C. Uttar Pradesh 119. Vivekanand was a

D. Madhya Pradesh A. Poet

B. Philosopher
114. The amendement got “Fundamental
Duties” added to the Constitution of In- C. Religious guru
dia? D. All of the above
A. 41st Amendment 120. A teacher should be towards his stu-
B. 42nd Amendment dents?
C. 43rd Amendment A. Tolerant
D. 44th Amendment B. Supreme
C. Outspoken
115. What would you do if you notice that stu-
dents tend to doze off in your class? D. Sympathetic
A. Reprimand them 121. The major disadvantage of punishment in
B. Stop teaching for a while education is that
A. It prevents team work
C. Give a command seeking attention
B. It generates unpleasant feelings
D. Provide them a chance to be physically
active C. It causes embarrassment in children
D. It does not solve the problem perma-
116. You want to develop cooperation and nently
team spirit in students? Which activities
would you propose? 122. You want to ensure participation of more
A. Art students in class. Which of the following
methods of teaching would you adopt?
B. Quiz
A. Role-play
C. Debate
B. Recitation
D. Project work
C. Discussion
117. Education in the Vedic period was D. Demonstration
A. Mostly in Sanskrit 123. is suitable to slow learners.
B. Given in Gurukuls by a sage A. Role playing
C. Meant for the removal of inequality B. Creative writing
D. Confined to the princely classes and C. Learning by rote
Brahmins D. Mechanical repetition of an action
118. The concept of ‘SUPW’ was elucidated by 124. Which of the following pairs is incorrectly
matched?
A. Adiseshiah Committee A. Piaget - Moral Development
B. Ramamurthi Committee B. Thorndike - Theory X and Y
C. Sampurnanand Committee C. Maslow - Hierarchy of Needs
D. Ishwar Bhai Patel Review Committee D. Skinner - Programmed Learning

1.2 Motivation and emotion 14
125. How can a teacher develop creativity in A. He thinks that he is mature enough
himself and the learners?
B. He thinks that he is intelligent enough
A. Set new tasks
C. He believes that he does not need any
B. By praising any creative work advice
C. By playing thought provoking games D. His want for recognition and indepen-
D. By giving new up-to-date information dence of thought and action
126. NLM stands for
NARAYAN CHANGDER
129. Cause and effect relationships are stud-
A. National Liberty Mission ied by studies.
B. National Labour Mission A. Clinical
C. National Literacy Mission B. Comparative
D. National Literacy Movement C. Experimental
127. Study of improves a students ability D. Developmental
to experiment and analyse
A. Science 130. is the degree to which a test mea-
sures what it is supposed to measure?
B. History
C. Language A. Validity
D. Mathematics B. Usability
C. Reliability
128. What makes an adolescent revolt against
Authority? D. Objectivity
1.2 Motivation and emotion

1. Urethral eroticism is mainly. 3. The success of the cathartic method was
regarded by Freud as evidence of the.
A. Autoerotic
B. Conscious A. Unconscious
C. Unconscious B. Conscious
D. Egocentric C. Subconsious
D. Libido
2. “A young women after fighting with her
husband returned to her parent, s home
only to allow her parents to “baby” her 4. A state of deep unconsciousness with non-
and fulfil her every wish like that of a responsiveness to stimulation is known
child”. This is an illustration of. as.
A. Repression A. Coma
B. Regression B. Fixation
C. Fixation C. Hypnotism
D. Reaction Formation D. Trauma

5. In 1895, Freud an Breuer published a book 10. Who said that after birth, the child has a
entitled. strong frustrating experience?

A. Studies in Hysteria A. Sigmund Freud (1917)
B. Interpretation of Dreams B. Otto Rank (1929)
C. Moses and Menotheism C. Alfred Alder (1920)
D. Psychopathology of Everyday Life D. C.G Jung (1919)
11. Sigmund Freud has regarded the first three

6. In “moral anxiety” ego’s dependence
stages of psychosexual development i.e
upon.
the period of 5 or 6 years of life, to be
A. Superego is found decisive for the formation of.
B. Id is found A. Intelligence
C. Sex is found B. Personality
D. Unconscious is found C. Emotion
D. Ego
7. In a special book, Freud analyzed the psy-
chology of error and found the source of 12. The term “defence mechanism” was intro-
errors in the conflict between. duced by.
A. Ego and Super ego A. Freud in 1894
B. Unconscious wish and conscious cen- B. Jung in 1902
sorship C. Alfred Adler in 1905
C. Conscious wish and unconscious cen- D. Sullivan in 1935
sorship
13. In the book”Group Psychology and the
D. Ego and Preconscious
Analysis of the Ego”Freud has explained
8. The technique by which the strength of the formation of.
need is measured in terms of readiness A. Personality
with which a task is learned under differ- B. Group
ent conditions of motivation is known as.
C. Society
A. Activity wheel
D. Gang
B. The choice and Preference Method
14. According to Freud, the negative Oedipus
C. Learning Method
complex may lead to.
A. Heterosexuality
9. The “Super ego”is the equivalent of what B. Homosexuality
is more commonly known as the. C. Narcissism
A. Conscience D. Castration
B. Personality
15. The very term “Phallic “is derived from
C. Libido “Phallos”which means.
D. Narcissism A. Penis in erection

B. Sexual urge 21. Defence mechanism operate at unconscious

C. Ego-conflict level They occur Without awareness of the
individual Hence they are.
D. Self-Love
A. Self-explanatory
16. Syllabus of advance classes cannot be cov- B. Self-deceptive
ered with as it requires great time.
C. Self-expressive
A. Recitation method
D. Self-dependant
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Lecture method
C. Discussion method 22. The main erotogenic zone of our body is.
D. Project method A. Mouth
B. Genitals
17. Those internal mechanisms of the body
which by controlling numerous highly com- C. Anal Zones
plicated physiological processes, keep it in D. Lips
a state of equilibrium are known as.
23. Realistic anxiety is otherwise known as.
A. Homeostases
A. Objective anxiety
B. Nervous System
B. Subjective anxiety
C. Nutrition
C. Psychin anxiety
D. Ego defenses
18. Moving away from the reality is called the
mechanism of. 24. The parts of the body that are capable of
reacting to sexual stimuli are called.
A. Withdrawal
A. Erotogenic Zones
B. Denial
B. Abnormal Zones
C. Daydream
C. Sensitive Zones
D. Introjection
D. Secular Zones
19. Freud had published a book “Totem and
Tahoo”in 1913 By publishing this book he 25. “Penis envy” is found in girls in.
has shown his concern for. A. Oral Stage
A. Social Psychology B. Anal Stage
B. Abnormal Psychology C. Genital Stage
C. Industrial Psychology D. Pohallic Stage
D. Child Psychology
26. Sometimes the superego gives threats to
20. Dreams represent demands or wishes punish the ego.This causes an emotional re-
stemming from the. sponse called.
A. Unconscious A. Moral Anxiety
B. Conscious B. Realistic Anxiety
C. Preconscious C. Objective Anxiety
D. Death Instinct D. Neurotic Anxiety

27. The Oral Anal and Phallic stages of Psycho 33. Who viewed “A person is grown with sex,
sexual Development are called. lives in sex and finally dies in sex”?

A. Pregenital Period A. J.Herbart
B. Sexual Genesis
B. Sigmund Freud
C. Life Instinct
C. Alfred Adler
D. Latency Period
D. C.G Jung
28. The last stage of psychosexual develop-
ment is.
34. The genital stage is generally character-
A. Phallic Stage ized by object choice s rather that by.
B. Genital Stage A. Libido
C. Oral Stage
B. Narcissim
D. Anal Stage
C. Personality
29. From the experiences in hypnotism and
catharsis, Freud, s theory of. D. Superego
A. Unconscious was derived
35. According to Freud the entire activity of
B. Conscious was derived men is bent upon procuring pleasure and
C. Narcissim was derived avoiding pain.This activity is controlled by.
D. Dream was derived A. Reality Principle
30. The diversion of a part of the sexual en- B. Pleasure Principle
ergy into non-sexual activities is called.
C. Primary Narcissism
A. Repression
B. Regression D. Secondary Narcissim
C. Rationalization
36. The idea of developmental stages was bor-
D. Sublimation rowed by Freud from.
31. In Anal Stage of Psychosexual Develop- A. Biology
ment pleasure is derived from.
B. Sociology
A. Thinking
B. Libido C. Anthropology
C. Emotion D. Physics
D. Expulsion and Retention
37. The psychoanalysis performed in a con-
32. The urethral development stage is an intro- trolled setting is known as.
ductory period to the.
A. Psychotherapy
A. Oral Stage
B. Chemotherapy
B. Phallic Stage
C. Genital Stage C. Hypoanalysis
D. Latency Stage D. Hyperanalsis

1.3 Child development and pedagogy 18
38. Neurotic anxiety is one in which there oc- A. Superego directives

curs emotional response to a threat to ego
B. Death Instinct
that the impulses may break through into.
A. Consciousness C. Lie Instinct
B. Unconsciousness D. Unconscious mind
C. Subconsciousness
D. Super ego 42. Studies of Freud and Breuer reported suc-
cessful treatment of hysterical symptoms
NARAYAN CHANGDER
39. Homosexuality is a derivative of. by a method called.
A. Electra Complex A. Hypnosis
B. Oedipus Complex
B. Free Association
C. Libido
C. Catharsis
D. Death Instinct
D. Dream Analysis
40. A child scolded by his father may hit his
younger siblings This is an example of.
43. Always we want to protect ego from the
A. Displacement ensuring anxiety For doing this ego adopts
B. Rationalization adopts some strategies which are called.
C. Regression A. Defense mechanisms
D. Repression
B. Sex energy
41. Defense mechanisms help the person in
C. Instincts
protecting ego from open expression of Id
impulses and opposing. D. Dreams
1.3 Child development and pedagogy

1. If some students are not in a mood to C. real world
study in the class you will. D. abstract knowledge
A. Force them to study
3. We calculate average marks of a student
B. Tell those students to leave the class in the way as we calculate
and enjoy
A. variance
C. Warn them that they must study else
B. arithmetic mean
you will report the matter to the Principal
C. geometric mean
D. Tell them some interesting things re-
lated to their interests or your own sub- D. standard deviation
ject
4. The use of technology to enhance learning
2. The idea of practical learning means educa- process is called in education.
tion should apply to the A. IT
A. society B. ICT
B. practice C. Information technology

D. Communication technology 10. Which from the following should be used

to increase correct responses and appropri-
5. The skill when students try to build ab- ate behavior?

stract knowledge is called
A. Ignorance
A. evaluating
B. Strictness
B. originating
C. Reward
C. synthesizing
D. Praise
D. characterizing
11. Reliability of an assessment relates to the
6. The use of a physical punishment for class of an assessment.
management is called A. quality
A. time out technique B. relevance
B. satiation technique C. usefulness
C. extinction technique D. consistency
D. corporal punishment
12. When the topic or an area of a course
7. The “Apology” the Plato’s recollection contains a lot of information, it is recom-
of the speech given by Socrates when mended to use
Socrates was charged with A. lecture method
A. believing in gods B. assignment method
B. not believing in gods C. cooperative method
C. believing in the rotation of the Earth D. inquiry-based method
D. not believing in the rotation of the 13. Children are usually egocentric during
Earth and stages.
8. The key difference between evolutionary A. Sensorimotor, Preoperational
and cultural change is that evolutionary B. Formal operational, Sensorimotor
change alters whereas cultural change
C. Preoperational, Concrete operational
alters
D. Concrete operational, Formal opera-
A. Reproduction environment tional
B. Heredity environment
14. The simplest skill in cognitive domain of
C. Environment behavior Bloom’s taxonomy is
D. Development learning A. evaluating
9. The philosopher who for the first time B. synthesizing
taught logic as a formal discipline was C. remembering
A. Plato D. understanding
B. Socrates
15. What was the relation between Plato and
C. Aristotle Aristotle?
D. Edward Thorndike A. Aristotle was student of Plato

B. Plato was student of Aristotle 21. As people grow older, the of learning
C. Plato and Aristotle were brothers declines.
D. Plato and Aristotle were colleagues A. power

B. speed
16. As people gets older, the ability of apply-
C. quality
ing or maintain attention
D. quantity
A. decreases
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. increases 22. Education is a process in which knowledge
and skills are transferred
C. stays constant
A. from a few persons to a large number
D. remains unaffected
of people
17. All of the following can be the sings that a B. from a few persons to the next gener-
child is gifted except. ation
A. Early development of a sense of time C. from a generation to the next genera-
B. Interest in encyclopaedias and dictio- tion
naries D. from a few persons to few persons
C. Uneasy relationships with peers 23. Progressivism believes that education
D. Easy retention of facts comes from the experience of the
18. An assessment that is generally carried A. child

out at the end of a course to assign stu- B. teacher
dents a course grade is called C. society
A. Formative assessment D. principal
B. Summative assessment
24. The three laws of connectionism are the
C. Diagnostic assessment laws of
D. Contemporary assessment A. effect, stimulus and response
19. According to John Dewey, educational pro- B. effect, exercise and readiness
cess has two sides: C. stimulus, response and exercise
A. economical and sociological D. exercise, readiness and response
B. sociological and philosophical
25. Which from the following is NOT an infor-
C. economical and philosophical mal assessment?
D. psychological and sociological A. Project
20. Educational psychology is concerned with B. Rubrics
the scientific study of C. Observation
A. education D. Participation
B. human learning 26. According to Jean Piaget, children develop
C. teaching methods abstract logic and reasoning skill during
D. philosophy of education A. Sensorimotor stage

B. Preoperational stage C. to educate the child

C. Formal operational stage D. to understand the child

D. Concrete operational stage
32. A posteriori knowledge is knowledge that
27. According to Piaget’s theory of cognitive is known by
development, the Concrete operational A. analysis
stage starts at age
B. evidence
A. 1
C. experience
B. 3
D. information
C. 5
D. 7 33. According to the philosophy of Idealism in
education, the subject matter of curriculum
28. For an effective teaching, the teacher must should be
be a subject matter expert that includes
A. mind
A. command over the subject
B. science
B. the ability to convey knowledge
C. mathematics
C. the ability to apply ideas from one dis-
cipline to another D. physical world
D. all of the above 34. The Law of Effect can be effectively used
in
29. A scoring guide use to evaluate the quality
of students is called A. teaching methods
A. rubrics B. accelerate learning
B. checklists C. classroom management
C. inventories D. curriculum development
D. rating scales
35. The famous book “The Republic” was writ-
30. The question Will the shy child who never ten by
speaks turn into a quiet shy adult or will A. Plato
the child become a sociable talkative per-
B. Aristotle
son? is concerned with which developmen-
tal issue? C. Socrates
A. Maturation D. John Locke
B. Continuity and discontinuity
36. Who advocated removing children from
C. Cultural universals versus cultural rel- their mothers’ care and raising them as
ativism wards of the state?
D. Nature and nurture A. Plato
31. The word “Pedagogy” means? B. Socrates
A. to guide the child C. Aristotle
B. to lead the child D. John Locke

37. Progressive education emphasizes learn- B. Esthetics

ing by C. Gerontology
A. doing D. Clinical psychology
B. writing
43. Most psychologists believe that develop-
C. reading ment is due.
D. enjoying A. Largely to nature
B. Largely to nurture
NARAYAN CHANGDER
38. The first institution of higher learning
in the Western world, “Academy”, was C. To nature and nurture acting sepa-
founded by rately
A. Plato D. To an interaction of nature and nurture
B. Aristotle 44. An assessment is if it consistently
C. Socrates achieves the same results with the same
(or similar) students.
D. John Dewey
A. Valid
39. The three domains of Bloom’s taxonomy
B. Invalid
are
C. Reliable
A. Cognitive, Affective and Pedagogy
D. Unreliable
B. Pedagogy, Affective and Psychomotor
C. Cognitive, Affective and Psychomotor 45. The philosopher who for the first time men-
tioned the importance of play (or sports) in
D. Cognitive, Pedagogy and Psychomotor education was
40. In direct instruction method or lecture A. Plato
method the teacher is considered as B. Aristotle
A. partner C. Socrates
B. delegator D. John Locke
C. facilitator
46. The term heuristic means in decision
D. formal authority making.
41. The field of study concerned with the A. calculations
construction of thought processes, includ- B. thoroughness
ing remembering, problem solving, and C. brain storming
decision-making is called
D. mental shortcuts
A. Pedagogy
47. In cooperative method teachers act as a
B. Education
delegator means the teacher act as a/an
C. Epistemology to the students.
D. Cognitive Development A. foster
42. The study of the physical, social and men- B. partner
tal aspects of aging is called C. resource
A. Genetics D. evaluator

48. The most complex skill in cognitive domain C. retain

of Bloom’s taxonomy is D. misuse

A. evaluating
54. Which from the following is NOT among
B. synthesizing the five senses?
C. characterizing A. smell
D. understanding
B. vision
49. To compile the information into pattern C. touch
and propose a plan is called
D. thought
A. analyzing
55. The psychologist who for the first time
B. evaluating
proposed the concept of connectionism in
C. originating learning was
D. synthesizing A. Plato
50. A Person believes that nurture strongly in- B. Aristotle
fluences the development of his child He C. Robert Sternberg
would not agree to the importance of.
D. Edward Thorndike
A. Genetic factors
56. Teachers should present information to the
B. Exposure to peers
students clearly and in interesting way,
C. The types of toys at home and relate this new information to the
D. The warmth displayed by the parents things students
A. don’t know
51. Validity of an assessment relates to the
of an assessment. B. already know
A. quality C. willing to know
B. relevance D. not willing to know
C. usefulness 57. According to Emile, the noblest work in ed-
D. consistency ucation is to make a/an
A. thinker
52. Epistemology is the branch of philosophy
concerned with the theory of B. entrepreneur
A. learning C. good citizen
B. knowledge D. reasoning man
C. education 58. There is in working memory as people
D. philosophy of education gets older.
53. The more parts of your brain you use, the A. no change
more likely you are to information. B. degradation
A. use C. upgradation
B. miss D. a slight change

59. Knowledge of child psychology is a must B. 2

for a primary teacher That is because. C. 3
A. It helps in making children disciplined D. 4
B. The examination result is improved
65. Curriculum revision should be a/an
C. It becomes a convenient mode for mo- process.
tivating children
A. gradual
D. It helps the teacher in understanding
NARAYAN CHANGDER
the behavior of children B. abrupt
C. relative
60. The most complex skill of Bloom’s taxon-
omy is D. continuous
A. evaluating 66. The concept of pragmatism in educational

philosophy says that education should be
B. originating
about
C. synthesizing
A. virtue
D. characterizing
B. obedience
61. The philosopher who is called the father of C. life and growth
Idealism is
D. shaping good citizens
A. Plato
67. Responses that produce a discomforting ef-
B. Socrates
fect become to occur again in that sit-
C. Aristotle uation.
D. Edward Thorndike A. not likely
62. Robert Sternberg, a famous psychologist, B. less likely
argued that creativity requires differ- C. more likely
ent types of intelligence.
D. equally likely
A. 1
68. In education, is used to make inference
B. 2
about the learning and development of stu-
C. 3 dents.
D. 4 A. diagnosis
63. An assessment use to identify difficulties B. evaluation
in the learning process is called C. assessment
A. initial assessment D. measurement
B. formative assessment 69. The book Emile or “On Education” on the
C. diagnostic assessment nature of education and man is written by
D. summative assessment A. Plato
64. Bloom’s taxonomy is a set of learning B. Aristotle

domains. C. Rousseau
A. 1 D. John Dewey

70. Anything that causes a reaction is called 76. Evaluation of the process of curriculum de-
A. stimulus velopment should be made

A. abruptly
B. learning
B. relatively
C. connectionism
C. gradually
D. physical objects
D. continuously
71. A process of looking at what is being as-
sessed is called 77. Which from the following is NOT a formal
assessment?
A. rubrics
A. Project
B. evaluation
B. Quizzes
C. assessment C. Interview
D. measurement D. Observation
72. The Waldorf education approach empha- 78. According to Socrates, physical objects and
sizes a balanced development of events are of their ideal form.
A. head and heart A. signs
B. heart and hands B. parts
C. head and hands C. images
D. head, heart, and hands D. shadows
73. The most recent response is most likely to 79. According to Robert Sternberg, the three
different types of required intelligence for
A. forget creativity are
B. reoccur A. analytical, critical and practical
C. compromised B. abstract, synthetic and analytical
D. not occur again C. synthetic, analytical, and practical
74. Plato argued that are fit to rule. D. analytical, observational and practical
A. only educationists 80. Pedagogy is the study of

B. only philosophers A. Education
C. only psychologists B. Guiding Students
D. educationists and philosophers C. Learning Process
D. Teaching Methods
75. In cooperative learning method, the role of
teacher is of 81. A normal child of twelve years of age is
most likely to.
A. delegator
A. Have difficulty with gross motor coor-
B. facilitator
dination
C. facilitator and delegator B. Have feelings of anxiety about pleas-
D. delegator and formal authority ing adults

C. Confine his/her interests to here and C. unreachable

now
D. unteachable
D. Be eager for peer approval
87. The current movement of behavior modi-
82. According to John Dewey, which side of fication wherein tokens are awarded for
the educational process is the basis? correct responses is a reflection of.
A. sociological A. Herbart, s Five Steps
B. economical
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Lock, s Tabula rasa
C. philosophical
C. Thorndike, s Law of Effect
D. psychological
D. Thorndike, s Law of Exercise
83. If student is too shy to participate in the
class you will. 88. The “Academy” was founded in
A. Not ask questions to him A. Chakis

B. Ask only those questions from him B. Athens
whose answers can be given by him C. Stagira
C. Not ask those questions from him D. Macedonia
whose answers are beyond his means and
due to which he may become an object of 89. The reason why students run from school
ridicule in the class is.
D. Ask questions to him only when he is A. Lack of interesting class teaching work
keen to answer them
B. Lack of interest in studies on the part
84. An assessment that is conducted prior to of students
the start of teaching or instruction is called
C. Not giving punishment to students
A. initial assessment
D. Callous attitude of teachers towards
B. formal assessment the problem
C. formative assessment
90. The psychomotor domain involves
D. summative assessment
A. manner
85. According to Rousseau, at what age a per-
B. learning
son ready to have a companion of the op-
posite sex? C. knowledge
A. 15 D. physical movement
B. 16
91. What was the relation between Socrates
C. 17 and Plato?
D. 18 A. Plato was student of Socrates
86. According to Socrates of Meno, virtue is B. Socrates was student of Plato
A. reachable C. Socrates and Plato were brothers
B. teachable D. Socrates and Plato were colleagues

92. There are laws of connectionism. C. theory and practice

A. 1 D. theory, practice and research

B. 2
98. A priori knowledge is knowledge that is
C. 3 known independently of
D. 4 A. analysis
93. An assessment use to determine a per- B. evidence
son’s ability in a particular field of studies
C. experience
is called
D. information
A. evaluation
B. aptitude test 99. According to famous philosophers, teach-
C. measurement ing is a/an
D. diagnostic test A. art

B. science
94. The normal twelve year old child is most
likely to. C. technique
A. Have difficulty with gross motor coor- D. none of these
dination
100. A child from a disorganized home will ex-
B. Have anxiety feelings about pleasing
perience the greatest difficulty with.
adults
A. Well-structured lessons
C. Confine his/her interests to the here
and now B. Independent study
D. Be eager for peer approval C. Programmed instruction
95. Summative assessment is an assessment D. Workbooks
learning.
101. Rousseau advocated an educational
A. of method which consisted of removing the
B. to child from
C. by A. school
D. for B. burden
96. A normal human being has senses. C. society
A. 5 D. past memory
B. 7 102. Dialectic or dialectical method is a dis-
C. 9 course between opposing parties to estab-
D. 11 lish the truth through
A. dialogues
97. The curriculum of educational institutes
should be based on B. investigation
A. theory C. presenting proves
B. practice D. reasoned arguments

103. Formative assessment is an assessment 108. The longer a particular ability is unused
learning. the it becomes.
A. of A. weaker
B. to B. stronger
C. less important
C. by
D. more important
D. for
109. According to John Dewey, children should
NARAYAN CHANGDER
104. According to Jean Piaget, children are no experience in school to make them bet-
longer egocentric when entering ter citizens.
A. Sensorimotor stage A. practical implementation
B. Preoperational stage B. democracy
C. discipline
C. Formal operational stage
D. rules
D. Concrete operational stage
110. An assessment that is carried out
105. How will you bring a hyperactive child on throught the course is called
the right path? A. initial assessment
A. Make him sit in front of the class and B. formative assessment
keep a strict vigil on him C. diagnostic assessment
B. Allocate a seat for him in a corner or D. summative assessment
the class
111. According to the , the more you do
C. Give him tasks of watering trees clean- something, the better you are at it.
ing the blackboard making toys of clay etc
A. law of effect
D. None of above
B. law of exercise
106. The branch of philosophy focuses on the C. law of readiness
nature of reality is D. law of connectionism
A. Pedagogy 112. According to Aristotle, virtue is a/an
B. Metaphysics state between excess and deficiency.
C. Epistemology A. real
B. natural
D. Connectionism
C. artificial
107. Realism is a philosophical approach that D. intermediate
argues that ultimate reality is the world
of 113. The philosopher who worked in mathe-
matical and scientific didactic was
A. ideas
A. Jean Piaget
B. observations B. John Dewey
C. experiences C. Lev Vygotsky
D. physical objects D. Martin Wagenschein

114. According to John Dewey, schools must 119. The idea of teaching the whole child in
prepare students for the “philosophy of pragmatism in educa-
tion” means teaching students to be good

A. research
B. future life A. citizens
C. present life B. thinkers
D. entrepreneurship C. learners
D. scientists
115. Responses that produce a satisfying ef-
fect in a particular situation become to 120. The role of teacher in inquiry-based learn-
occur again in that situation. ing is of
A. not likely A. delegator
B. less likely B. instructor
C. more likely C. facilitator
D. equally likely D. formal authority
116. The current view of childhood assumes
121. Of the following the most promising step
that.
for a teacher to take in order to improve
A. Children are similar to adults most class discipline is to.
ways
A. None specific infractions of class rules
B. Children are best treated as young in the marking book
adults
B. Evaluate his/her materials methods
C. Childhood is basically a “waiting pe- and approaches to children
riod
C. Consult the class and agree upon a
D. Childhood is a unique period of growth graduated series of punishments
and change
D. Call parent teacher meeting to discuss
117. The book “A Brief History of Time” is the situation
written by
122. “All who have meditated on the art of
A. Stephen Hawking governing mankind have been convinced
B. Robert Sternberg that the fate of empires depends on the
C. John Dewey education of youth.” This is the saying of
D. Aristotle A. Plato
B. Aristotle
118. The satiation technique of classroom man-
agement is a technique where instead of C. Socrates
punishing negative behaviors, the teacher D. John Locke
might decide to actually the negative
behavior. 123. The new curriculum should be introduced
A. divert A. abruptly
B. ignore B. gradually
C. encourage C. relatively
D. discourage D. continuously

124. To break information into parts and to ex- C. Socrates

amine the information is called D. John Dewey
A. analyzing
130. According to the law of effect, if a stim-
B. evaluating
ulus results in a positive outcome, the S-R
C. originating bond is
D. synthesizing A. stabilized
NARAYAN CHANGDER
125. Jean Piaget proposed stages of Cog- B. weakened
nitive Development. C. unsterilized
A. 1 D. strengthened
B. 2
131. According to the law of effect, if a stimu-
C. 3 lus results in a negative outcome, the S-R
D. 4 bond is
126. The brain as people gets older. A. stabilized

A. remains unaffected B. weakened
B. stays constant C. unsterilized
C. expands D. strengthened
D. shrinks 132. According to the , S-R bonds are
stronger if an individual is ready to learn.
127. According to John Locke, a child’s mind
does not contain any A. law of effect
A. memory B. law of exercise
B. imagination C. law of readiness
C. observation D. law of connectionism
D. innate ideas
133. A/An assessment is one which mea-
128. The reasoning in which the given state- sures what it is intended to measure .
ments are viewed as supplying strong ev- A. Valid
idence for the truth of the conclusion is
called B. Invalid
A. Inductive Reasoning C. Reliable
B. Deductive Reasoning D. Unreliable

C. Qualitative Reasoning 134. Which from the following is termed as
D. Quantitative Reasoning student-centered learning method?
A. Cooperative learning
129. Dialectic method of inquiry was con-
tributed by B. Inquiry-Based Learning
A. Plato C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Aristotle D. Direct Instruction

135. The more often a particular ability is used C. law of readiness

the it becomes. D. law of connectionism

A. weaker
141. The process of reasoning from one or
B. stronger more given statements to reach a logically
C. less important certain conclusion is called
D. more important A. Inductive Reasoning
B. Deductive Reasoning
136. According to Plato, the highest goal in all
of education is knowledge of the C. Qualitative Reasoning
A. good D. Quantitative Reasoning
B. science 142. According to the theory of forms (or the-

ory of ideas) material world is a/an
C. philosophy
of the real world.
D. mathematics
A. sign
137. The process of selecting units from a pop- B. part
ulation to estimate characteristics of the C. image
population is called
D. shadow
A. research
143. Which from the following should be used
B. sampling
to decrease minor inappropriate behav-
C. inference ior?
D. analyzing A. Praise
138. Idealism is a philosophical approach that B. Reward
argues that are the only true reality, C. Strictness
and the only thing worth knowing. D. Ignorance
A. ideas
144. The technique of classroom management
B. observations where the teacher punishes negative be-
C. experiences haviors by removing an unruly student
from the rest of the class is called
D. physical objects
A. satiation technique
139. The affective domain involves
B. time out technique
A. manner C. corporal punishment
B. learning D. extinction technique
C. knowledge
145. The advocators of philosophy of Pragma-
D. physical movement tism believe that reality is
140. The says, we are motivated to gain A. stagnant
rewards and avoid punishments. B. imagination
A. law of effect C. related to mind
B. law of exercise D. constantly changing

146. A common technique to help people begin B. probable

the creative process is C. experience
A. calculations D. observation
B. thoroughness
152. Plato believed that talent and intelligence
C. brain storming are
D. mental shortcuts A. distributed genetically
NARAYAN CHANGDER
147. The standard deviation is the of the B. distributed gender-wise
variance. C. not distributed genetically
A. cube D. not distributed gender-wise
B. cube root
153. Frobel, s most important contribution to
C. square education was his development of the.
D. square root A. Vocational school
148. The cognitive domain involves B. Public high school
A. manner C. Kindergarten
B. learning D. Latin School
C. knowledge 154. The conclusion of a deductive argument is
D. physical movement A. certain
149. The process whereby the genetic factors B. probable
limit an individual, s responsiveness to the C. experience
environment is known as.
D. observation
A. Canalization
155. Progressivism believes that children
B. Discontinuity
learn in a/an
C. Differentiation
A. isolation
D. Range of
B. community
150. Creative writing should be an activity C. competition
planned for. D. closed environment
A. Only those children reading on grade
level 156. In order to develop the spirit of labour in
students.
B. Only those children who can spell and
also can write cohesive sentences A. The teacher himself should indulge in
labour
C. Only those children who want to write
for the newspaper of the class B. The teacher should deliver lectures on
the importance of labour
D. All children
C. Students should be given opportuni-
151. The truth of the conclusion of an inductive ties to do labour from time to time
argument is D. Students should be given examples of
A. certain labouring people

157. In John Dewey’s student-centered ap- B. instructor

proach of learning, the role of the teacher C. facilitator
is of a

D. formal authority
A. facilitator
163. The extinction technique of classroom
B. delegator
management is a technique where teacher
C. instructor any negative behavior.
D. formal authority A. divert
158. The concept of perennialism in education B. ignore
means school curricula should focus on C. encourage
what is D. discourage
A. in need
164. An aspect of pragmatism is experien-
B. in demand tial learning, which says, education should
C. important come through
D. everlasting A. practice
B. experience
159. The connection between stimulus and re-
sponse is called C. knowledge
A. receiving-accepting paradigm D. observations
B. stimulus-response paradigm 165. According to Edward Thorndike, learning
C. receiving-accepting bond is about responding to
D. stimulus-response bond A. change

B. stimuli
160. Who is called the father of both Realism
C. analysis
and the scientific method?
D. experiment
A. Plato
B. Aristotle 166. In case of spending money, the virtue
is between wastefulness and stringi-
C. Socrates
ness.
D. Edward Thorndike A. real
161. According to Piaget’s theory of cogni- B. prodigal
tive development, the Formal operational C. lavishness
stage starts at age
D. generosity
A. 5
167. A major strength of ecological theory is
B. 6
its framework for explaining.
C. 7
A. Environmental influences on develop-
D. 8 ment
162. Which act of teacher foster a sense of au- B. Biological influences on development
tonomy in the learning process? C. Cognitive development
A. delegator D. Affective processes in development

1.4 Histry of education in subcontinent 34
168. According to John Dewey, school is a B. Not give him additional homework
institution, and education is a process. C. Motivate him so that he can make
A. social, social more progress
B. social, philosophical D. Inform his parents about the fact that
C. philosophical, philosophical he is intelligent
D. environmental, psychological 172. The the stimulus-response bond (S-R
bond), the better a person has learned the
169. The is a measure of how spreads out
NARAYAN CHANGDER
lesson.
points are from the mean.
A. stable
A. variance
B. arithmetic mean B. weaker
C. geometric mean C. stronger
D. standard deviation D. unstable
170. The application of ideas, knowledge and 173. Of the following the main purpose of
skills to achieve the desired results is state certification of teachers is to.
called A. Monitor the quality of teacher training
A. critical thinking institutions
B. problem solving B. Provide for a uniform standard of
entry-level teacher competency through-
C. deductive method
out the state
D. reasoned arguments
C. Exclude from the profession those not
171. You find a student to be intelligent You trained in pedagogy
will. D. Exclude from the profession those who
A. Remain pleased with him are mentally unhealthy
1.4 Histry of education in subcontinent

1. The noble and brave traders of Arab used D. 701
to come to the areas of
3. Who made it possible to get the goods of
A. Asia
Hindu estates reach European markets?
B. Britain
A. The Arabs
C. Northern coast of Asia
B. Muslims
D. Lanka and Malaber
C. Hindus
2. When did the people of llafi tribe mur-
der the governor of Makran and made the D. British
habitat in the area of Raja Dahir?
4. The raja of Sarandeep Sirilanka sent some
A. 702 orphan girls to Hajaj but attacked and
B. 705 captured them.
C. 801 A. Hajaj’s Army

1.5 Communication 35
B. Dahir’s Army A. Hindi

C. British Army B. Sanskrit

D. Abbasid’s Army C. Urdu
5. When did the trade affairs start between D. Persian
South Asia and Arabs?
8. When did decline start in the history of In-
A. Before the prevalence of Islam
dia?
B. Before the arrival of Muslims
A. 1671
C. After the death of Harsh
B. 1756
D. None of these
C. After the death of Harsh
6. Where did Arabs have established their
D. Before the arrival of Muslims
trade centers?
A. Western coast of South Asia 9. Who confessed that during his visit of
B. Western coast of North Asia Hind, Budhism was in decline?
C. Eastern coast of South Asia A. Haven Singh

D. Northern coast of South Asia B. Hajaj bin Yousaff
7. Which was the educational language of C. Harsh

Hindus? D. Raja Dahir
1.5 Communication
1. National Press day is celebrated on: 3. Which of the following groups of students
can be most benefited computer based ed-
A. 14th November
ucation programme?
B. 16th November A. Small group of low IQ
C. 18th November B. Heterogeneous groups in IQ
D. 20th November C. Large group of moderate intelligence
D. All of the above
2. Arrange the following activities of interac-
tion in logical order 4. All are the examples of the media of two
way communication except
1. Analysis of the work done
2. Planning and preparation A. padyatra
3. Presentation of material B. streetplays
4. Modification and improvement C. public meeting
A. 1, 2, 3, 4 D. procession and rallies
B. 1, 3, 4, 2 5. Prasar Bharati was launched in the year:
C. 2, 3, 1, 4 A. 1995
D. 4, 1, 2, 3 B. 1996

C. 1997 11. As a teacher, select the best option to en-

D. 1998 sure your effective presence in the class-
room.
6. An electronic bill board that has a short A. Being authoritarian
text or graphical advertising message is
B. Use of peer command
referred to as:
C. Making aggressive statements
A. strap
D. Adoption of well-established posture
B. banner
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. bulletin 12. The term ‘DAVP’ stands for
A. Division of Audio-Visual Publicity
D. bridge line
B. Department of Audio-Visual Publicity
7. In the classroom, the teacher sends the
C. Directorate of Advertising & Vocal Pub-
message either as words or images. The
licity
students are really
D. Directorate of Advertising & Visual
A. Agitators Publicity
B. Encoders
13. Level C of the effectiveness of communica-
C. Decoders tion is defined as:
D. Propagators A. source noise
8. Recording a television programme on a B. channel noise
VCR is an example of: C. semantic noise
A. time-shifting D. psychological noise
B. mechanical clarity 14. Community Radio is a type of radio service
C. content reference that caters to the interest of:
D. media synchronisation A. News
B. Education
9. ‘SITE’ stands for:
C. Entertainment
A. South Indian Trade Estate
D. Local audience
B. Satellite Instructional Television Ex-
periment 15. In communication, the language is
C. State Institute of Technology and Engi- A. The verbal code
neering B. The iconic code
D. System for International technology C. The symbolic code
and Engineering D. The non-verbal code
10. Effective communication needs a support- 16. Following are the experimental learning
ive activities adopted by a teacher. Arrange
A. Social environment them in cyclic order.
B. Political environment 1. Accommodation
2. Converging
C. Economic environment 3. Assimilation
D. Multi-cultural environment 4. Diverging

A. 1, 2, 3, 4 B. One who knows a lot but is somewhat

B. 2, 3, 4, 1 reserve in his attitude.

C. 3, 1, 2, 4 C. One who sometimes becomes infor-
mal before the receiver and develops rap-
D. 4, 3, 2, 1 port
17. Users who use media for their own ends D. One who is able to adapt himself ac-
are identified as cording to the language of the communi-
A. Active audience catee
B. Passive audience 22. The aspect ratio of TV screen is:
C. Positive audience A. 4:1
D. Negative audience B. 4:2
18. Chinese Cultural Revolution leader Mao C. 4:3
Zedong used a type of communication to D. 4:4
talk to the masses is known as
A. Group communication 23. Which is the 24 hours English Business
news channel in India?
B. Mass line communication
A. CNBC
C. Dialogue communication
B. Zee News
D. Participatory communication
C. India News
19. Firewalls are used to protect a communica-
tion network system against: D. NDTV 24×7
A. Fire-attacks 24. The function of mass communication of
B. Virus attacks supplying information regarding the pro-
cesses, issues, events and societal devel-
C. Data-driven attacks
opments is known as:
D. Unauthorized attacks
A. correlation
20. Which one of the following can be termed B. gratification
as verbal communication?
C. surveillance
A. Dipak wrote a letter for leave applica-
tion. D. content supply
B. Prof. Sharma delivered the lecture in 25. When communicated, institutionalised

the class room. stereotypes become
C. Signal at the cross-road changed from A. Myths
green to orange.
B. Reasons
D. The child was crying to attract the at-
C. Convictions
tention of the mother.
D. Experiences
21. Which of the following is not a successful
communicator? 26. In communication, a major barrier to recep-
A. One who presents material in a pre- tion of messages is
cise and clear way. A. Audience income

B. Audience attitude B. Social status

C. Audience education C. Expectation
D. Audience knowledge D. Personality
27. Photographs are not easy to 32. The process of communication enhances
A. Decode through:
B. Change A. belongingness
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Secure B. security and freedom to make choices
D. Publish C. informality of meeting and avoidance
of pressure
28. What do communicated words carry in a
classroom situation? D. all of these
A. Power, structure and tradition
33. The combination of computing, telecom-
B. Diversion, criticism and irrationality munications and media in a digital atmo-
C. Inspiration, controversy and intro- sphere is referred to as:
spection A. convergence
D. Insipidity, irrationality, and non- B. digital combine
acceptance
C. integrated media
29. Classroom communication is normally con- D. online communication
sidered as
A. effective 34. Overhead projector is superior to short cir-
cuit TV in a classroom teaching because
B. affective
C. cognitive A. it is easy to use
D. non-selective B. it is cheap and self devised

C. information presented though it is eas-
30. In the process of communication, which
ily retained
one of the following is in the chronologi-
cal order? D. pictures in it may be shown in a de-
sired sequence and with a minimum of
A. Medium, Communicator, Message, Re-
lost motion (material)
ceiver, Effect
B. Message, Communicator, Medium, Re- 35. Which of the following are the basic fac-
ceiver, Effect tors of effective listening?
C. Communicator, Medium, Receiver, Ef- A. Opinionation, stare and glare and in-
fect, Message terruptions
D. Communicator, Message, Medium, Re- B. Me-too-ism, glancing sideways, and of-
ceiver, Effect fering advice
31. A major barrier in the transmission of cog- C. Aggressive questioning, continuous
nitive data in the process of communica- cues and frequent movement
tion is an individual’s D. Acknowledgement of thoughts, reflec-
A. Coding ability tion, and asking open-ended questions

36. The main objective of F.M. station in radio A. bus width

is: B. hyper-link

A. Entertainment only C. broadband
B. Information, Entertainment and D. carrier wave
Tourism
42. In communication, connotative words are
C. Tourism, Interaction and Entertain-
ment A. Simple
D. Entertainment, Information and Inter- B. Explicit
action C. Cultural
37. The biggest news agency of India is: D. Abstract
A. PTI 43. Which of the following teachers will you
B. UNI like most?
C. NANAP A. One who uses chart and maps
D. Samachar Bharati B. One who uses board occasionally

C. One who uses motion picture as a last
38. The country which has the distinction of resort
having the two largest circulated newspa-
D. One who uses film projector along with
pers in the world is
the proper use of the board
A. China
44. Every type of communication is affected by
B. Japan
its:
C. Great Britain
A. Context
D. The United States
B. Reception
39. The science of the study of feedback sys- C. Transmission
tems in humans, animals and machines is D. Non-regulation
known as:
A. cybernetics 45. Which of the following teachers will you
like most?
B. selectivity study
A. a teacher who often amuses his stu-
C. response analysis dents
D. reverse communication B. a teacher of highly idealist philosophy
40. Ideological codes shape our collective C. a disciplined teacher
A. Creations D. a loving teacher
B. Perceptions 46. In mass communication, selective percep-
C. Productions tion is dependent on the receiver’s
D. Consumptions A. Ethnicity
B. Receptivity
41. Communications bandwidth that has the
highest capacity and is used by microwave, C. Competence
cable and fibre optics lines is known as: D. Pre-disposition

47. Photo bleeding means 53. The information function of mass commu-
A. Photo cutting nication is described as
B. Photo cropping A. publicity
C. Photo placement B. diffusion

D. Photo colour adjustment C. diversion
D. surveillance
48. The right to impart and receive information
NARAYAN CHANGDER
is guaranteed in the Constitution of India 54. A negative reaction to a mediated commu-
by Article: nication is described as:
A. 19(1) (a) A. flak
B. 19(2) (a) B. non-conformity
C. 19(2) C. passive response
D. 19(16) D. fragmented feedback
49. In communication myths have power but 55. A good communicator is the one who of-
are fers to his audience:
A. imprecise A. concise proof
B. uncultural B. repetition of facts
C. unprefered
C. plentiful of information
D. insignificant
D. a good amount of statistics
50. All are the components of listening except
56. The term ‘grapevine’ is also known as
A. hearing
A. Informal communication
B. answering
B. Upward communication
C. attending-being attentive
C. Downward communication
D. understanding and remembering
D. Horizontal communication
51. In circular communication, the encoder be-
comes a decoder when there is 57. Orcut is a part of:
A. Noise A. Interpersonal Communication
B. Feedback B. Intrapersonal Communication
C. Criticality C. Group Communication
D. Audience D. Mass Communication
52. The largest circulated daily newspaper 58. The total number of members in the Press
among the following is Council of India are:
A. The Hindu A. 25
B. The Times of India B. 26
C. The Indian Express C. 28
D. The Deccan Herald D. 29

59. CHEER stands for 64. Teaching on TV is superior to class room

instruction because
A. Child Health Education Electronic

Recording A. teaching materials can be filmed for
reuse
B. Children Enrichment Education
Through Radio B. experts for teaching a difficult topic
can be arranged and others can be ben-
C. Children for Engineers and Energy Re-
efited from them
quirement
C. very large classes are made possible
and thus. it; is economically advanta-
60. All of the following are the limitations of geous
televised Instruction except D. all of these
A. it does not permit the exchange of 65. Communication via New media such as
ideas between the teachers and taught computers, teleshopping, internet and mo-
B. it does not properly help the students bile telephony is termed as
in making the materials clearly under- A. Entertainment
stood
B. Communication
C. experts consume much time in plan-
ning and preparation of the programme C. Interactive communication
D. televised lesson moves at a fixed D. Developmental communication

speed and thus can not take the individual 66. All India Radio (A.I.R.) for broadcasting
differences of students into account was named in the year
61. Networked media exist in inter-connected: A. 1916
A. social environments B. 1926
B. political environments C. 1936
C. economic environments D. 1946
D. technological environments 67. Referential framing used by TV audience
connects media with
62. DTH service was started in the year:
A. falsity
A. 2001
B. reality
B. 2002
C. passivity
C. 2003
D. negativity
D. 2004
68. Organisational communication can be
63. In communication chatting in internet is: equated with
A. Parallel communication A. mass communication
B. Verbal communication B. group communication
C. Grapevine communication C. inter personal communication
D. Non verbal communication D. intra-personal communication

69. Transforming thoughts, ideas and mes- C. Magazines

sages into verbal and non-verbal signs is
D. Newspapers
referred to as
A. Encoding 75. The mode of communication that involves a
B. Decoding single source transmitting information to a
large number of receivers simultaneously,
C. Mediation is called
D. Channelisation A. Mass Communication
NARAYAN CHANGDER
70. SITE stands for B. Group Communication
A. South Indian Trade Estate C. Interpersonal Communication
B. Satellite Instructional Television Ex- D. Intrapersonal Communication
periment
C. System for International Technology 76. The term “TRP” is associated with TV
and Engineering shows stands for
D. None of these A. Total Rating Points

B. Time Rating Points
71. While designing communication strategy
feed-forward studies are conducted by C. Thematic Rating Points
A. Media D. Television Rating Points
B. Satellite
77. The English word ‘Communication’ is de-
C. Audience rived from the words
D. Communicator A. Communist and Commune
72. The latest development in the hardware B. Communis and Communicare
technology is the introduction of C. Communism and Communalism
A. M channels
D. Communion and Common sense
B. Z channels
C. FM channels 78. Telephone is an example of
D. Star channels A. circular

B. mechanised
73. Which of the following statements is not
connected with communication? C. linear communication
A. Information is power. D. non-linear communication
B. Medium is the message.
79. Educational TV was first introduced in In-
C. Telepathy is technological. dia in the year
D. The world is an electronic cocoon. A. 1960
74. Post-modernism is associated with B. 1961
A. Radio C. 1962
B. Television D. 1963

80. What are the barriers to effective commu- 85. A student helps a teacher to solve the prob-
nication? lem while the teacher was delivering the
lecture. He was

A. Dialogue, summary and self-review.
A. a realistic listener
B. Personal statements, eye contact and
simple narration. B. an emphatic listener
C. Use of simple words, cool reaction and C. an evaluative listener
defensive attitude. D. an informational listener
D. Moralising, being judgemental and 86. Means of grapevine communication are
comments of consolation.
A. critical
81. A dialogue between a human-being and a B. formal
computer programme that occurs simulta- C. informal
neously in various forms is described as:
D. corporate
A. binary chat
87. MC National University of Journalism and
B. digital talk Communication is located at
C. interactivity A. Bhopal
D. man-machine speak B. Mumbai
82. If two propositions having the same sub- C. Chennai
ject and predicate terms are such that one D. Lucknow
is the denial of the other, the relationship
88. Break-down in verbal communication is de-
between them is called
scribed as
A. Contrary
A. Entropy
B. Sub-contrary B. Short Circuit
C. Contradictory C. Unevenness
D. Sub-alteration D. Contradiction
83. Which of the following is not a principle of 89. Identify the correct sequence of the follow-
effective communication ing:
A. Strategic use of grapevine A. Source, message, channel, receiver
B. Participation of the audience B. Source, channel, message, receiver
C. One-way transfer of information C. Source, message, receiver, channel
D. Source, receiver, channel, message
D. Persuasive and convincing dialogue
90. Media that exist in an interconnected se-
84. Conversing with the spirits and ancestors ries of communication - points are referred
is termed as to as
A. Face-to-face communication A. Multimedia
B. Interpersonal communication B. Nodal media
C. Intrapersonal communication C. Networked media
D. Transpersonal communication D. Connective media

91. The main purpose of evaluative listening is C. Inter-personal

A. to accept or reject an idea given to the D. Organisational
listener
B. to evaluate the speaker’s credibility 97. Closed circuit television is useful
and personality A. for large group communication
C. both of above B. only for poor students of the class
D. none of these
C. only for a restricted audience residing
NARAYAN CHANGDER
92. The Telephone Model of Communication at a particular place
was first developed in the area of D. none of the above
A. Dispersion theory
B. Information theory 98. The grains that appear on a television set
when operated are also referred to as
C. Technological theory
A. snow
D. Minimal effects theory
B. Sparks
93. is important when a teacher communi-
cates with his/her student. C. Rain Drops
A. Apathy D. Green Dots

B. Empathy
99. The first multi-lingual news agency of In-
C. Antipathy dia was
D. Sympathy A. API
94. Listening is badly affected by B. Samachar
A. high speed of speaking C. Samachar Bharati
B. a sizable hearing loss-physiological D. Hindustan Samachar
problem
C. message overload-excess of listened 100. A message beneath a message is labelled
material as
D. all of the above A. Sub-text
95. Use of radio for higher education is based B. Inter-text
on the presumption of: C. Internal text
A. Replacing teacher in the long run
D. Embedded text
B. Everybody having access to a radio set
C. Enriching curriculum based instruction 101. The communicated knowledge in a class-
room is considered as
D. Other means of instruction getting out-
dated A. cultural capital
96. Didactic communication is B. limited judgement

A. Relational C. autonomous virtue
B. Intra-personal D. non-pervasive treasure

102. Which of the following skills has the 108. Software computer can not be used
largest share in communication time in A. for demonstration
schools/colleges?

B. for reading and writing
A. Writing
C. as a machine for evaluating students
B. Reading progress
C. Speaking D. as a systematic programmed learning
D. Listening techniques
103. All India Radio before 1936 was known 109. Which of the following are the character-
as: istic features of communication
A. Indian Radio Broadcasting A. Communication is a continuous pro-
cess
B. Indian Broadcasting Service
B. Communication is a circular process
C. Broadcasting Service of India
C. Communication involves exchange of
D. All India Broadcasting Service ideas, facts and opinions
104. Video-Conferencing can be classified as D. All of the above
one of the following types of communica-
tion : 110. In which language the newspapers have
highest circulation?
A. Visual one way
A. Urdu
B. Visual two way
B. Hindi
C. Audio-Visual one way
C. Bengali
D. Audio-Visual two way
D. English
105. Communication with oneself is known as: 111. Better classroom management means
A. Interpersonal communication A. per group work and better interaction
B. Intrapersonal communication among pupils
C. Grapevine communication B. prior preparation of teacher in the
D. Group communication making of suitable aids
C. punctuality of the teachers in coming
106. Which is not 24 hours news channel? in the class and finishing the course in
A. Aajtak time
B. ZEE News D. all of these
C. NDTV 24x7 112. The most important aspect of
D. Lok Sabha channel communication- listening, can be improved
by
107. Every communicator has to experience
A. making the attention fully paid
A. Status dislocation B. making voice effective and impressive
B. Manipulated emotions C. making the communicated material
C. Anticipatory excitement novel-interesting and need based
D. The issue of homophiles D. all of these

113. Communication issues at the interna- 119. Which of the following can not be a good
tional level are addressed by way of communication in promoting liter-
A. ITU acy among villagers?
B. ILO A. Providing material on TV and film pro-
jector
C. UNDP
B. Large group discussion
D. UNESCO
C. Reading and writing
114. The chronological order of non-verbal
NARAYAN CHANGDER
communication is D. Demonstration
A. Colours, signs, codes, symbols 120. In India for broadcasting TV programmes

B. Signs, symbols, codes, colours which system is followed?
C. Codes, colours, symbols, signs A. PAL
D. Symbols, codes, signs, colours B. NTSE
115. Communication becomes circular when C. NTCS

A. the channel is clear D. SECAM
B. the source is credible 121. Classroom communication can be de-
C. the feedback is absent scribed as
D. the decoder becomes an encoder A. Discourse
116. Bengal Gazette, the first Newspaper in B. Exploration

India was started in 1780 by C. Institutionalisation
A. James Augustus Hicky D. Unsignified narration
B. Dr. Annie Besant
122. Televised educational programme is use-
C. Lord Cripson ful because
D. A.O. Hume A. it affords the opportunity for large au-
117. Visualization in the instructional process dience in the same auditorium or in differ-
can not increase ent locations to view it clearly
A. stress and boredom B. it can magnify the microscopic forms
of life and can be presented on TV
B. interest and motivation
C. it can present the natural phenomenon
C. retention and adaptation
of the world in natural form
D. curiosity and concentration
D. all of these
118. Which of the following methods of com-
munication is the most effective? 123. Classroom communication of a teacher
rests on the principle of
A. multi-media method
A. Edutainment
B. presenting written material
B. Infotainment
C. presenting written material along with
film projector C. Enlightenment
D. can not be determined D. Entertainment

124. Public communication tends to occur C. Delivery language

within a more D. Personal language

A. Formal structure
130. As a chairman of UPSC while selecting a
B. Political structure
teacher you should, be
C. Complex structure
A. fair and impartial
D. Convenient structure
B. able to judge the personality of candi-
125. Which one of the following Telephonic dates
Conferencing with a radio link is very pop- C. encouraging to those appearing for in-
ular throughout the world? terview
A. TPS D. all of these
B. Video teletext
131. The site that played a major role during
C. Telepresence the terrorist attack on Mumbai (26/11) in
D. Video conference 2008 was
126. Collection of information in advance be- A. Orkut

fore designing communication strategy is B. Twitter
known as:
C. Facebook
A. Feed-back
D. Amazon.com
B. Opinion poll
132. Which of the following statement is cor-
C. Feed-forward
rect?
D. Research study
A. Communicator should be soft spoken
127. In analog mass communication, stories B. Communicator should have fine
are senses
A. Static C. Communicator should have tolerance
B. Dynamic power
C. Interactive D. Communicator should have good per-
D. Exploratory sonality
128. Which broadcasting system for TV is fol- 133. Feed-back of a message comes from:
lowed in India? A. Media
A. PAL B. Satellite
B. NTCS C. Audience
C. NTSE D. Communicator
D. SECAM
134. A smart classroom is a teaching space
129. Aspects of the voice, other than the which has
speech are known as: A. Projector and screen
A. Para language B. PC/Laptop connection and DVD/VCR
B. Physical language player.

1.6 Curriculam developement 48
C. Smart portion with a touch panel con- 138. The choice of communication partners is
trol system. influenced by factors of
D. All of the above A. Utility, secrecy, dissonance
135. Listening to a lecture is B. Proximity, utility, loneliness
A. information listening C. Secrecy, dissonance, deception
B. evaluative listening D. Dissimilarity, dissonance, deviance
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. emphatic listening 139. Effectiveness of communication can be
D. none of these traced from which of the following
A. Attitude surveys
136. An example of asynchronous medium is
B. Performance records
A. Film
C. Selection of communication channel
B. Radio
D. All of the above
C. Television
D. Newspaper 140. Figure out the components of non-verbal
communication in a classroom from the fol-
137. The term “Yellow Journalism” refers to lowing :
A. Sensational news prints in yellow pa- A. Facial expression, kinesics and per-
per. sonal space
B. Sensational news about arts and cul- B. Speed of utterance, feel good factor
ture. and acoustics
C. Sensational news about terrorism and C. Facial expression, cultural space and
violence. seating arrangement
D. Sensationalism and exaggeration to at- D. High sound, physical ambience and
tract readers / viewers. teacher-learner distance
1.6 Curriculam developement

1. Broad field curriculum is a modification D. Abilities
of?
3. A frame work of action for preparing a cur-
A. Subject centered curriculum riculum is?
B. Learner centered curriculum A. Curriculum design
C. Activity centered curriculum B. Foundation of curriculum
D. None C. Curriculum evaluation
2. Effectiveness of curriculum is determined D. Elements of curriculum
by?
4. Which of the following is the nature of cur-
A. Design riculum?
B. Evaluation A. Critical
C. Curriculum design B. Creative

C. Conservative 11. Explanatory methods are used in?

D. All of the above A. Subject centered curriculum

5. Curriculum effectiveness is determined by: B. Learner centered curriculum
A. Community cooperation C. Activity centered curriculum
B. Teacher competence D. None
C. Student interest 12. Subject Centered designs revolve around:

D. Quality of supervision A. Content
6. Component of curriculum is? B. Learner
A. Evaluation C. Social values
B. Objectives D. Social problems
C. Teaching strategies 13. If two or more methods are mixed up

D. All of the above for teaching, the teaching method will be
known as:
7. The implementer for curriculum is? A. Eclectic method
A. Curriculum evaluation B. Combined method
B. Objectives C. Mixed method
C. I.Q D. None of these
D. Educational institution
14. The most important component of lesson
8. Benefits A.V Aids are that they? plan is?
A. Create interest A. Curriculum evaluation
B. Reduce verbalization B. Objectives
C. Stimulate self activity C. I.Q
D. All of above D. Educational institution
9. Student needs and interests are important 15. When what why and how to teach is the
in? main task of?
A. Ideas A. Observation
B. Psychological foundation B. Education psychology
C. Society C. Foundation of curriculum
D. Content D. Is the purpose of life?
10. Syllabus is a part of? 16. Prior planning is not possible in?
A. Student A. Activity centered curriculum
B. School B. Integrated curriculum
C. Parents C. Decrease in number of books
D. Curriculum D. Horizontal organization

17. A curriculum is the sum total of a school 23. The model of behavioral objectives of cur-
efforts to influence a child? riculum evaluation was presented by:
A. Course A. John Dewey
B. Behavior B. Tyler
C. Design C. Hilda taba
D. Logical sequence D. Stuffle beam
NARAYAN CHANGDER
18. The importance of curriculum in the system 24. Curriculum based on thinking of John
of education is just like a? Dewey is?
A. Constitution in a country A. Subject -centered curriculum
B. Provision of latest knowledge B. Learner -centered curriculum
C. Preparation of students for service C. Activity centered curriculum
D. None D. None of the above
19. The method used to evaluate the curricu- 25. Knowledge is compartmentalized in:
lum is?
A. Learner centred curriculum
A. Formative Evaluation
B. Activity centred curriculum
B. Summative Evaluation
C. Subject centred curriculum
C. Diagnostic Evaluation
D. A B C
26. The factor effecting curriculum develop-
20. Syllabus is a part of:
ment is:
A. Curriculum
A. Sociological factor
B. Classroom
B. Economical factor
C. Activities
C. Scientific factor
D. Society
D. All of the above
21. Curriculum emphasized for primary classes
is? 27. Five stages of awareness, interest, evalu-
ation, trial and adoption are for:
A. Activity - centered curriculum
A. Curriculum change
B. Integrated - curriculum
B. Curriculum formation
C. Decrease in number of books
C. Curriculum development
D. Horizontal organization
D. Curriculum implementation
22. Philosophical foundation of curriculum is
concerned with: 28. What is Curriculum?
A. Ideas A. Overall activities of an Institution
B. History B. Objectivity
C. Economy C. Classroom
D. Contents D. Affective

29. Knowledge is compartmentalized in? 35. The force that effect that effect the devel-
A. Subject centered curriculum opment of curriculum are called?

B. Learner centered curriculum A. Observation
B. Education of curriculum
C. Activity centered curriculum
C. Foundation of curriculum
D. None
D. Is the purpose of life?
30. The part of the curriculum designed to
meet the needs of all students is: 36. Percentage of knowledge gained through
observation/vision is:
A. General education
A. 40%
B. Specialized education
B. 55%
C. The extra-curriculum
C. 60%
D. The program of studies
D. 75%
31. The Concise Oxford Dictionary defines cur-
riculum as a: 37. Curriculum reflects the culture of:
A. Chariot race course A. School
B. Course of learning B. Home

C. Area
C. Course of Education
D. Society
D. Course of study
38. Which one is not the component, of the Cur-
32. Development of a learner is linked to:
riculum
A. Effective development
A. Contents
B. Cognitive development B. Design
C. Psychomotor development C. Objectives
D. Sensorimotor development D. Evaluation
33. When, What, Why & How, to teach is the 39. A curriculum is the sum total of a school’s
main task of: t influence a child’s:
A. Educational psychology A. Action
B. Educational philosophy B. Attitude
C. Economics C. Personality
D. History D. Behaviors
34. The relationship of different concepts at 40. Effectiveness of curriculum is determined
one level is? by:
A. Activity centered curriculum A. Evaluation
B. Integrated curriculum B. Objective
C. Decrease in number of books C. Method
D. Horizontal organization D. Design

41. The scope of curriculum include. 47. Percentage of knowledge gained through
A. Programme of studies observation is?
A. 75 %
B. Programme of Activites
B. 50%
C. Programme of Guidance
C. 34 %
D. All of the above
D. None of the
42. Sociological foundation are concerned
NARAYAN CHANGDER
with? 48. Curriculum presents instructional material
is stated by.
A. Ideas
A. Smith
B. Psychological foundation
B. Wheller
C. Society
C. Jack Kerr
D. Content D. None
43. Keeping in view the types of students in a 49. The source of achieving on objectives on
class are generally grouped as? objectives is?
A. Average A. Curriculum evaluation
B. Below average B. Objectives
C. Above average C. I.Q
D. All of the above D. Action
44. The outline of the Contents is; 50. Which one is not the component of the cur-
riculum?
A. Syllabus
A. Design
B. Programme
B. Evaluation
C. Course
C. Curriculum design
D. All of the above
D. Abilities
45. Responsible for the curriculum planning
and development in Pakistani is? 51. Major concern of curriculum is?
A. Personal
A. Objectivity
B. Change in individuals behavior
B. Curriculum wing
C. Preparation of students for service
C. Affective ness
D. None
D. Students
52. Evaluation used to improve the contents
46. Summative evalution takes place? after curriculum development is:
A. In the beginning A. Summative evaluation
B. At the end B. Formative evaluation
C. In the middle C. Diagnostic evaluation
D. None of the D. None of the above

53. The base on which the subject activities 59. Teacher training is less emphasized in?
and experience are planned is called? A. Subject centered curriculum

A. Course
B. Learner centered curriculum
B. Behavior
C. Activity centered curriculum
C. Design
D. Logical sequence
60. How many basic components of curriculum
54. Which of the following is the nature of cur- have:
riculum?
A. 2
A. Conservative
B. 4
B. Critical
C. 6
C. Creative
D. All of these D. 8
55. Teaching and learning combines to make: 61. The mirror of the Society is:
A. Curriculum A. playground
B. Instruction B. community
C. Classroom C. Hospital
D. Syllabus D. School
56. How many basic components of curriculum 62. An outline of the topics of a subject to be
have? covered in specific time is called?
A. 2 A. Curriculum
B. 4 B. Course
C. 6 C. Syllabus
D. 8 D. None
57. Which domain of objectives is not being 63. Curriculum is supposed to:
evaluated through our present system of
examination? A. Be organized by the school
A. Objectivity B. Achieve the objective
B. Classroom C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Affective D. None of the above
D. Students
64. The model of curriculum could not move
58. Prior Planning is characteristic of? above elementary stage is?
A. Subject centered curriculum A. Core curriculum
B. Learner centered curriculum B. Activity curriculum
C. Activity centered curriculum C. Subject curriculum
D. None D. None of the above

65. Important factor of curriculum is to help to 71. A. Learning means?

achieve the: A. Change in behavior
A. Education B. Teaching process
B. Objectives
C. Curriculum
C. Values
D. None
D. Job
72. The base on which the subject activities
NARAYAN CHANGDER
66. The Curriculum is affected by the following and experience are planned is called:
factor:
A. Unit
A. Government
B. Design
B. Religious group
C. lesson
C. Ideology of the nation
D. Curriculum
D. All of the above
73. Intelligence level of gifted students is:
67. Sociological foundations are concerned
with: A. 90 and above
A. History B. 110 and above
B. Economy C. 140 and above
C. Soceity D. None of the above
D. Idea 74. Philosophical foundation of curriculum is
concerned with?
68. The method used to evaluate the curricu-
lum is: A. Ideas
A. Summative Evaluation B. Psychological foundation
B. Diagnostic Evaluation C. Society
C. Formative Evaluation D. Content
D. All of the above 75. The model of curriculum could not move
69. The outline of the contents is? above elementary stage is:
A. Course A. Subject curriculum
B. Syllabus B. activity curriculum
C. Programe C. Core curriculum
D. All of the above D. None of these
70. Student’s needs and interests are impor- 76. The relationship of different concepts at
tant in one level is:
A. Sociological foundation A. Horizontal organization
B. Psychological foundation B. Vertical organization
C. Economical foundation C. Centralized
D. Historical foundation D. Decentralized

77. Making value judgment about curriculum 83. The purpose of integrated curriculum is?
is: A. Activity centered curriculum

A. Curriculum development B. Integrated curriculum
B. Curriculum evaluation C. Decrease in number of books
C. Curriculum elements D. Horizontal organization
D. Curriculum design
84. Psychological foundation play its role in
78. Psychomotor domain deals wit the development of curriculum keeping in
A. Feelings view the:
B. Practical skills A. Student’s needs
C. Intellectual abilities B. Student’s interest
D. None of the above C. Student’s capabilities

D. All of the above
79. Important factor of curriculum is help to
achieve the? 85. Curriculum provides guidance for:
A. Objectivity A. School
B. Classroom B. Teacher
C. Affective C. Students
D. Students D. Parents
80. Psychological foundations of curriculum 86. Making value judgment about curriculum
help curriculum developers to understand is?
the nature of: A. Curriculum evaluation
A. Content B. Objectives
B. Learner C. I.Q
C. Teacher D. Education institution
D. Ideas
87. The factors that effect the development of
81. Types of individual differences are: curriculum are called:
A. Mental A. Curriculum design
B. Physical B. Curriculum evaluation
C. Emotional C. Foundation of curriculum
D. All of the above D. Elements of curriculum
82. The evaluation used to improve the con- 88. Curriculum based on thinking of John
tents during curriculum development is: Dewey is
A. Summative evaluation A. learner centred curriculum
B. Formative evaluation B. activity centred curriculum
C. Diagnostic evaluation C. subject centred curriculum
D. None of the above D. None of these

89. The selection of the particular design is in- 95. A school curriculum is best defined as:
fluenced by? A. All materials and methods of instruc-
A. Types tion
B. Elements B. All materials used to pupil activities
C. Foundation C. The complete collection of courses of
study
D. Principle
D. The organized pupil experiences set by
NARAYAN CHANGDER
90. The arrangement of the elements of cur- the school
riculum can be defined as?
96. The major function of the Punjab text Book
A. Design Board.
B. Evaluation A. Printing books
C. Curriculum design B. Examination
D. Abilities C. Evaluation
91. Summative evaluation takes place: D. None of the above
A. In the beginning 97. In planning and implementing curricula

school makes its selection from:
B. In the middle
A. Nation
C. After regular inter
B. Region
D. At the end
C. Culture
92. Relationship of subjects at different levels D. Mass communication
is called?
98. Learning means:
A. Centralization
A. Teaching process
B. De centralization
B. Curriculum change
C. Horizontal organization
C. Change in behaviour
D. Vertical organization
93. The purpose of integrated curriculum is:
99. Curriculum is:
A. Increase in no. of books
A. Course
B. Decrease in no. of books
B. Syllabus
C. Increases is student enrolment C. Co-curricular activities
D. Decrease in dropout D. Overall activities of an institution
94. What the child studies in a class is decided 100. In experimental procedure of the content
by: selection, the content is selected by:
A. Principal A. The scientific pattern
B. Parents B. Analysis of experiences
C. Teacher C. The opinion of the expert
D. Child himself D. Concerns of subject specialists

101. The category of Audio Visual Aids is? 107. Nature of elements of curriculum and pat-
A. Radio tern of their organization is?

A. Curriculum design
B. Television
B. Foundation of curriculum
C. Tape recorder
C. Curriculum evaluation
D. All of these
D. Elements of curriculum
102. The arrangement of the elements of cur-
riculum can be can as: 108. Curriculum organization used for differ-
ent concepts at the same class is?
A. Curriculum Design
A. Vertical
B. Curriculum Foundation
B. Horizontal
C. Curriculum Construction
C. Logical
D. Curriculum Development D. None
103. Prior planning is characteristic of: 109. “Curriculum” is a word of:
A. Subject centred curriculum A. Greek
B. Activity centred curriculum B. Latin
C. Learner centred curriculum C. Persian
D. None of these D. English
104. Broad field curriculum is a modification 110. Development of curriculum at higher level
of; and its application at different levels is:
A. Activity centred curriculum A. Horizontal organization
B. Learner centred curriculum B. Vertical organization
C. Subject centred curriculum C. Centralized
D. None of these D. Decentralized
105. Curriculum provides guidance for? 111. Areas/sources of information for psycho-
logical foundation are:
A. Student
A. Learning process
B. School
B. Teaching method
C. Parents C. Student characteristics
D. Teacher D. All of the above
106. Allama Iqbal Open University was estab- 112. On way of finding out, what is going on
lished in? in a class room is?
A. 2002 A. Observation
B. 1974 B. Education psychology
C. 1998 C. Foundation of curriculum
D. 1992 D. Is the purpose of life?

113. The concise Oxford Dictionary defines cur- 119. Curriculum is interpreted to mean all the
riculum as a? organized courses, activities and experi-
A. Course of learning ences which students have under the direc-
tions of the school, whether in the class-
B. Chariot race course room or not, is said by:
C. Course of study A. John Dewey
D. None of the above B. Stephen Romine
NARAYAN CHANGDER
114. To select subject matter, one should con- C. H. Rugg
sider student’s: D. Hilda taba
A. I.Q
120. Curriculum development refers to the to-
B. Class tal process of curriculum?
C. Health A. Designing
D. Physical age B. Implementing
115. Examinations are conducted by? C. Evaluating
A. BISE D. All of the above
B. University of Education 121. Major concern of curriculum is:
C. IER A. Change in individuals behavior
D. DSD B. Preparation for service
116. Curriculum improvement should a —— C. Personal satisfaction
———— process D. None of the above
A. last
122. In the subject centered curriculum, the im-
B. Initial portant element is:
C. Internal
A. Division of knowledge
D. Continuous
B. Mixing of activities
117. Curriculum organization used for differ- C. Influence of social values
ent concepts at the same class is:
D. Psychomotor development
A. Horizontal
123. The major purpose of co-curricular activi-
B. Vertical
ties is to:
C. Logical
A. Help students achieve a well-adjusted
D. None of these personality
118. Curriculum is supposed to? B. Provide relief from the usual class-
room routine
A. Achieve the objectives
C. Allow students an opportunity to de-
B. Be organized by the school velop in to good citizens
C. Both D. Permit students to have a choice of ed-
D. None ucational program

124. Curriculum development refers to the to- 130. Making value judgment about curriculum
tal process of curriculum: is:

A. Implementing A. Curriculum design
B. Evaluating B. Curriculum elements
C. Designing C. Curriculum evaluation
D. All of the above D. Curriculum development
125. The forces that effect the development of 131. The term refer to the total process of de-
curriculum are called: signing implementing and evaluating:
A. Curriculum Design A. Curriculum design
B. Curriculum Evaluation B. Curriculum implementation
C. Elements of curriculum C. Curriculum Construction
D. Foundations of curriculum D. Curriculum Development
126. Rote learning is a demerit of? 132. A curriculum is blue print or pip of the
A. Subject centered curriculum school that includes experiences for the:
B. Learner centered curriculum A. Experts
C. Activity centered curriculum B. Teacher
D. None of the above C. Learner
127. Curriculum emphasized for primary D. Curriculum planner
classes is:
133. The category of Audio Visual Aids is:
A. Teacher centred curriculum
A. Tape-recorder
B. Integrated curriculum
B. Television
C. Subject based curriculum
C. Radio
D. None of these
D. All of the above
128. Without suitable curriculum, aims of edu-
cation 134. Detailed contents of the subjects for class
are called?
A. Can be achieved
A. Course
B. Cannot be achieved
B. Behavior
C. Can be changed
C. Design
D. Logical sequence
129. University Education was established
in? 135. Intelligence level of gifted student is?
A. 2002 A. 140 and above
B. 2000 B. 110
C. 1998 C. 90
D. 1992 D. None of the above

136. Curriculum reflects the culture of? 142. The highest in rank in ministry of educa-
A. Society tion is:
B. Home A. Administrative officer
C. School B. Secretary
D. Area C. Education officer
D. Research Officer
137. To select subject matter, one should con-
sider student?
NARAYAN CHANGDER
143. The system of distance education is ob-
A. Curriculum served in?
B. Objectives A. BISE
C. I.Q B. University of Education
D. Educational institution C. Allama Iqbal Open University
138. The characteristics of Activity Centred D. None of the above

Curriculum: 144. which is not concerned with teacher train-
A. Student Interest ing?
B. Training of practical work A. BISE
C. Overall development B. University of Education
D. All of the above C. IER
139. Logical order content organization is to D. DSD
arrange the content according to?
145. Models of curriculum presently being
A. Course used at any stage in Pakistan is?
B. Behavior A. Activity
C. Design B. Subject
D. Logical C. Integrated
140. Repetition of concepts of same level in D. All of the above
two consecutive classes lacks the quality
of: 146. Subject centered designs revolve
around?
A. Horizontal organization
A. Ideas
B. Vertical organization
B. Psychological foundation
C. Relevancy
C. Society
D. Flexibility
D. Content
141. The importance of curriculum in the sys-
tem of education is just like a: 147. School curriculum is defined as
A. Preparation of students for service A. Methods of instruction
B. Constitution in a country B. Experiences organized by school
C. Provision of latest knowledge C. Materials of instruction
D. None of the above D. Courses of study

1.7 Educational philosophy 61
148. Mini Culture is: B. Code

A. Content C. Cope

B. Classroom D. None
C. Curriculum
152. Component of curriculum is:
D. Home
A. Teaching strategies
149. Curriculum presents instructional mate- B. Objectives
rial is stated by:
C. Evaluation
A. Elizhalh Maccis
D. All of the above
B. Jack Kerr
C. WTeller 153. An outline-of the topics of a subject to
the covered in specific time is called:
D. Smith
A. Programme
150. Which domain of objectives is not being B. Syllabus
evaluated through our present system of
examination: C. Curriculum
A. Affective D. Course
B. Cognitive 154. Philosophy and curriculum are concerned
C. Psychomotor with the question of what?
D. None of these A. Observation
151. The term “core curriculum” is sometimes B. Education psychology

simply called? C. Foundation of curriculum
A. Core D. Is the purpose of life?
1.7 Educational philosophy

1. According to materialism, the only valid 3. Which of the following types represents
pramana is Vivekananda’s contribution to education?
A. Inference A. Basic education
B. Scriptures B. Integral education
C. Perception C. Education for man making
D. None of these D. Education for International under-
standing
2. The chief characteristics of the self accord-
ing to Samkhya philosophy, is 4. The Realist’s aim of education is
A. Rebirth A. Self-realization
B. Eternity B. Happy and moral development
C. Pure consciousness C. Spiritual and moral development
D. None of these D. Total development of personality

5. The postulation of a fact by the impossibil- C. Ever liberated

ity of its opposite is known as D. All of these
A. Inference
11. Which of the following is the Naturalist
B. Arthapatti
ideal of education?
C. Testimony
A. Livelihood
D. Anupalabdhi
B. Social Adjustment
6. Which of the following does not pertain
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Self Realisation
to intellectual development aim of educa-
tion? D. Inculcation of democratic values
A. Cultivation of intelligence 12. According to which philosophy of educa-
B. Spiritual development tion, childhood is something desirable for
C. Development of cognitive powers its own sake and children should be chil-
dren?
D. Traming and “formation” of mind
A. Realism
7. Evaluate the viewpoint “The child knows
B. Idealism
better than any educator what he should
learn, when and how he should learn it”? C. Naturalism
A. Practical, but not correct D. Pragmatism
B. Correct, but not practical
13. Value has been closely linked with interest.
C. Correct and practical both This statement has been given by
D. Hundred percent correct A. J.S. Mill
8. The self is proved on the basis of the psy- B. J.B.Perry
chological tendencies of C. W. M. Urban
A. Salvation
D. J.S.Mackenzie
B. Enjoyment
14. The Pramana of Upmana in Indian philoso-
C. Knowledge
phy has been accepted by
D. All of these
A. Nyaya
9. The Vedic statements, according to Mi- B. Vedanta
mamsa, can be classified as
C. Mimamsa
A. Vidhayaka
D. All of these
B. Siddhartha
C. Both (A) and (B) 15. who among the following is not a follower
D. None of these of Pragmatic Philosophy?
A. William James
10. The chief characteristics of purusa in
Samkhya philosophy is B. Peshtalozzi
A. Non-attached C. Johin Dewey
B. Transcendent D. Kilpatrick

16. The fundamental basis of Samkara’s the- 22. Preparing the child for future life as an aim
ory of self is of education is preparing child for.

A. Dualism A. Some suitable vocation
B. Pluralism B. Some particular course of study
C. Non-dualism C. Facing all kinds of emergencies and sit-
D. Qualified monism uations of future life
D. A happy married life
17. Philosophising requires the processes of
A. Analysis 23. Who among the following propounded nat-
uralism in education?
B. Criticism
A. Plato
C. Synthesis
D. All of these B. Rousseau
C. John Dewey
18. Health can be classified as having the
value of D. Bertrand Russell
A. Intrinsic 24. What is the goal of education according to

B. Extrinsic Idealism?
C. Instrumental A. Realisation of moral values
D. None of these B. Satisfaction of human wants
C. Perfect adaptation to the environment
19. Which school of philosophy of education
advocated Project method of teaching? D. Cultivation of dynamic, adaptable mind
A. Idealism which will be resourceful and enterprising
in all situations
B. Realism
C. Naturalism 25. Which school maintained self-expression
with the accompanying cries of “no inter-
D. Pragmatism ference”, “no restraints”?
20. The nature of Vedic words can be described A. Truest form of Naturalism
as B. Extreme form of Naturalism
A. True
C. Most valid form of Naturalism
B. False
D. Most widely accepted form of Natural-
C. Doubtful ism
D. None of these
26. The most important pramana, according to
21. Literally the term philosophy means Advaita Vedanta, is
A. Criticism A. Inference
B. A particular method B. Scriptures
C. Love of knowledge C. Perception
D. None of these D. All of these

27. Which is not Naturalism’s aim of Educa- 32. Which among the following does not fit
tion? into the scheme of educational goals of the
A. To inculcate ethical and moral values Idealists?
in the pupils A. Skills
B. Education is the notion of man’s evolu-
B. Care of body
tion from lower forms of life
C. To equip the individual or the nation for C. Moral values
the struggle for existence so as to ensure
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Self-expression
survival
D. To help the pupils to learn to be in har- 33. On what depends the values of an educa-
mony with and well-adapted to their sur- tional experience in the eyes of the ideal-
roundings ist?
28. Which school maintained “Natural im- A. The extent to which it satisfies pupil de-
pulses of the child are of great importance sires
and are good in themselves? ”
B. The manner in which it affects future
A. Biological Naturalism
experience
B. Mechanical Naturalism
C. Whether or not it preserves accepted
C. Naturalism of physical science institutions
D. Romantic Naturalism
D. Whether or not the pupil has been
29. Pramanas, according to Vedanta, can be properly motivated
classified as
A. Inference 34. The immediate knowledge of the non-
existence of an object is known as
B. Scriptures
C. Perception A. Inference
D. All of these B. Testimony
30. The validity of scriptures has been chal- C. Arthapatti
lenged by the Charvakas in the field of
D. Anupalabdhi
A. Imperceptible things
B. Perceptible things 35. Which is a great disadvantage of the
C. Both (A) and (B) project method?
D. None of these A. Children are generally not interested
in it
stresses the direct study of men and things B. It consumes much of the time of the
through tours and travels? child
A. Social realism C. It leaves gaps in the knowledge of the
B. Idealism child
C. Existentialism D. Teachers, generally, do not like to
D. Marxism teach through it

36. Which philosophy maintained “The soul is B. Eternal

divine, only held in the bondage of mat-
C. Both (A) and (B)
ter”?

D. None of these
A. Sankhya
B. Vedanta 42. Charvakas have rejected the validity of
C. Buddhism scriptures on the basis of
D. All of these A. Criticism of inference

B. Absence of physical proof
37. The most important source of knowledge
according to Mimamsa is C. Contradictions and tautologies
A. Inference D. All of these
B. Testimony
43. The distinctions between philosophy and
C. Perception science are
D. Comparison A. Distinction in nature
38. Which of the following is said about the B. Distinction in method
idealists?
C. Distinction in problems
A. They like “roses”
D. All of these
B. They are content with “briars”
C. They want “roses” and “briars” both 44. Which is not an aspect of mind according
to the Realists, theory of knowing?
D. They are satisfied neither with “briars”
nor with “roses” A. Awareness
B. Consciousness
39. Which school of philosophy of education re-
grets dualism between cultural, and voca- C. Behavior
tional curriculum? D. Processing of awareness
A. Idealism
45. The Charvaka theory of self can be termed
B. Marxism
as
C. Naturalism
A. Vitalist
D. Existentialism
B. Mentalist
40. The words which are given to the seers
C. Materialist
through the God himself are known as
D. All of these
A. Vedic
B. Laukika 46. Which is the first school for a child’s edu-
C. Both (A) and (B) cation?
D. None of these A. School

B. Family
41. The nature of Avidya, according to
Samkara, can be described as C. Friends
A. Natural D. Society

47. Which statement about truth is not cor- 52. Which school maintained: “Natural im-
rect according to the philosophy of Prag- pulses of the child are of great importance
matism? and are good in themselves”?
A. It is eternal A. Romantic Naturalism
B. It is made by man B. Biological Naturalism
C. It is ever changing C. Mechanical Naturalism
D. It is what emerges to be true in actual D. Naturalism of physical science
NARAYAN CHANGDER
practice
53. Pragmatism has a greater sense of re-
48. Which of the following is not a national ob- sponsibility than Naturalism with regard
jective to be achieved through education in to moral training because
India? A. They emphasize teaching of values
A. Increasing productivity B. They consider education, basically, a
B. Increasing children’s creative ability social process
C. They do not want the teacher to abdi-
C. Accelerating process of modernization
cate from the scene
D. Achieving social and national integra-
D. The free activity which pragmatic- sys-
tion
tem of education entails does not mean li-
49. The aim of education according to the Exis- cence; rather it means a guided activity
tentialists is
54. The cause, according to Indian philosophy,
A. Objective knowledge can be classified as
B. Adaptation to practical life A. Efficient cause
C. A good understanding of the world out- B. Material cause
side C. Immediate cause
D. Humanitarian and humanist self- real- D. All of these
ization
55. Indian education can promote national con-
50. Liberation in Buddhist philosophy is known sciousness by
as
A. Establishing more and more all In-
A. Mukti dia institutions which will admit students
B. Moksha from different parts of the country
C. Nirvana B. Understanding and re-evaluating of In-

dia’s cultural heritage
D. None of these
C. Breaking down regional and linguistic
51. The nature of philosophy can be explained barriers
as D. All of these
A. Critical method
56. Knowledge according to Jain philosophers
B. Universal science can be called
C. Collection of science A. Naya
D. All of these B. Pramana

C. Both (A) and (B) C. Metaphysics

D. None of these D. Epistemology

57. The cause of suffering, according to 62. The imposition of some external objects
Samkhya, philosophy is upon the self, according to Samkara,
A. Fear means
B. Ignorance A. Akyativada
C. Attachment B. Asatkhyativada
D. None of these C. Atmakhyativada
58. Who among the following propounded so- D. Anyathakhyativada

cialism in education?
63. The knowledge of the qualities of the Pak-
A. Stalin sha through the Hetu is known as
B. Sartre A. Vyapti
C. Dewey
B. Anuman
D. Russell
C. Paramarsa
59. The pragmatists are against. D. None of these
A. The external examinations
64. What is development of human potentiali-
B. The special teachers ties in education?
C. Breakdown of knowledge into sepa-
A. Individual aim
rate subjects
B. Social aim
D. Eternal spiritual values
C. Individual as well as social aim
60. Which among the following is the most cor-
rect view about social and individual aims D. Specific aim
of education?
65. “Human institutions are one mass of folly
A. Social aims should be preferred to in- and contradiction.” Whose statement is
dividual aims this?
B. Individual aims are implied in the so- A. Dewey
cial aims of education
B. Rousseau
C. Individual aims should be given prefer-
ence to social aims C. Bernard Shaw
D. Individual and social aims are only two D. Ravinder Nath Tagore
sides of the same coin
66. The important forms of Nirvana include
61. Which branch of philosophy examines is- A. Sopadhi sesa
sues pertaining to the nature of “real-
ity”? B. Nirupadhi sesa
A. Axiology C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Ontology D. None of these

67. The causal relation, according to Samkara B. He should be kept in the same class
is C. He should be advised to leave studies
A. Real change
D. All the above methods are right
B. Unreal change
73. The aim of education according to the Exis-
C. Both (A) and (B)
tentialists is.
D. None of these
A. Humanitarian and humanist self-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
68. The knowledge of the relation between realization
a name and the thing named in Nyaya is B. Adaptation to practical life
known as
C. Objective knowledge
A. Inference
D. A good understanding of the world out-
B. Testimony
side
C. Perception
74. Philosophical thinking is characterised by
D. Comparison
A. Philosophical effect
69. Advaita Vedanta theory of liberation is
based upon B. Philosophical results
A. The Vedas C. Philosophical conclusion
B. Brahmasutra D. All of these

C. Bhagwadgita 75. The most, important source of knowledge,
D. The Upanishads according to Indian philosophy is
A. Inference
70. Philosophy is a comprehensive synthetic
science, has been maintained by B. Scriptures
A. Roy Wood Seller C. Perception
B. Herbert Spencer D. All of these
C. Joseph A. Leighton
76. The goal of philosophy can be properly de-
D. All of these fined as
71. Under whose leadership is founded the A. Philosophising
University at Pondicherry? B. Solution of problem
A. Tagore C. Achievement of success
B. Gandhi D. None of these
C. Sri Aurobindo
77. The cause of the power of Maya, according
D. Vivekananda
to Samkara, is
72. If a student gets failed in any class what A. aidya
should be done to him?
B. vidya
A. He should be given a chance to im-
prove and sent to the next class after he C. adhyasa
improves D. None of these

78. Tagore was an Idealist because he empha- C. Sum total of the activities of a school
sized D. Indicates the course to be taught by

A. Vocational education the teachers to the students throughout
B. Rigid control and discipline in schools the year
C. Religious education in a formal man- 84. The relationship of the ultimate reality
ner with the world in Indian philosophy has
D. Moral and spiritual development of the been explained by the theory of
child A. Error
79. The proper nature of Adhyasa can be ex- B. Reality

plained as C. Falsehood
A. Ignorance D. All of these
B. Knowledge 85. Which of the following has been asserted
C. Both (A) and (B) about schools by Marxist educational phi-
D. None of these losophy?
A. They should stand above politics
80. Charvaka philosophers have been classi-
fied into B. They should disinterestedly serve soci-
ety as a whole
A. Dhurta
C. They should function as deliberate in-
B. Susikshit struments of state policy
C. Both (A) and (B) D. The should not be mere weapons in the
D. None of these hands of the ruling class
81. According to ethicists, values are con- 86. The main theories concerning the intrinsic
cerned with values are
A. Morals A. Objective theory
B. Reasons B. Axiological subjectivists
C. Purposes C. Both (A) and (B)
D. All of these D. None of these
82. Who emphasised realization of Truth, 87. Knowledge according to Mimamsa philo-
Beauty and Goodness as the aims of ed- sophy, is
ucation? A. real
A. Realists B. unreal
B. Idealists C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Naturalists D. none of these
D. Pragmatists
88. Which of the following is ideal of educa-
83. What do you mean by curriculum? tion, according to idealism?
A. A child learns through curriculum A. Livelihood
B. Sum total of the annual study B. Citizenship

C. Self Realisation C. John Dewey

D. Social Adjustment D. William James
89. The philosophical attitude includes 94. The Charvakas deny the existence of
A. Doubt A. Self
B. Wonder B. Heaven and hel
C. Criticism C. Merit and demerit
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. All of these D. All of these
90. Which of the following claims of the prag- 95. What is the goal of education according to
matists is not acceptable? Idealism?
A. Training in character through school’s A. Perfect adaptation to the environment
co-curricular activities is possible B. Realisation of moral values
B. Training in citizenship is possible C. Satisfaction of human wants
through school and community activities
D. Cultivation of dynamic adaptable mind
C. Child’s own experience is valuable for which will be resourceful and enterprising
adequate development of child’s personal- in all situations
ity
96. Vivekananda included study of “religion,
D. The free activity of the pupil is likely to philosophy, Upnishadas and Puranas” to
result in permanent attitudes of initiative achieve
and independence and moral discipline
A. Propagation of Indian culture
91. Which of the following was not sug- B. Spiritual development of the child
gested as a method of education by
Vivekananda? C. Development of intellect of the child
A. Yoga D. Complete development of child’s per-

sonality
B. Meditation
C. Guided readings 97. Who said that the aim of education should
be to develop in children feelings of inter-
D. Lecture-cum-discussion national brotherhood and attitude of inter-
national understanding?
92. The best theory of Pramanas in Indian phi-
losophy has been presented by A. Dewey
A. Advaita Vedanta B. Rousseau
B. Samkhya C. R. N. Tagore
C. Nyaya D. Mahatma Gandhi
D. None of these 98. Man, according to Charvaka philosophy, is
93. Who among the following is not a follower A. The self
of Pragmatic Philosophy? B. The physical body
A. Kilpatrick C. The consciousness
B. Peshtalozzi D. None of these

99. In India’s constitutional values equality ap- 104. Which philosophy of education considers
plied to education means psychology as an incomplete study of and
an inadequate basis of educational the-

A. To impart same kind of education to all
ory?
B. To impart education to all up to the
same level A. Realism
B. Idealism
C. To have same kinds of institutions for
all in the society C. Naturalism
D. To equalize the external or material cir- D. Pragmatism
cumstances of obtaining education 105. The theory, that the effect is the real re-
100. The state of Jivan mukti is included in sult of the cause, is known as
A. Dravya moksha A. Vivartavada
B. Bhava moksha B. Parinamavada

C. Satkaryavada
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Asatkaryavada
D. None of these
106. Which among the following is not empha-
101. What is the meaning of lesson plan? sized by the individual aims of education?
A. To read the lesson before teaching it A. Individual freedom
B. To prepare the list of questions to be B. Self-expression
asked
C. Development of inner potentialities
C. To prepare all that the teacher wants
D. Development of values of tolerance
to teach in a limited period
and non-violence
D. To prepare detailed answers of all the
questions to be asked in the class 107. Which among the following statements is
not a characteristic of Marxism?
102. On what is based the need for teaching A. It presupposes a reality independent
philosophy of education? of man, s mind
A. All pupils are not alike B. Its educational philosophy is essen-
B. Different systems of education found tially materialistic
in different countries C. Its major objective is the development
C. Different philosophies expressed dif- of child, s personality
ferent points of view on every aspect of D. It asserts that physical environment
education can definitely change the nature of the
D. Different ways of teaching-learning child
103. The knowledge of a thing by means of 108. In Democracy educational pattern is

Hetu, according to Jain’s is known as planned after the interests of the many be-
cause
A. Paroksha
A. There are always too many illiterates
B. Pratyaksha in a democracy
C. Both (A) and (B) B. Democracy has tremendous faith in
D. None of these her men and their powers

C. Democracy is the government of the 114. “Human institutions are one mass of folly
many, by the many and for the many and contradiction” Whose statement is
D. The ultimate authority determining ed- this?
ucational policy in democracy is imminent A. Bernard Shaw
in man
B. Rousseau
109. The theory, that the effect is only the ap-
C. Dewey
parent of the cause, is known as
D. Allama Iqbal
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Vivartavada
B. Satkaryavada 115. What is development of social sense
C. Parinamavada and co-operation among the individuals
through education?
D. Asatkaryavada
A. Social aim
110. The theory that the effect is already im-
plicit in the cause, is known as B. Individual aim
A. Vivartavada C. National aim
B. Parinamavada D. Constitutional aim
C. Satkaryavada
116. Which of the following does not pertain
D. Asatkaryavada to intellectual development aim of educa-
111. The theory of Naya is based upon tion?
A. Ekantvada A. Spiritual development
B. Anekantvada B. Cultivation of intelligence
C. Both (A) and (B) C. Training and “formation” of mind
D. None of these D. Development of cognitive powers
112. Learning by Project Method is technically
117. Who raised the slogan “Back to Na-
known as
ture”?
A. Efficient learning
A. Realism
B. Adequate learning
B. Pragmatism
C. Incidental learning
D. Systematic learning C. Naturalism
D. Existentialism
113. In the light of relevant past events, con-
temporary events and their understanding
118. Buddha’s attitude towards self can be
should find a place in the teaching of his-
said to be
tory. Who maintained this principle?
A. Sceptic
A. Realists
B. Marxists B. Agnostic
C. Idealists C. Dogmatic
D. Naturalists D. Indifferent

119. What is correct about the nature of phi- 124. According to which school of philosophy
losophy in relation to science? of education, exaltation of individual’s
persona-lity is a function of education?

A. Philosophy is science
B. Philosophy is a normative science A. Marxism
C. Philosophy is the science of science B. Idealism

D. Philosophy is the mother of all sci- C. Idealism and Marxism both
ences D. Pragmatism
120. According to Advaita Vedanta, the nature 125. Which one of the following education sys-
of liberation can be explained as tems supports scientific progress?
A. Atman A. Realistic Education
B. Brahman B. Idealistic Education
C. Transcedental reality C. Naturalistic Education
D. All of these D. None of these
121. Samkhya theory of self has been criti-
126. Which is a great disadvantage of the
cised on the basis of
project method?
A. Illogical
A. It consumes much of the time of the
B. Proofs for practical self only child
C. Confusion between Jiva and Atman B. It leaves gaps in the knowledge of the
D. All of these child
C. Children are generally not interested
122. In whose methodology of teaching “Ex-
in it
perimentation” is the key-note of?
D. Teachers generally do not like to teach
A. Realism
through it
B. Idealism
C. Pragmatism 127. Philosophers are, “Those who are lovers
of the vision of truth.” This was said by
D. Existentialism
A. Plato
123. Which of the following statements does B. Aristotle
not go in favour of the individual aims of
education? C. Socrates
A. The society is strong if the individual is D. William James
strong
128. According to which educational philoso-
B. Society is supreme and all individuals phy, socially useful labour must form the
are only parts of it central pivot of the entire school?
C. Every individual is unique; develop- A. Marxism
ment of his potentialities is essential
B. Idealism
D. The individual is an asset to the soci-
ety; his development and growth are nec- C. Naturalism
essary D. Existentialism

129. The theory of liberation has been rejected 135. Nirvana in Buddhist texts has been de-
in Indian philosophy by the school known scribed as
as
A. Eternal health
A. The Jaina
B. State of peace
B. The Vedanta
C. The Buddhists C. Perfect freedom
D. The Charvaka D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
130. Liberation, according to Charvaka, can be 136. “Child is more important than all kinds
said to be of books”. This viewpoint of Tagore rep-
A. Foolish resents his faith in the following aims of
B. Possible education
C. Impossible A. Social aims

D. None of these B. Cultural aims
131. Which is the first school for a child, s ed- C. Individual aims
ucation?
D. A synthesis of individual and social
A. Society aims
B. Friends
137. The proper means of anumana according
C. Family
to Nyaya is
D. School
A. Hetu
132. The spiritualists define value as
B. Paksha
A. Mental
C. Sadhya
B. Spiritual
C. Material D. Perception
D. None of these
138. The ultimate good includes
133. The cause of bondage of the Jiva in the
A. Intrinsic value
world, according to Samkara, is
A. vidya B. Extrinsic value
B. avidya C. Instrumental value

C. adhyasa D. None of these
D. none of these
139. The contemporary trend in philosophical
134. Which of the following represents fascist method is
ideal of education?
A. Analysis
A. Education for Freedom
B. Dialectics
B. Education for Nationalism
C. Education for Democracy C. Synthesis
D. Education for State control D. None of these

140. The famous preaching of Nirvana to king 145. Which school of philosophy of education
Milinda were given by stresses the direct study of men and things
through tours and travels?

A. Nagasena
A. Idealism
B. Nagarjuna
B. Marxism
C. Gautam Buddha
C. Social realism
D. None of these
D. Existentialism
141. Which among the following is not empha-
146. Uncontradicted knowledge arising out of
sized by the individual aims of education?
the sense object contact is known as
A. Self-expression A. Inference
B. Individual freedom B. Testimony
C. Development of inner potentialities C. Perception
D. Development of values of tolerance D. Comparison
and non-violence
147. The unitary theory of self in Indian phi-
142. Which one of the following sentences is losophy has been supported by
correct about the nature of teaching? A. The Jainas
A. It is remedial B. The Samkhya
B. It is diagnostic C. The Mimamsa
C. It is diagnostic as well as remedial D. Advaita Vedanta
D. All the above statements are correct 148. Philosophical activity is concerned with
A. Thinking
143. Which statement is most acceptable to
the academicians about “Bread and butter B. Criticising
aim” of education? C. Synthesising
A. It is only partly acceptable D. All of these
B. It is important for only a section of the 149. The most important element in the Jain
society theory of Pramanas is
C. It is equally important along with other A. Naya
aims of education B. Inference
D. It is the most important aim and C. Scriptures
should be given top priority by education-
D. Perception
ists
150. Who emphasised realization of Truth
144. Samkara has utilised the Adhyasa to ex- Beauty and Goodness as the aims of ed-
plain ucation?
A. Nature of self A. Idealists
B. Nature of world B. Pragmatists
C. Nature of brahman C. Realists
D. Nature of liberation D. Naturalists

151. Which is not an aspect of mind according B. Idealists

to the Realists’ theory of knowing? C. Realists
A. Behaviour D. Existentialists
B. Awareness
156. Which of the following characteristics is
C. Consciousness
common to Pragmatism, Naturalism and
D. Processing of awareness Existentialism?
A. Emphasis on the individual
NARAYAN CHANGDER
152. Which educational activity is most desir-
able to the pragmatist? B. Emphasis on value education
A. That is beneficial effect upon the fu- C. Emphasis on physical environment
ture experiences of the pupil
D. Emphasis on spiritual aims of educa-
B. Approximates the goals which tion
educatio-nal scientists have set up
157. Who said “No fixed aims of education
C. Results from the indiscrimination of
and no values in advance”?
the pupil in democratic theory
A. Progressive educators
D. That characterizes by spontaneous, ac-
tive, continuously pleasurable and practi- B. Idealists
cal for the pupil C. Realists
153. Which among the following is not an ac- D. Marxists
ceptable criticism of social aims of educa-
tion? 158. The term “progressive education” re-
lated to
A. They are anit-individual
A. Realism
B. They are un-psychological as they do
not take into account the capacities and B. Idealism
interests of the individual C. Pragmatism
C. They hinder the growth and develop- D. Existentialism
ment of art and literature
159. The theory of causation advanced by
D. Man in them becomes only a means to
Sam-kara has been proved by
an end
A. Logic
154. Which school of philosophy very strongly
B. Scriptures
advocates that education should be voca-
tional in character? C. Experience
A. Existentialism D. All of these
B. Naturalism 160. Which of the following represents ‘com-
C. Realism munist ideal’ of education?
D. Pragmatism A. Education for Freedom
155. Religious education is strongly advocated B. Education for Nationalism

by. C. Education for Democracy
A. Pragmatists D. Education for State control

161. The nature of perception according to C. Pragmatism

Charvaka can be said to be D. Naturalism idealism and pragmatism

A. Authentic all
B. Inauthentic 167. The knowledge which results by the past
C. Both (A) and (B) impressions based upon the awareness of
D. None of these concomitance is known as
A. Inference
162. Which branch of philosophy examines is-
sues pertaining to the nature of :reality? B. Scriptures
” C. Perception
A. Ontology D. All of these
B. Metaphysics
168. Liberation, according to Samkhya, can be
C. Axiology attained by:
D. Epistemology A. Penance
163. Who emphasized that education should B. Enjoyment
be a social process? C. Knowledge
A. Vivekananda D. None of these
B. Rousseau
169. The Mimamsa theory of causation is
C. Dewey known as
D. Pestalozzi A. Vivartavada
164. Who said, “Reverse the usual practice B. Parinamavada
and you will almost always do right”? C. Theory of energy
A. Plato D. None of these
B. Dewey
170. What is called Education acquired with-
C. Rousseau out any specific purpose fixed period and
D. Mahatma Gandhi place?
A. Indirect Education
165. Who among the following made maxi-
mum impact on modern education? B. Individual Education
A. Stalin C. Informal Education
B. Sartre D. Formal Education
C. Dewey 171. Charvaka criticism of scriptures has been
D. Russell challenged by
166. Characteristics of Vivekananda’s philoso- A. Nyaya

phy of education include B. Samkhya
A. Idealism C. Advaita Vedanta
B. Naturalism D. All of these

172. Which branch of philosophy deals with C. Soul is mover

knowledge its structure method and valid- D. All of these
ity?
177. “Next to Nature the child should be
A. Logic
brought into touch with the stream of so-
B. Aesthetics cial ‘behaviour”. By saying this Tagore is
C. Epistemology trying to emphasize following aims of ed-
ucation
D. Metaphysics
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Social aims
173. Which among the following is the most B. Individual aims
correct view about social and individual
C. Both Individual and social aims
aims of education?
D. Intellectual development aim
A. Individual aims should be given prefer-
ence to social aims 178. Which statement is not correct about Nat-
uralism?
B. Social aims should be preferred to in-
dividual aims A. A reaction against a mere study of
books and linguistic forms
C. Individual aims are implied in the so-
cial aims of education B. A reaction against the degenerated hu-
manism of the Renaissance period
D. Individual and social aims are only two
sides of the same coin C. A reaction against sophistication, arti-
ficiality and paraphernalia in education
174. In the light of relevant past events con- D. None of these
temporary events and their understanding
should find a place in the teaching of his- 179. Axiological judgement shows the charac-
tory Who maintained this principle? teristics of
A. Naturalists A. Based upon judgment
B. Obligatory
B. Idealists
C. Inevitable
C. Realists
D. All of these
D. Marxists
180. The theory known as Satkaryavada in-
175. The plurality theory of self in Indian phi- cludes
losophy has been accepted by
A. Vivartavada
A. The Jainas B. Parinamavada
B. The Mimamsa C. Both (A) and (B)
C. The Samkhya D. None of these
D. All of these 181. Which one of the following education sys-
176. The indirect proofs for the existence of tems supports scientific progress?
self, according to the Jain philosophers, A. Naturalistic Education
are B. Idealistic Education
A. Co-ordinator C. Realistic Education
B. Efficient cause D. None of these

182. Which of the following characteristics 187. Who was the nineteenth century founder
common to Pragmatism Naturalism and Ex- of Existentialism?
istentialism?

A. Hegel
A. Emphasis on spiritual aims of educa-
B. Rousseau
tion
C. D.J. O’Connor
B. Emphasis on the individual
C. Emphasis on physical environment D. Soren Kierkegaard
D. Emphasis on value education 188. What is not associated with Pragma-

tism?
183. Which is the most widely accepted
method of education according to the prag- A. Purposive education
matists? B. Freedom-based education
A. Lecturing by the teacher C. Education for self-realization
B. Leaving the child free to learn D. Experience-based education
C. Learning by doing
189. The most important thing to keep in mind
D. Heuristic method
for a teacher according to Realism in edu-
184. Which statements is not correct about cation is
Naturalism? A. The nature of the child
A. A reaction against the degenerated hu- B. The method of teaching
manism before Renaissance period
C. Organization of the content to be
B. A reaction against the degenerated hu-
taught
manism of the Renaissance period
D. The value and significance of what is
C. A reaction against sophistication artifi-
taught
ciality and paraphernalia in education
D. A reaction against a mere study of 190. The theory of causation known as Pari-
books and linguistic forms namavada in Indian philosophy has been
supported by
185. Liberation, according to Jaina, can be
achieved by A. Samkhya
A. Detachment B. Ramanuja
B. Self-control C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Penance D. None of these
D. All of these 191. Statements concerning the Mode of Per-
186. Which school believes that all knowledge formance of religious activity are known
comes through the senses? as
A. Idealism A. Vidhayaka
B. Sense Realism B. Siddhartha
C. Pragmatism C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Existentialism D. None of these

192. Goodwill, according to Immanual Kant, is C. Teacher, student and education

A. Intrinsic value D. Education, teacher and books
B. Extrinsic value
198. Who among the following propounded
C. Instrumental value existentialism in education?
D. None of these
A. Plato
193. Values have been classified as B. Sartre
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Intrinsic C. Rousseau
B. Extrinsic D. Bertrand Russell
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. None of these 199. What is the main centre of informal Edu-
cation?
194. Ramanuja’s theory of causation is known A. Family
as
B. Society
A. Prakrti Parinamavada
C. Radio and Television
B. Brahman Parinamavada
C. All of the above D. All of the above
D. None of these 200. In whose methodology of teaching “Ex-

perimentation” is the key-note of?
195. Prama, according to Vedanta, is the
knowledge which is A. Idealism
A. Worldly B. Existentialism
B. Other worldly C. Realism
C. Contradictory D. Pragmatism
D. Uncontradictory
201. What is teaching through deductive
196. Social aims of education imply the train- method?
ing of.
A. From general to specific
A. The individuals for the purpose of serv-
ing the needs of the society B. From specific to general
B. Individuals according to their needs C. From macro to micro
C. The individuals according to their ca- D. From easy to difficult
pacities
202. The Jains have refused the Charvaka
D. The individuals according to the facili-
view of self on the basis of
ties
A. Illogical
197. What are the three components of the ed-
ucational process? B. No evidence
A. Direction, instruction and skill C. Against causation
B. Teaching, learning and practice D. All of these

203. According to Existentialists, the essence C. Owner of the school

of existence means
D. Founder of the school

A. Unity with the ultimate reality
B. Spiritual good and happiness 209. Beauty can be classified as having the
value of
C. Continuous growth and development
A. Extrinsic
D. Tensions and contradictions which con-
dition loneliness and anxiety B. Ultimate
C. Instrumental
204. What is not associated with Pragma-
tism? D. None of these
A. Purposive education
210. The ultimate human values are of the na-
B. Experience-based education ture of
C. Freedom-based education A. Spiritual
D. Education for self-realization B. Physical
205. According to which educational philoso- C. Intellectual
phy socially useful labour must from the D. None of these
central pivot of the entire school?
A. Idealism 211. What is the compulsory element of learn-
ing?
B. Marxism
A. Tendency to know
C. Existentialism
D. Naturalism B. Ability to read
C. Bright Mind
206. The knowledge which the Jiva attains
without any help is known as D. None of these
A. Paroksha 212. Which school held the view, “God makes
B. Pratyaksha all things good; man meddles with and
C. Both (A) and (B) they become evil”?
D. None of these A. Marxism

B. Naturalism
207. The self, according to Samkhya theory is
C. Pragmatism
A. Body
D. Existentialism
B. Mind
C. Intellect 213. Who was the founder of Shanti Nike-
D. All of these tan?
A. Gandhi
208. What is the place of principal in an educa-
tion institute? B. Tagore
A. Overall head of the school C. Sri Aurobindo
B. Manager of the school D. Vivekananda

214. The most effective method of character- 219. What is the view point of progressive ed-
formation is ucators regarding the issue of liberal vs.
vocational education?
A. Teaching by high character teachers
A. Vocational ends load one to degrade
B. Teaching virtues through religious
learning
books
B. All subjects should have a vocational
C. Organizing specialists’ lectures on im-
orientation
portance of values in life
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Liberal arts subject should proceed vo-
D. Rewarding virtuous behaviours and cational training
presenting high character models in the
schools D. Vocational and liberal education
should not be separated
215. Who said, “No fixed aims of education
and no values in advance”? 220. Who believe that “Objects have a reality
independent of mental phenomena”?
A. Realists
A. Idealists
B. Idealists
B. Realists
C. Marxists C. Naturalists
D. Progressive educators D. Existentialists
216. The Samkhya theory of self, is based 221. Which statements is most acceptable to
upon the academicians about “Bread and butter
A. The Vedas aim” of education?
B. The Puranas A. It is the most important aim and should

be given top priority by educationists
C. The Bhagwadgita
B. It is equally important along with other
D. None of these aims of education
217. As an educationist, Gandhiji was C. It is only partly acceptable
A. An Idealist D. It is important for only a section of the

society
B. A naturalist
222. The right knowledge, according to
C. A Pragmatist
Samkara, is known as
D. Naturalist, an Idealist and a Pragma- A. Maya
tist all together
B. Vidya
218. Which school of philosophy of education C. Avidya
advocated Project method of teaching?
D. Adhyasa
A. Realism
223. The most important thing to keep in mind
B. Pragmatism
for a teacher according to Realism in edu-
C. Idealism cation is.
D. Naturalism A. The method of teaching

B. The value and significance of what is B. Idealism

taught
C. Naturalism

C. The nature of the child
D. Existentialism
D. Organization of the content to be
taught 229. According to which philosophy of educa-
tion childhood is something desirable for
224. The most important theory of self in In- its own sake and children should be chil-
dian philosophy has been advanced by dren?
A. Jainas A. Idealism
B. Samkhya B. Pragmatism
C. Buddhists C. Naturalism
D. Advaita Vedanta
D. Realism
225. What is the place of principal in an edu-
230. The proper cause of adhyasa, according
cational institute?
to Samkara, is
A. Owner of the school
A. Maya
B. Founder of the school
B. Avidya
C. Manager of the school
C. Vyavahara
D. Overall head of the school
D. All of these
226. What is development of social sense and
cooperation among the individuals through 231. Words according to Nyaya can be classi-
education? fied as
A. Individual aim A. Drastartha
B. Social aim B. Adrastartha
C. National aim C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Constitutional aim D. None of these
227. The imposition of some quality in a thing 232. Which of the following is said about the
where it is not, is known as idealists?
A. Avidya A. They are content with “briars”
B. Akhyati B. They like “roses”
C. Adhyasa C. They are satisfied neither with “bri-
D. None of these ars” nor with “roses”
228. “Education is the process of natural de- D. They want “roses” and “briars” both
velopment of the child into an enjoyable,
233. If a student failed in any class what
rational, harmoniously balanced, useful
should be done to him?
and hence, natural life”. Which school of
philosophy of education believes that A. He should be kept in the same class
A. Realism B. He should be advised to leave studies

C. He should be given a chance to im- 239. What is the meaning of lesson plan?
prove and sent to the next class after he A. To read the lesson before teaching it
improves
B. To prepare all that the teacher wants
D. All the above methods are right to teach in a limited period
234. The invariable relation between the Hetu C. To prepare detailed answers of all the
and the Saddaya in Nyaya Philosophy is questions to be asked in the class
known as D. To prepare the list of question to be
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Vyapti asked
B. Anuman 240. Which of the following statements does
C. Paramarsa not favour the individual aims of educa-
tion?
D. None of these
A. The individual is an asset to the soci-
235. Samkara’s theory of self is based upon ety his development and growth are nec-
A. Logic essary
B. Metaphysics B. The society is strong if the individual is

strong
C. Epistemology
C. Every individual is unique development
D. All of these of his potentialities is essential
236. The materialists define value as D. Society is supreme and all individuals
are only parts of it
A. Mental
B. Material 241. The social aims of education imply that
C. Spiritual A. The state is above the individual citizen
D. None of these B. The state is an idealized metaphysical
entity
237. Realism in education was born out of. C. The state has to give not to take any-
A. The enthusiasm of the Renaissance thing from the individual
B. The great religious movement of the D. The state is superior to the individual
17th century transcending all his desires and aspira-
tions
C. A cleavage between the work of the
schools and the life of the world outside 242. What is the compulsory element of learn-
that occurred during the 19th century ing?
D. The degeneration of humanism after A. Ability to read
Renaissance
B. Bright Mind
238. Pramanas, according to Jaina’s include C. Tendency to know
A. Direct D. None of these
B. Indirect 243. Whose is the ultimate concern-“What is
C. Both (A) and (B) existence”?
D. None of these A. Idealists only

B. Realists only C. The state has to give not to take any-

C. Existentialists and Idealists both thing from the individual
D. The state is superior to the individual

D. Existentialists only
transcending all his desires and aspira-
244. The most important source of knowledge tions
according to Nyaya philosophy is
249. The best theory of liberation in Indian phi-
A. Inference losophy has been advanced by
B. Testimony A. The Jainas
C. Perception B. The Samkhya
D. Comparison C. The Buddhists
D. Advaita Vedanta
245. The most important difference between
philosophy and science is 250. Knowledge of name, shape, quality etc is
A. Scope known as
A. Nirvikalpa
B. Method
B. Savikalpa
C. Subject matter
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. None of these
D. None of these
246. Naturalist’s conception of man is
251. A bad philosophy can be substituted by
A. Man’s very essence of being is his spir-
A. Science
itual nature
B. Religion
B. It is spirit rather than animality that is
most truly man C. Better philosophy
D. None of these
C. Nature would have them children be-
fore they are men 252. Which of the following is not criticised by
D. There exists in the nature of things a realism in education?
perfect pattern of each individual A. Teachers denying the value of school
co-curricular activities
regrets dualism between cultural and vo- B. Pupils cramming for knowledge from
cational curriculum? books for reproducing in examination
C. Organizing schools in a way that is con-
A. Marxism
ducive to practical training in citizenship
B. Idealism
D. Teaching which drifts away from life of
C. Existentialism the child
D. Naturalism 253. Development of which of the following is
248. Harmonious development of the child aim not an aim of democratic education?
of education means A. Democratic citizenship
A. The state is above the individual citizen B. Vocational efficiency
B. The state is an idealized metaphysical C. Educational leadership
entity D. Scientific and technical education

254. What is the origin of the word Educa- C. Perception

tion? D. Comparison
A. Word ‘Educate’
260. Which is not Naturalism, s aim of Educa-
B. Edu and ‘Catum’
tion?
C. ‘E’ and ‘Catum’
A. Education is the notion of man, s evo-
D. None of these lution from lower forms of life
255. Which of the following types represents B. To equip the individual or the nation for
NARAYAN CHANGDER
Aurobindo’s contribution to education? the struggle for existence so as to ensure
survival
A. Basic education
B. Integral Education C. To help the pupils to learn to be in har-
mony with and well-adapted to their sur-
C. Education for man making roundings
D. Education for international under- D. To inculcate ethical and moral values
standing in the pupils
256. The existence of soul in Indian philoso- 261. Education, according to the Pragmatist is
phy has not been accepted by the schools
known as A. Wholly purposive
A. The Buddhists B. Wholly pupil-oriented
B. The Charvakas C. Wholly society-oriented
C. Both (A) and (B) D. Wholly interdisciplinary
D. None of these 262. The most important trait of philosophy is
257. Which is not the nature of philosophy? A. Analysis
A. It is a science B. Criticism
B. It is a collective ensemble of various C. Synthesis
viewpoints
D. None of these
C. It is planned attempt on search for the
truth 263. The important characteristics of philoso-
phy are
D. It is the totality of man, s creative
ideas A. Philosophical attitude
258. Value is accompanied with B. Philosophical method
A. Beliefs C. Philosophical conclusions

B. Sacrifices D. All of these
C. Convictions 264. Liberation, according to Buddha, means
D. All of these A. Freedom
259. Anuma knowledge according to Nyaya is B. Extinction
A. Inference C. Detachment
B. Testimony D. None of these

265. Liberation, according to Jaina philosophy 270. Project method of teaching is an out-
can be classified as standing contribution of

A. Dravya moksha A. Idealism
B. Bhava moksha B. Realism
C. Both (A) and (B) C. Naturalism
D. None of these D. Pragmatism
271. Who said, “Without caring for all that

266. Preparing the child for future life as an
is believed, reason it all out and having
aim of education is preparing child for
found that it will do good to you and all
A. Some suitable vocation believe it, live upto it and help others to
B. A happy married life live upto it”?
C. Some particular course of study A. Vyas

B. Kapila
D. Facing all kinds of emergencies and sit-
uations of future life C. Buddha
D. Swami Vivekananda
267. The meaning of the terms philosophy and
Darshan are 272. Who among the following propounded
A. Dissimilar pragmatism in education?
B. Similar A. Plato
B. Russell
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Rousseau
D. None of these
D. John Dewey
268. What is the view point of progressive ed-
ucation regarding the issue of liberal vs vo- 273. Words created by ordinary human beings
cational education? are known as
A. Vocational ends load one to degrade A. Vedic

learning B. Laukika
B. Liberal arts subject should proceed vo- C. Both (A) and (B)
cational training D. None of these
C. Vocational and liberal education
274. The Vedas teach us that creation is
should not be separated
A. Has a definite beginning and also an
D. All subjects should have a vocational
end
orientation
B. Without beginning and without an end
269. The philosophical method includes, C. Without beginning
A. Induction D. Without an end
B. Dialectical
275. Who emphasized that education should
C. Deduction be a social process?
D. All of these A. Dewey

B. Rousseau C. They hinder the growth and develop-

C. Pestalozzi ment of art and literature
D. Vivekananda D. They are un-psychological as they do
not take into account the capacities and
276. Material and spiritual knowledge is al- interests of the individual
ready present in man covered by a ‘curtain
of ignorance’-who said this? 281. Vivekananda’s philosophy of life was de-
rived from
A. Plato
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Plato’s Idealism
B. Tagore
B. Vedanta philosophy
C. Gandhi
D. Vivekananda C. Sarakhya philosophy
D. Buddhistic philosophy
277. Which is the characteristic of the Project
Method? 282. Which of the following philosophies held
A. Problematic act that ‘Men in the world feel lonely and anx-
ious, being unsure of their meaning and
B. Carried in its natural setting
fearful of their annihilation’?
C. Used for all-round development of
A. Marxism
child, s personality
B. Idealism
D. A voluntary undertaking
C. Pragmatism
278. India’s constitutional value of “equality
of all” is founded on several assump- D. Existentialism
tions. Which of the following is not among 283. Self, according to Samkara, is
these?
A. Eternal
A. Claim of human dignity
B. Brahman
B. All men are alike by nature
C. Transcedent
C. All men are created equal
D. All of these
D. All men have intrinsic worth
279. The knowledge known as Pramana is 284. The philosopher is more concerned with
gained by A. Induction
A. Jiva B. Dialectics
B. Soul C. Deduction
C. Sense organs D. None of these
D. None of these
285. Which of the following has been asserted
280. Which among the following is not an ac- about schools by Marxist educational phi-
ceptable criticism of social aims of educa- losophy?
tion? A. They should not be mere weapons in
A. They are anti-individual the hands of the ruling class
B. Man, in them, becomes only a means B. They should function as deliberate in-
to an end struments of state policy

C. They should disinterestedly serve soci- C. The degeneration of humanism after

ety as a whole Renaissance

D. They should stand above politics D. A cleavage between the work of the
schools and the life of the world outside
286. The true nature of philosophy can be ex- that occurred during the 19th century
plained as
A. Critical method 291. While Nyaya admits as many as five
stages in the process of inference,
B. Synthetic science Samkara has admitted
C. Comprehensive science A. 1
D. All of these B. 3
287. The influence of both philosophy and reli- C. 5
gion in the life of the human individual and D. 7
society is
A. Favorable 292. According to Vivekananda’s philosophy
of education, the prime aim of education
B. Unfavourable is
C. Both (A) and (B) A. Social development of the child
D. None of these B. Mental development of the child
288. Liberation, as becoming a part of God, ac- C. Physical development of the child
cording to Ramanuja is known as D. Fullness of perfection already present
A. Sayujya in the child
B. Samipya 293. Which of the following is the contribution
C. Salokya of Rousseau to education?
D. Sanidhya A. Education for Freedom
289. Rigid system of state-education is justi- B. Education for Nationalism

fied on the basis that the state. C. Education for Democracy
A. Is supreme to dictate what shall be D. Education for State control
taught and how shall be taught
294. On whose philosophy is based the current
B. Has absolute control over the lives and primary education in India?
destinies of its individual members
A. Tagore
C. Has a right and a duty to mould the cit-
izen to a pattern which makes for its own B. Gandhi
preservation and enhancement C. Sri Aurobindo
D. Has better resources to manage educa D. Vivekananda
tion
295. While, according to Samkhya, Philosophy
290. Realism in education was born out of effect is the real modification of cause, ac-
A. The enthusiasm of the Renaissance cording to Samkara, it is
B. The great religious movement of the A. Real

17th century B. Unreal

C. Indescribable 301. The chief arguments to prove the exis-

tence of self advance by Samkhya philoso-
D. None of these
phies are
296. Which school raised the slogan “Things A. The Gunas
as they are and as they are likely to be B. Structure of things
encountered in life rather than words”?
C. Substratum of knowledge
A. Realists
D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Idealists
302. The liberation by living, according to
C. Pragmatist
Samkhya philosophy, can be termed as
D. Existentialists A. Videhamukti
297. The false knowledge, according to B. Jivanmukti
Samkara, is known as C. Both (A) and (B)
A. vidya D. None of these
B. avidya 303. The world as suffering has been postu-
C. adhyasa lated by
D. none of these A. Jainas
B. Samkhya
298. The arguments presented in favour of the
C. Buddhism
Vedas include
D. All of these
A. Purpose to the authors
B. Character of the authors 304. Which among the following statements is
not a characteristic of Marxism?
C. Authenticity of the authors
A. It asserts that physical environment
D. All of these can definitely change the nature of the
child
299. The chief differences among thinking be-
ings are B. Its major objective is the development
of child’s personality
A. Physical
C. Its educational philosophy is essen-
B. Biological tially materialistic
C. Philosophical D. It presupposes a reality independent
of man’s mind
D. None of these
305. The identity of the subject and object con-
300. The main objection against Samkhya consciousness adopting the form of external
cept of liberation is based upon object is known as
A. Fallacies of evolution A. Inference
B. The Purusa as agent B. Scriptures
C. No happiness in liberation C. Perception
D. All of these D. All of these

306. The theory of imposition of a mental con- C. Idealists

cept upon the external world is known as
D. Existentialists

A. Mmyativada
B. Asatkhyativada 312. Who was the supporter of Naturalism in
Education?
C. Atmakhyativada
A. Frolbel
D. Akhathakhyativada
B. Armstrong
307. According to which school of philosophy
C. John Locke
of education exaltation of individual, s per-
sonality is a function of education? D. Rosseau
A. Pragmatism
313. The world, according to Samkara, is the
B. Idealism result of
C. Marxism A. Evolution
D. Idealism and Marxism both B. Real causation
308. Liberation and bondage, according to C. Super-imposition
Samkhya philosophy, are of the nature of D. None of these
A. Like dream
314. The tern “progressive education related
B. Ultimate reality
to.
C. Practical reality
A. Realism
D. None of these
B. Pragmatism
309. The only valid Pramana according to Char- C. Idealism
vaka is
D. Existentialism
A. Inference
B. Scriptures 315. What do you mean by curriculum?
C. Perception A. Sum total of the annual study
D. None of these B. A child learns through curriculum
310. Religion and philosophy meet in: C. Sum total of the activities of a school
A. Mind D. Indicates the course to be taught by
the teachers to the students throughout
B. Spirit
the year
C. Matter
D. None of these 316. The basis of the classification of scrip-
tural words according to Nyaya can be
311. Which school raised the slogan “Things A. Origin of words
as they are and as they are likely to be
encountered in life rather tha words? ” B. Meaning of words
A. Pragmatist C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Realists D. None of these

317. Which among the following is not essen- B. Individual aims

tially desirable in the project method? C. Cultural aims
A. The task of the project should be full of D. Social aims
message for the children
B. The task of the project is as real as 322. Who believe that “Objects have a reality
the task of the life outside the walls of the independent of mental phenomena”?
school A. Idealists
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. The task of the project involves con- B. Realists
structive effort or thought yielding objec-
C. Naturalists
tive results
D. Existentialists
D. The task of the project should be in-
teresting enough so that the pupil is gen- 323. The social aims of education imply that.
uinely eager to carry it out
A. The state is an idealized metaphysical
318. Learning by Project Method is technically entity
known as. B. The state is above the individual citizen
A. Incidental Learning C. The state is above the individual tran-
B. Efficient learning scending all his desires and aspira-tions
C. Systematic learning D. The state has to give not to take any-
thing from the individual
D. Adequate learning
324. Social aims of education imply the train-
319. Which school maintained self- expression
ing of
with the accompanying cries of “no inter-
ference” no “restraints”? A. Individuals according to their needs
A. Extreme form Naturalism B. The individuals according to the facili-
ties
B. Most widely accepted from of Natural-
ism C. The individuals according to their ca-
pacities
C. Truest form of Naturalism
D. The individuals for the purpose of serv-
D. Most valid form of Naturalism
ing the needs of the society
320. What is called education acquired with-
325. What is development of human potential-
out any specific purpose, fixed period and
ities in education?
place?
A. Formal Education A. Social aim
B. Informal Education B. Specific aim
C. Indirect Education C. Individual aim
D. Individual Education D. Individual as well as social aim
321. What did Gandhiji’s philosophy of educa- 326. Liberation, according to Jaina philosophy,
tion stress as aim of education? is
A. A synthesis of individual and social A. Freedom of matter

aims B. Freedom from Karma

C. Freedom from life and death 332. What are the three components of the Ed-
D. All of these ucation process?

A. Education teacher and books
327. Who said “Reverse the usual practice and
you will almost always do right” B. Teacher student and education
A. Muhammad Ali Jinnah C. Teaching learning and practice
B. Rousseau D. Direction instruction and skill
C. Dewey
333. The world, according to Samkara, is
D. Plato
A. Real
328. Which of the following is not criticised by B. Unreal
realism in education?
C. Illusory
A. Teaching which drifts away from life of
the child D. None of these
B. Teachers denying the value of school 334. Harmonious development of the child aim
co-curricular activities of education means.
C. Pupils cramming for knowledge from A. Development of all the qualities of the
books for reproducing in examination mind to the maximum possible extent
D. Organizing schools in a way that is con-
B. Development of a sound mind in a
ducive to practical training in citizenship
sound body
329. The extrinsic values mainly include C. Development of physical mental moral
A. Things and spiritual potentialities of the child in a
balanced manner
B. Wealth
D. Development of the adjustment capac-
C. Property
ities of the child
D. All of these
335. Value can be properly defined as
330. Aims of education are determined by hu-
man being for the good of the A. Aim of life
A. Society B. Object of effort

B. Individual C. Something important
C. Both (A) and (B) D. All of these
D. None of these
336. Which is the most widely accepted
331. Knowledge according to Nyaya, can be method of education, according to the
properly described as pragmatists?
A. Prama A. Heuristic method

B. Aprarna B. Learning by doing
C. Both (A) and (B) C. Lecturing by the teacher
D. None of these D. Leaving the child free to learn

337. The pragmatists are against 342. The most important characteristic of self,
A. The specialist teachers according to Samkara is
A. Axiological
B. Eternal spiritual values
B. Metaphysical
C. The external examinations
C. Epistemological
D. Breakdown of knowledge into sepa-
rate subjects D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
338. The theory of error known as Atmakhy- 343. The liberation in Advaita Vedanta is
ativada in Indian philosophy has been pre- known as:
sented by A. Moksha
A. Nyaya B. Nirvana
B. Mimamsa C. Apavargh
C. Samkhya D. None of these
D. Advaita vedanta 344. For strengthening democracy as a consti-
tutional value through education, it is nec-
339. Marxist educational philosophy is closer
essary to ensure that
to
A. People are competitive for progress
A. Realism
B. People are religious and God-fearing
B. Idealism
C. All people have the freedom to live the
C. Naturalism
life they think is the best for them
D. Pragmatism
D. People learn large-hearted tolerance,
340. Pragmatism has a grater sense of re- mutual give and take and appreciation of
sponsibility than Naturalism with regard ways in which people differ from one an-
to moral training because. other
A. The free activity which pragmatic sys- 345. Buddha’s theory of self is known as
tem of education entails does not mean li- A. Eternal self
cence rather it means a guided activity
B. Immutable self
B. They emphasize teaching of values
C. Theory of no-soul
C. They consider education basically a so-
cial process D. None of these
D. They do not want the teacher to abdi- 346. As one of the Indian constitutional values,
cate from the scene secularism means
A. No respect for any religion
341. Ramanuja’s theory of causation is known
as B. Abolition of all personal religious laws
A. Vivartavada C. Control of religious activities by the
government
B. Asatkarayavada
D. Equal respect for all religions and no
C. Prakrti Parinamavada discrimination in any matter on the ground
D. Brahman Parinamavada of religion

347. Man, according to Buddha, can be said to 352. Which of the following statements is cor-
be rect?

A. Self A. Education in an art
B. Body B. Education is a science
C. Sanghat C. It is neither an art nor a science
D. None of these D. To some extent it is an art and to some
extent it is a science
348. According to Pranvadin Charvakas the na-
353. Science can be properly defined as
ture of self is
A. A method
A. Body
B. A subject matter
B. Mind
C. A field of knowledge
C. Sense organs
D. None of these
D. Vital principle
354. Valid knowledge according to Mimamsa
349. the most effective method of character- includes
formation is.
A. Perceptual
A. Teaching virtues through religious B. Non-perceptual
books
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Organizing specialists lectures on im-
portance of values in life D. None of these
C. Teaching by strong character teachers 355. The Realist, s aim of education is.
D. Rewarding virtuous behaviours and A. Self-realization
presenting high character models in the B. Spiritual and moral development
schools
C. Happy and moral development
350. Liberation after death, according to D. Total development of personality
Samkhya philosophy, can be termed as
356. Which system of education was pro-
A. videhamukti pounded by Mahatma Gandhi?
B. jivanmukti A. Teaching through listening, meditation
C. Both (A) and (B) etc.
D. None of these B. Teaching through music
C. Teaching by activities
351. The Theory that the effect is not implicit
but super-imposed upon cause, is known D. All of these
as 357. Nirvana cannot be described as
A. vivartavada A. Nihilism
B. satkaryavada B. Eternalism
C. parinamavada C. Both (A) and (B)
D. asatkaryavada D. None of these

358. On what is based the need for teaching 363. The sage Vatsyayan belongs to the Char-
philosophy of education? vaka School of
A. All pupils are not alike A. Susikshit
B. Different ways of teaching-learning B. Dhurta
C. Different systems of education found C. All of the above
in different countries
D. None of these
D. Different philosophies expressed dif-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
ferent points of view on every aspect of 364. Happiness and sorrow and other mental
education activities, according to Charvaka, are the
attributes of
359. Perception coming through the contact of
A. Self
external senses with objects according to
Charvaka is known as B. Body
A. Internal C. Consciousness
B. External D. None of these
C. Both (A) and (B) 365. The diversity of philosophical conclusions
D. None of these shows
360. The ultimate aim of education, according A. Strength

to Gandhiji, was to help the individuals to B. Weakness
be C. Both (A) and (B)
A. Gainfully employed in life D. None of these
B. Peaceful and happy in life
366. Liberation, as nearness to Ishwara ac-
C. Able-to grow into a divine human being cording to Ramanuja is known as
by realizing Godliness
A. Samipya
D. Able to acquire as much as possible
from the ocean of knowledge B. Salokya
C. Sayujya
361. The important means for achievement or
liberation, according to Samkara, is D. Sanidhya
A. Religious practices 367. The reflection of Brahman as according to
B. Concentration on Om Samkara, is due to
C. Distinction of self and not-self A. Avidya
D. All of these B. Adhyasa
C. Vyavahara
method? D. All of these
A. From easy to difficult 368. Which is the characteristic of the project
B. From macro to micro method?
C. From general to specific A. Problematic act
D. From specific to general B. A voluntary undertaking

C. Carried in its natural setting C. Idealism

D. Used for all-round-development of D. Naturalism

child’s personality
374. Project method of teaching is an out-
369. According to Existentialists, the essence standing contribution of.
of existence means. A. Realism
A. Unity with the ultimate reality B. Pragmatism
B. Spiritual good and happiness C. Naturalism
C. Tensions and contradictions which con- D. Idealism
dition loneliness and anxiety
375. The self, according to Samkhya is differ-
D. Continuous growth and development ent from
370. Prama literally means the experience A. Mind
which is B. Body
A. Real C. Intellect
B. Unreal D. All of these
C. Doubtful 376. On what depends the values of an Edu-
D. None of these cation experience in the eyes of the ideal-
ist?
371. The imagination of quality in a thing
A. Whether or not the pupil has been
which has been the subject of imposition
properly motivated
of the object having that quality leads to
the error known as B. Whether or not it preserves accepted
institutions
A. Akhyativada
C. The extent to which it satisfies pupil, s
B. Asatkhyativada desires
C. Atmakhyativada D. The manner in which it affects future
D. Anyathakhyativada experience
372. Which among the following does not fit 377. “Achieve heaven through charity for a
into the scheme of education goals of the whole month, ” is a statement which can
Idealists? be classified as
A. Care of body A. Atidesa
B. Moral values B. Upadesaka
C. Skills C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Self- expression D. None of these
378. Sentences pertaining to objective exis-
373. Which philosophy of education considers
tence are known as
psychology as an incomplete study of and
an inadequate basis of educational the- A. Vidhayaka
ory? B. Siddhartha
A. Realism C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Pragmatism D. None of these

379. Which school held the view “God makes B. Naturalism

all things good man meddles with and they C. Pragmatism
become evil?
D. Existentialism
A. Marxism
B. Existentialism 385. The relation between the Jiva and Brah-
man, according to Samkara, can be ex-
C. Naturalism plained as
D. Pragmatism A. Identity
NARAYAN CHANGDER
380. Buddha’s theory of self is similar to the B. Evolution
theory propounded in the West by C. Reflection
A. David Hume D. Emanation
B. William James
386. In Indian philosophy the theory of error
C. Bertrand Russel has been mostly utilised in the field of
D. All of these A. Axiology
381. According to Atma Manovadin, Char- B. Metaphysics
vakas self is C. Epistemology
A. Mind D. All of these
B. Body
387. Play way method of teaching has been
C. Sense organs emphasised in the scheme of the education
D. Vital principle of
A. Realists
382. The material and the efficient cause,
accor-ding to Samkhya philosophy, are re- B. Naturalists
lated as C. Pragmatists
A. Identical D. Existentialists
B. Different
388. Which of the following statements is cor-
C. Contradictory rect?
D. None of these A. Education is an art
383. The Charvakas have challenged the valid- B. Education is a science
ity of C. It is neither an art nor science
A. Inference D. To some extent it is art and to some
B. Scriptures extent it is science
C. Both (A) and (B) 389. What is the main centre of informal Edu-
D. None of these cation?
A. Society
384. Which school of philosophy very strongly
advocates that education should be voca- B. Family
tional in character? C. Radio and Television
A. Realism D. All of the above

390. Who was twentieth century Existential- C. Metaphysics

ist? D. Epistemology

A. Soren Kierkegaard
396. What is the origin of the world Educa-
B. D.J O, Connor
tion?
C. Jean Paul Sartre
A. E and Catum
D. Hegel
B. Edu and Catum
391. Who was the nineteenth century founder C. Word Education
of Existentialist?
D. None of these
A. Hegel
B. Soren Kierkegaard 397. Which Education activity is most desir-
able to the pragmatist?
C. Rousseau
A. Approximates the goals which educa-
D. D.J.O Connor
tion scientists have set up
392. The important aspects of philosophical B. Results from the indiscrimination of
problems are the pupil in democratic theory
A. Critical C. That is beneficial effect upon the fu-
B. Synthetic ture experiences of the pupil
C. Both (A) and (B) D. That characterizes by spontaneous ac-
D. None of these tive continuously pleasurable and practi-
cal for the pupil
393. Whose is the ultimate concern-“What is
existence”? 398. What should be done so that the school
is to be the guardian of democracy?
A. Idealists only
A. The teachers should have faith in
B. Existentialists only
democracy
C. Existentialists and Idealists both
B. Democracy should, actually, be lived in
D. Realists only the school
394. As Huxley pleaded for the introduction C. Lessons on the importance of democ-
of “a complete and thorough scientific cul- racy should be included in the text-books
ture” into schools, he is claimed to be D. Eminent leaders should be invited to
A. A Realist school to talk about democracy to teach-
B. An Idealist ers and the students
C. A Naturalist 399. The knowledge gained through the testi-
D. A Pragmatist mony of the reliable statement of scripture
is known as
395. Which branch of philosophy deals with
A. Inference
knowledge, its structure, method and va-
lidity? B. Testimony
A. Logic C. Perception
B. Aesthetics D. Comparison

400. According to psychologists, value is pri- 406. Religious education is strongly advocated
marily concerned with: by
A. Needs A. Realist
B. Drives B. Idealists
C. Sentiments C. Pragmatists
D. All of these D. Existentialists
401. The immediate knowledge according to
NARAYAN CHANGDER
407. The aim of the study of Vedanta scrip-
Mimamsa is known as tures is:
A. Perceptual
A. Brahman realisation
B. Non-perceptual
B. Achievement of self
C. Both of them
C. Liberation from Avidya
D. None of these
D. All of these
402. According to the theory known as
Avacchedavada, causation means 408. In evolution self aims at
A. Reflection A. Liberation
B. Destruction B. Enjoyment
C. Annihilation C. All of the above
D. None of these D. None of these
403. The philosophers who have condemned 409. Rigid system of state-education is justi-
Charvaka, challenge to Vedas include fied on the basis that the state
A. Samkara A. Has better resources to manage
B. Udayana educa-tion
C. Vainkathnath B. Is supreme to dictate what shall be
D. All of these taught and how shall be taught
C. Has absolute control over the lives,
404. Vyapti can be properly defined as
and destinies of its individual members
A. Sequence
D. Has a right and a bounden duty to
B. Causal relation mould the citizen to a pattern which
C. Invariable concomitant makes for its own preservation and en-
D. None of these hancement
405. As Huxley pleaded for the introduction 410. Which is not the nature of philosophy?
of “a complete and thorough scientific cul- A. It is a science of knowledge
ture” into schools, he is claimed to be.
B. It is the totality of man’s creative ideas
A. An Idealist
C. It is a planned attempt on search for
B. A Realist the truth
C. A Pragmatist D. It is a collective ensemble of various
D. A Naturalist viewpoints

411. Rabindra Nath Tagore was a Naturalist C. Asatkaryavada

because he said about children that D. All of these

A. They should be educated for national
integration 416. Which school believes that all knowledge
comes through the senses?
B. They should be made to develop into
A. Idealism
complete human being
B. Pragmatism
C. They should be acquainted with the
ideals and values of national culture C. Existentialism
D. They should be given full freedom to D. Sense Realism
live in natural environment and learn by
417. What does the individual aim of educa-
doing
tion imply?
412. Who among the following has pro- A. Education must secure for everyone
pounded idealism in education? the conditions under which the individual-
A. Plato ity is most completely developed
B. Russell B. It must contribute to the peace and
happiness of the whole society
C. Rousseau
C. It should have more and more institu-
D. John Dewey tions every year
413. What does the individual aim of educa- D. It should be by and large the concern
tion imply? of the private sector
A. It should have more and more institu- 418. The nature of world as illusion has been
tions every year accepted in Indian philosophy by
B. It should be by and large the concern A. mimamsa
of the private sector
B. vishishitadvaita
C. It must contribute to the peace and
happiness of the whole society C. advaita Vedanta
D. Education must secure for everyone D. all of these

the conditions under which the individual- 419. Who was the supporter of Naturalism in
ity is most completely developed Education?
414. Who raised the slogan “Back to Na- A. Frolbel
ture”? B. Rosseau
A. Realism C. Armstrong
B. Naturalism D. John Locke
C. Pragmatism
420. The relation of subject and object in per-
D. Existentialism ception, according to Vedanta, is
415. Causation in Indian philosophy has been A. Identical
explained by B. Different
A. Satkaryavada C. Contradictory
B. Parinamavada D. None of these

421. To contribute to India’s national integra- B. To make teaching interesting easy to

tion education should understand and effective
A. Be of high quality C. To make teaching attractive
B. Be free and compulsory D. To assist the teacher
C. Reach each and every child of the coun-
427. Which of the following types represents
try
M.K. Gandhi’s contribution to education?
D. Make children familiar with all aspects
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Basic Education
of national life
B. Integral education
422. Knowledge arising out of similar cogni-
C. Education for man making
tion or perception is known as
D. Education for international under-
A. Inference
standing
B. Testimony
428. Which one of following sentences is cor-
C. Perception
rect about the nature of teaching?
D. Comparison
A. It is diagnostic
423. The intimacy between philosophy and re- B. It is remedial
ligion can be seen in the field of
C. It is diagnostic as well as remedial
A. Values
D. All the above statements are correct
B. Goal of life
C. Aim of knowledge 429. The imposition of an object upon another
due to illusion is known as
D. All of these
A. Akhyativada
424. The perceptual knowledge, according to B. Asatkhyativada
Mimamsa, can be classified as
C. Atmakhyativada
A. Savikalpa
D. Anyathakhyativada
B. Nirvikalpa
C. Both (A) and (B) 430. Who was twentieth century Existential-
ist?
D. None of these
A. Hegel
425. Rebirth, according to Buddha, is con-
B. D.J. O’Connor
nected with self as
C. Jean Paul Sartre
A. Fundamental
D. Soren Kierkegaard
B. Irrelevant
C. Relevant 431. Education according to the Pragmatist is.
D. None of these A. Wholly pupil oriented
B. Wholly society-oriented
426. Why are curriculum activities used In
teaching? C. Wholly purposive
A. To Make teaching easy D. Wholly interdisciplinary

432. Why are curriculum activities used in C. Marxism

teaching? D. Pragmatism

A. To assist the teacher
438. The self in Samkhya philosophy is known
B. Make teaching easy as
C. To make teaching attractive A. Purusa
D. To make teaching interesting, easy to B. Atman
understand and effective
C. Jiva
433. Marxist educational philosophy is close D. None of these
to.
439. Naturalist, s conception of man is.
A. idealism
A. Man, s very essence of being is his
B. Realism
spiritual nature
C. Naturalism
B. It is spirit rather than animality that is
D. Pragmatism most truly man
434. The philosophical effect can be seen upon C. There exists in the nature of things a
perfect pattern of each individual
A. The culture
D. Nature would have them children be-
B. The group life fore they are men
C. The Philosopher
440. The philosophical thinking in a philoso-
D. All of these pher is
435. The final state of liberation, according to A. limited
Samkhya philosophy, is B. Evolving
A. Videhamukti C. Permanent
B. Jivanmukti D. None of these
C. Both (A) and (B)
441. The most important means for achieving
D. None of these Nirvana, according to Buddha, is
436. Values can be classified as A. Penance
A. Permanent B. Mortification
B. Temporary C. Detachment
C. Both (A) and (B) D. Eight-fold path
D. None of these 442. Which of the following does not con-
tribute to India’s national integration?
437. which of the following philosophies held
that, Men in the world feel lonely and anx- A. National language
ious being unsure of their meaning and B. National curriculum
fearful of their annihilation? C. National system of education
A. Existentialism D. Teaching history compulsorily in the
B. Idealism school

1.8 Educational sociology 104
443. Playway method of teaching has been B. Realists

emphasised in the scheme of the education
of. C. Pragmatists
A. Naturalists D. Existentialists
1.8 Educational sociology

1. “Education is the most powerful factor in B. Cultural
NARAYAN CHANGDER
making men modern”. This was said by C. Political
A. M.S. Gore D. Religious
B. Alex Inkeles
6. The concept of the looking-glass self may
C. Robert C.Williamson be summarised as follows
D. Margaret L. Cormack A. What ego thinks alter is
2. It is implied in the “Social nature” of edu- B. What ego thinks ego is
cation that it C. What alter thinks ego is
A. Educates the child for citizenship D. What ego thinks, alter thinks, ego is
B. Ensures desirable socialisation of the 7. Value conflicts in the minds of school chil-
child dren are often created by
C. Enables the individual to find a job for A. Unruly students
himself
B. Maladjusted teachers
D. Ensures the development of child’s po- C. Conflicting laws of the country
tentialities
D. Conflicting value systems of the home
3. Which of the following is the best exam- and the school
ple of what Cooley referred to as a quasi-
8. A state has a large population, but not suf-
primary group?
ficient territory. What among the follow-
A. A boy-scout-troupe ing it cannot do?
B. Columbia university A. Destroy all the new-born
C. A mother and her child B. Raise multi storey buildings
D. A spontaneous play group C. Let its people migrate to other coun-
tries
4. A society is a network of
D. Popularise check on the growing popu-
A. Social attitude lation
B. Religious-cultural attitudes
9. Mehar given by husband to the wife imme-
C. Socio-political relationships diately after marriage is known as
D. Inter-personal relationships A. Meharul Misl
5. What is the nature of man, according to B. Settled Dower
Aristotle? C. Muwajjal Mehar
A. Social D. Dower after dissolution of marriage

10. The most potent instrument of social de- B. Freud

velopment is C. Maclver

A. Law D. Sumner
B. Culture
16. Which among the following is the advan-
C. Religion tage that does not come to the followers
D. Education under a specific leadership?
A. The goal achievement satisfaction
11. A situation where a student is expected by
his parents to study his lessons and is ex- B. The difficulties that may result by the
pected by his room-mates to visit a movie- risk of failure
house illustrates C. The advantage of getting an all round
A. Role conflict leader and guide
B. Status conflict D. It saves the group from the difficulties
of taking decisions
C. Culture conflict
17. The least important challenge to Indian ed-
D. Primary-secondary group conflict
ucation today is presented by the
12. Which article of the Indian Constitution A. Expanding population
proclaims that “untouchability is abol-
B. High cost of education
ished”?
C. Poverty of the masses
A. Article 15
D. Low return on education
B. Article 16
C. Article 17 18. Socialisation is a process of converting a
biological organism into
D. Article 18
A. Social man
13. What type of education the family imparts B. Modern man
to the child?
C. Human being
A. Regular
D. Super human being
B. Formal
19. Which is not relevant for achieving vertical
C. Informal
social mobility?
D. Deliberate A. Wealth
14. The essence of secondary group experi- B. Religion
ence is C. Education
A. Face-to-face contacts D. Family background
B. Casualness of contacts
20. Which is not characteristic of modernisa-
C. Intimate relationships tion?
D. Consciousness of kind A. Mobility
15. The notion of in group and out group was B. Empathy
first used by C. Participation
A. Mead D. Religious faith

21. The process of acting in awareness of oth- A. There is great need for social change
ers and adjusting responses to the way in India
others respond is called B. There is enough socio-cultural
A. Role awareness progress in India
B. Social interaction C. There is a social and cultural lag in In-
dian society
C. Social awareness
D. There is insufficient progress, of edu-
D. Social organisation
NARAYAN CHANGDER
cation in India
22. Identify the forms of marriage widely 26. In which of the following works, the
prevalent in Tribal society theory of Social Contract was first pro-
A. Probationary marriage pounded?
B. Gandharva marriage A. Leviathan
C. Service marriage B. Mahabharata
D. Asura marriage C. Social Contract

D. Two Treatises of Civil Government
23. The technique of measurement of the pat-
terns of social behaviour in a group is 27. Which of the following is not correct about
known as schools?
A. Sociometry A. They are powerful instruments of so-
cial change
B. Sociogram
B. They are social agencies of cultural
C. Social distance scale transmission
D. Interactional, analysis C. They are potential agents of conflicts
and disintegration
24. In the traditional arsha type of marriage
among Hindus D. They are necessarily affected by
the social and economic situations and
A. The father gives his daughter to a per- changes in our civilisation
son as kanyadana
B. The bride selects her partner in the as- 28. The difference between the pace of
sembly of noble men progress of material and non-material cul-
ture in case of a developed material culture
C. The father gives his daughter in mar- is known as
riage after receiving money from the
A. Social lag
bridegroom
B. Cultural lag
D. The father gives his daughter in mar-
riage after receiving a cow and a bull from C. Technological lag
the bridegroom D. Social and cultural lag
25. National Policy on Eduction (1986) makes 29. Which of the following is a norm?
a recommendation (8.1) that “The exist- A. I like to eat ice cream
ing schism between the formal system of
education and the country’s rich & varied B. Honesty is the best policy
cultural tradition needs to be bridged” C. Eat ice cream with a spoon

D. Simple living and high thinking is a 35. Characteristic of society is

great virtue
A. Specific aims

30. The rapid progress in women’s education B. Interrelations
took place
C. Mutual awareness
A. During 15th century
B. During last 25 years D. Definite geographical area
C. During British regime 36. In public opinion, there is no higher court

D. After Muslim invasion than that of the
31. In recent times, inter-caste marriages are A. Laws

increasing because of B. Mores
A. Education and enlightenment
C. Customs
B. Force used by the government
D. Folkways
C. Arrangement of marriages by friends
D. Arrangement of marriages by elders 37. Standard of living has maximum relation-
ship with one of the following factors.
32. A group in which one has a “we feeling” Which is that?
is called a
A. People
A. Primary group
B. Inherited group B. Culture
C. Secondary group C. Population

D. Nationality group D. Environment
33. Schools are social institutions because 38. “Educational Sociology is the study of the
they interaction of the individual and his cul-
A. Are established by the society tural environment.” This was stated by
B. Suggest solutions to social problems A. Carter
C. Suggest ways and means of social B. Brown
progress
C. Skinner
D. Preserve and instill in future genera-
tions the knowledge, ideas, and customs D. Ottoway
of our culture
39. Which one of the following is not strictly
34. Which of the following sanctions can be ap- speaking, one of Freud’s stages of psycho
plied for an offence by an individual in sim- sexual development?
ple societies?
A. Oral
A. Moral sanctions
B. Penal sanctions B. Phallic
C. Ritual sanctions C. Genital

D. All of these D. Oedipal

40. Which of the following does not describe a C. Traditional

norm? D. Highly standardized
A. It describes a value held by society
45. Which of the following is not a correct
B. It is behaviour that is most often fol- statement about children’s education in
lowed the family?
C. It is based on one or more of society’s A. The parents willy-nilly produce
values
B. Criminality is taught to children by
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. It is society’s expectation for right and their parents
proper behaviour
C. The rearing of children by the family is
41. Norms are society’s expectations or rules a form of education
specifying appropriate and inappropriate D. Parents inevitably modify the be-
behaviour. Which of the following is not haviour of their children in one direction
a norm? or another
A. Stop at a red light 46. In the absence of law, which of the follow-
B. Honesty is the best policy ing help in maintaining social order in sim-
C. Keep to the left on the road ple societies?
D. Eat soup with a soup spoon A. Mores

B. Folkways
42. High degree of inter-dependence between
C. Customary rules
education and the rest of the society is
very much emphasised, not because of D. All of these
A. Man’s social nature 47. Suggestion is one of the basic principles of
B. Social nature of education A. Class
C. Dramatic changes in the role of gov- B. Caste
ernment in educational matters
C. Socialization
D. Increasing number of students, requir- D. Human behaviour
ing increasing financial support
48. The preferences and aversions amongst
43. Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women the various members of a group is shown
and Girls Act was passed by Indian Parlia- by
ment in the year
A. Sociogram
A. 1955
B. Social psychology
B. 1956
C. Interactional analysis
C. 1957
D. Sociological analysis
D. 1958
49. Which is the most correct statement?
44. Education provided to the child by the A. Modernisation is the outcome of social
schools is change
A. Formal B. Social change is the outcome of mod-
B. Informal ernisation

C. Social change and modernisation 54. The importance of the Patriarchal theory
mean the same thing of the origin of State

D. None of these is incorrect A. Is doubtful
50. The maximum contribution to the process B. Overlooks the other factors in the de-
of socialization, in general comes from velopment of the state
A. Home C. Emphasizes the concept of command
and the obedience which is the basis of
B. School
political obligation
C. Teacher
D. Provides the simplest explanation of
D. Community the origin of state which really is the prod-
uct of complex circumstances
51. Transformation of the educational system
means 55. A role conflict occurs when
A. Revolutionising its curriculum A. The role being played is questioned
B. Changing the theory and practice of ed- B. The ego occupies two conflicting roles
ucation
C. The roles of two persons different with
C. Improving the socio-emotional climate each other
of the schools
D. There is a mental conflict over the
D. Relating it to the life, needs and aspira- choice from a set of roles
tions of the people and making it an instru-
ment of needed social change 56. Function of educational structure is
A. System maintenance
52. Indian education in future should fight as
the first priority against B. Replacement of population
A. Ignorance C. Socialisation of new population
B. Inequality of opportunities in educa- D. Maintenance of a sense of purpose
tion
57. George Simmel classified human aggre-
C. Degeneration of educational stan- gates units
dards
A. Groups
D. Dangers of communal and caste frag-
mentation B. Societies
C. Institutions
53. Which is the most important factor which
seems to be acting to reduce class differ- D. Communities
ences in India? 58. It is industrial rather than other types of
A. Missionaries of social workers economy which most enhances the regard
B. Rise in standard of living of the work- for education, because
ing class A. Industrialization has led to the produc-
C. Spread of information through mass- tion of a huge wealth
media such as the T.V B. The industrialists belong to the upper
D. Government’s legal and social welfare class of the society
efforts on improving the lot of the weaker C. Each country has had tremendous de-
sections of the society velopment of industry

D. Modern industry has become ex- 64. Out of the following four branches of psy-
tremely technical, science-based, chology, with which sociology has got
knowledge- based; and scientific and tech- maximum linkage?
nical knowledge is gained only through
A. Child Psychology
education
B. Social Psychology
59. Which institution has maximum control
over education? C. General Psychology
D. Industrial Psychology
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. State
B. Family 65. Resolving children’s conflicts caused by
C. Religion contradictory value systems of the home
D. Economy and the schools is
A. Easy
60. Mark out the reason that made Jawaharlal
a great leader. B. Very easy
A. His parentage C. Impossible
B. His personal qualities D. Difficult but not impossible
C. His brahmanical heritage
66. Which of the following can serve as the
D. His leadership of the Congress suitable example of the primary group?
61. Every caste is limited to A. Family
A. State B. School
B. Region C. Church
C. Village D. Community
D. Linguistic area
67. Almost all societies, at some stage or the
62. Who said, “Western education leads to other, of their development have passed
the modernisation of perspectives in tra- through
ditional, non- industrial societies”?
A. Rural conditions
A. Alex Inkeles
B. Political conditions
B. Yogendra Singh
C. Economic conditions
C. Robert C. Williamson
D. Educational conditions
D. Michael Armer and Robert Youtz
63. What is more crucial for bringing about a 68. The concept of role involves
desired social change in India? A. Taking a role voluntarily
A. Development of social resources B. Being appointed to a role
B. Development of natural resources C. Thinking, reflecting and deciding
C. Development of human resources D. Performing rights and duties which de-
D. Development of physical resources rive from the function to be performed

69. Which of the following statements is not 74. Which of the following type of economy
true about the family? places higher value on education?

A. It is an essential agency for socializing A. Industrial economy
and rearing the child
B. Agricultural economy
B. It is the only socially recognized rela-
tionship for child bearing C. Commercial economy
C. It is the only important agency that in- D. Mixed economy
troduces the child to the culture of the so-
ciety 75. The Special Marriage Act was passed in
D. It is the only institution of society the year
which caters to the development of child’s A. 1933
personality
B. 1942
70. Indian government’s legislation concerning
C. 1953
educational opportunities for the weaker
sections of the society is an evidence which D. 1965
brings into focus the
A. Social nature of education 76. “Religious education” and “education
about religions” are
B. Cultural nature of education
A. Two different concepts entirely.
C. Political nature of education
D. Economic nature of education B. Little different from one each other
71. Control of the Government over education C. Not, at all, different from each other
is unavoidable because D. Such a comparison between them is ir-
A. The government is all powerful relevant
B. The very term “govern” means control
77. Application of principles of sociology to ed-
C. The government is empowered to ex- ucation is known as
ercise control by the people themselves
A. Educational sociology
D. Education costs money; and money
can be provided by the government only B. Sociology of education
72. Hindu Woman in a joint family has C. Social science of education

A. Lack of freedom D. Social foundations of education
B. Complete freedom
78. One of the most important functions of the
C. More freedom than men state is to
D. Greater freedom than Muslim woman A. Maintain the democratic process
73. The essential attributes of a state are B. Maintain the spirit of Nationalism
A. Population
C. Provide means of recreation to the
B. Sovereignty people
C. Government D. Maintain law and order in a complex
D. All of these society

79. The rewards and ensure conformity called A. Familial differences

A. Laws B. Political differences
B. Sanctions C. Language differences
C. Deviations D. Differences in the density of popula-
D. Ostracism tion
80. An individual who tends to withdraw from 84. The study of society is nothing but study
of
NARAYAN CHANGDER
association with others is called
A. Hysterical A. Laws
B. Well socialised B. Mores
C. Poorly socialised C. Folkways
D. Very suggestible D. Conventions
85. Which of the following is inevitably in-

81. Which is incorrect about the school as a so-
volved in the exercise of competent au-
cial institution?
thority in any social group?
A. It stands for the satisfaction of the
A. Superior skill
needs of the pupils who come for school-
ing B. Superior memory
B. It has to teach about the social order C. Superior knowledge
and its institutions in its instructional ac- D. The right to exact obedience
tivities
C. As it stands for the good life in general, 86. Which is the most important social factor
it is the critic of society and all its institu- that has adversely affected the examina-
tions tion reforms in India?
D. It stands for the professional ideals of A. Inadequate classroom teaching

the community rather than the ideals it B. Unwieldy nature of the examination
practices and tolerates C. Ineffective university administration
82. Specialisation and further distinctions in D. Unethical behaviours of students and
making a living within a given economy, teachers
within an industrial economy makes
87. Which one of the following social institu-
A. A greater demand for better education tions of India does not have a profound
B. A demand for better man-machine fa- effect on education?
cilities A. The family
C. Many kinds of pressures on the expan- B. The religion
sion of education
C. The government
D. A demand for specialized courses and
training programmers such as manage- D. The business class organisation
ment training, etc. 88. The most important characteristic of a so-
83. Main distinguishing factors between rural ciety is
and urban societies in India is A. Mutual influence

B. Individual approach 94. Which of the following sections of I.P.C.

makes a person liable for 2 years imprison-
C. Inter-communication
ment if he assaults or uses criminal force

D. Interpersonal relationship on a woman?
A. I.P.C. Section 310
89. In early Hindu society, widow remarriage
was B. I.P.C. Section 325
A. Protected C. I.P.C. Section 354
B. Permitted D. I.P.C. Section 375
C. Promoted 95. What is not involved in leadership?

D. Prohibited A. Understanding based on co-operation
B. Maintenance of group norms and val-
90. The laws of Muslim marriage are based on ues
A. Quran C. The supremacy based on personality
B. Muslim law cult
C. Indian contract act D. The goal motivation and role achieve-

ment
D. Constitution of India
96. Our social institutions are frequently in
91. Dissolution of Muslim Marriage Act was conflict with one another. Which is not the
passed in the year possible reason?
A. 1919 A. They are established by people for
meeting their needs
B. 1939
B. They are so complex that they are only
C. 1959 partially understood by many people
D. 1979 C. People’s points of view with regard to
their functioning or value may vary greatly
92. Which of the following is an example of an
aggregate? D. Different individuals and groups with
different needs are associated with them
A. Air-line passengers for quite different reasons
B. Tax payers’ meeting
97. Which of the following does not influence
C. Individuals at meetings the process of education?
D. A Rotary Club gathering A. Social class structures
B. Political organization of the society
93. The study of Human society involves the
study of C. The upper middle class of the society
A. Man D. The culture of the society and its social

institutions
B. Mind
98. So thoroughly have norms become a part
C. Heredity
of human mode of existence that they are
D. Environment to a high degree

A. Regulated 103. Man’s behaviour in society is determined

B. Specialised mainly by two forces, namely
C. Internalised A. Physical and social
D. Standardised B. Formal and informal

C. Natural and unnatural
99. The role that an individual plays in the de-
velopment of social phenomenon is studied D. Psychological and philosophical
by
NARAYAN CHANGDER
104. Any collection of human beings who are
A. Sociology brought into social relationship with one
B. Anthropology another, is called a/an
C. Social psychology A. Office
D. Political sociology B. Group
100. A territorial community refers to an area C. Family

that has a geographical location and which D. Institution
is a source for all the social and cultural
needs of its members. Which of the fol- 105. The act of adopting oneself, and one’s
lowing is not true of a territori behaviour, to the conditions and require-
A. It is a formal organisation ment of the community in which one lives
is called social
B. It may encompass several groups
A. dynamic
C. Its members have a sense of belong-
ing in it B. behaviour
D. Its members can live a satisfying life C. adaptation
within it D. adjustment
101. When a group of clans get merged to-
106. Modernization as a process of social
gether, then the resultant grouping is
change requires
called
A. Structural fusion
A. Gotra
B. Increased structural differentiation
B. Family
C. Siblings C. Decreased structural differentiation
D. Lineage D. None of these
102. The understanding and analysis of any so- 107. When the child is able to judge the re-
cial organisation like restaurant becomes sponse of a group as a whole, he is re-
possible and relatively simple by knowing sponding to a
A. Norms and status A. “Significant other”
B. Many people in it B. “Particular other”
C. Order of the society C. “Generalised other”
D. Functional imperatives D. “Insignificant other”

108. The members of the society share senti- 114. “Birds of the same feather flock to-
ments highly favourable to gether” refers to the idea of a socialising
process known as

A. Laws
B. Nation A. Imitation
C. Mores B. Sympathy
D. Government C. Suggestion
109. The state of nature is D. Identification
A. Supremacy of might on right 115. Which of the following Acts has legalised
B. A state of equality for all men divorce on certain grounds?
C. Such a state did not exist historically A. S.I.T. Act of 1956
D. The state when Devas were troubled B. Hindu Marriage Act of 1955
by Asurs
C. Abolition of dowry Act of 1966
110. Sexual intercourse by a person with the D. Protection of Civil Liberties Act of 1976
wife of another man amounts to offence of
adultery liable for punishment according to 116. The progress for education of women in
A. I.P.C. Section 331 India was initiated by
B. I.P.C. Section 337 A. Robert Clive
C. I.P.C. Section 344 B. Lord Dalhousie
D. I.P.C. Section 350 C. Raj a Ram Mohan Roy
111. Characteristics of the urban industrial D. Iswar Chandra Vidya Sagar
family are
117. A level in society made up of people sim-
A. Isolation
ilar in certain respect is known as
B. Great degree of equality in roles
A. Social class
C. Separation of place of work and home
B. Social order
D. All of these
C. Social system
112. A school is a miniature
D. Social hierarchy
A. State
B. Family 118. What is the result of the existence of dif-
ferent socio-economic strata in the society
C. Society
with various class interests?
D. Organisation
A. Creating a lot of politics in the school
113. Main function of Religious structure is
B. Causing a lot of indiscipline in the
A. Production and distribution of goods classroom
and services
C. Generating a lack of responsibility in
B. Maintenance of a sense of purpose the teachers
C. Socialization of new population D. Setting up mutually incompatible ten-
D. Replacement of population sions in the educational programme

119. In simple societies, deviations from an D. Imparting formal education at the ini-
appropriate day to day behaviour are cor- tial stages of life
rected by such social controls as
125. In which of the following respect, a group
A. Gossip
and crowd differ from each other?
B. Ridicule
A. Size
C. Mild Ostracism
B. Intimacy
D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Suggestibility
120. Who, among the following thinkers, is
not associated with the theory of Social D. Organisation
Contract?
126. Advisory committee on social and moral
A. Locke hygiene was set up in 1954 under the
B. Hobbes chairmanship of
C. Kautilya A. Rukminidevi Arundale
D. Rousseau B. Dhanwanthi Rama Rao
121. An individual starts learning from C. Smt. Vijayalaxmi Pandit

A. Childhood D. Smt. Rameshwari Nehru
B. Adulthood 127. The analysis of human society must cer-
C. Mother’s wom tainly be carried out on the level
D. Adolescence A. Cultural
122. The preferential feeling which individual B. Biological
have for their own group is called C. Sociological
A. Egoism
D. Psychological
B. Primary
C. Fraternal 128. According to the Hindu Marriage Act.
1955, the minimum age of marriage for
D. Ethnocentrism boys is
123. Social equality is supported by A. 12 years
A. Marxism B. 18 years
B. Socialism C. 21 years
C. Capitalism D. 25 years
D. Domestic Institution
129. Society preserves our
124. As a social institution, the essential func-
tion of the family is A. Civilization
A. Producing children B. Interrelation
B. Increasing community’s population C. Philosophical ideas
C. Rearing of children during their imma- D. Culture and transmits it to succeeding
turity generation

130. The fundamental unit of human society is C. Religion

known as D. Education

A. Family
135. Zamindari system of village administra-
B. Individual
tion was first introduced byA
C. Tribal group
A. British
D. Social group
B. Guptas
131. The nature of the differences in socio- C. Moghuls
economic strata of the society such as the
wealthy, middle class and the poor is that D. Peshwas
it
136. Modernisation implies mobility which
A. Affects adversely the quality of educa- may be of any kind except
tion
A. Social mobility
B. Affects negatively the morale of the
B. Psychic mobility
teachers
C. Physical mobility
C. Vitiates the socio-emotional climate of
the schools D. Scientific mobility
D. Runs quite frequently at cross pur- 137. Educational sociology is study of those
poses in the demands they make on edu- phases of sociology that are significance
cation for educative processes, specially the
132. Which Indian economy is based on village study of those point to valuable program-
economy? mers of learning & control of learning
A. National A. Carter
B. Agriculture B. Brown
C. Household C. Ottoway
D. International D. T.P. Munn
133. The role of religion in rural society 138. An example of formal norm is
A. Is of greater importance even today A. Law
B. Is responsible for family disorganisa- B. Mores
tion C. Custom
C. Has its hold on the behaviour of the D. Tradition
people
D. Has nothing to do with the rural admin- 139. According to Muslim law “khula” is the
istration form of divorce which is
A. Arranged by the friends
134. One of the basic principles of socialing in-
dividuals is B. Obtained from a court of law
A. Caste C. Granted by the religious heads
B. Imitation D. Any other

140. Which is not a threat to the desired social 145. According to the Hindu Marriage Act of
change in India pertaining to national unity 1955, a wife can seek divorce if her hus-
and social progress? band
A. Caste A. Is guilty of adultery
B. Religions B. Beats her occasionally
C. Educational system C. Does not speak to her
D. Social distance between different
D. Is regularly away from home
NARAYAN CHANGDER
classes
141. Educational Sociology deals with which 146. Function of political structure is
aspect of education? A. System maintenance
A. Social B. Replacement of population
B. Political C. Socialization of new population
C. Economic
D. Maintenance of a sense of purpose
D. Psychological
147. Due to Social Contract, man
142. Cultural diffusion means
A. Lost his freedom
A. An exogeneous source of change
B. Gained his freedom
B. Historically important source of
change C. Became part of the whole
C. Borrowing of the society’s culture by D. State came into existence
another one
D. All of these 148. The term “oral dependency” means
A. Unwritten promise
143. Which is the pattern of modernization
through education? B. Depending on words
A. Capitalist C. Depending on eating
B. Non-capitalist D. A stage of child’s dependency on
C. Both (A) and (B) mother
D. None of these 149. Panchayatraj system is based on the prin-
ciple of
144. Christ said “Render unto Ceasar things
that are Ceasar’s and unto God the things A. Administration through hereditary
that are God’s. Mark out the correct con- rulers
clusion.
B. Administration through Government
A. King is superior to God officials
B. State is not of Divine origin C. Democratic decentralisation of admin-
C. One should be loyal to the King istration
D. Church and the state are two different D. Effective Central administration for
institutions the improvement of villages

150. Which of the following statements is not D. The totality of relationships processes
true about the members of a social group? and facilities which people develop to
meet a specific social interest or need

A. They are involved in close interaction
B. They are a casual collection of people 155. Which of the following characteristics is
essential in a primary group?
C. They are aware of shared member-
ships A. It should have large membership
D. They have distinct relations with one B. Its members must be of the same age
another C. Its membership usually must be lim-
ited to one sex
151. Social structure, culture and personality
D. Its members must have a high rate of
combined together to form
interaction with one another
A. Tradition
156. According to the Hindu Marriage Act of
B. The folkways
1955, which of the following is a legal
C. An association ground for divorce?
D. A social system A. Insanity for more than three years
B. Frequent quarrels with the in-laws
152. When we try to explain the behaviour of
an individual, we find that his social envi- C. Absence of husband at - regular inter-
ronment is vals
A. A sufficient total explanation D. Misunderstanding between husband
and wife
B. A necessary but not sufficient total ex-
planation 157. Main function of economic structure is
C. Both a necessary and sufficient total A. Production and distribution of goods
explanation and services
D. Neither a necessary nor sufficient ex- B. Maintenance of a sense of purpose
planation C. Socialisation of new population
153. Identify a quasi-group among the follow- D. Replacement of population
ing, 158. Who gives the system of education in In-
A. Mob dia?
B. Crowd A. State
C. Trade union B. Family
D. Status groups C. Society
D. Economy
154. A social institution is defined as
159. Custom is an important
A. An institution which serves the society
A. Social control
B. An institution established by the gov-
ernment B. Social institution
C. An institution established for achiev- C. Way of political behaviour
ing social purposes D. Way of thinking of Marxists

160. What type of society is rural society? 166. A social system invariably has a
A. Primitive society A. Personality
B. Complex society B. Social structure
C. Homogeneous society C. Culture of its own
D. Heterogeneous society D. All of these
161. Which of the following is normative inte- 167. The realization of the aspirations of the
gration in a group?
NARAYAN CHANGDER
people of India involves
A. Socialisation A. Industrialization
B. Directing individual efforts B. Economic growth
C. Co-ordination of individual efforts C. Agricultural innovations
D. Choosing good leaders for projects D. Change in the knowledge, skills, inter-
162. Cooley’s “face-to-face” group refers to ests and values of the people as a whole
through education
A. A formal group
B. An in group 168. The role of caste in village is
C. An out group A. Insignificant
D. A primary group B. Based on colour
C. Very much significant
163. Rural society is
D. Having less importance
A. Literate
B. Big in size 169. The future of education in India depends
C. Small in size on
D. Densely populated A. Family

B. Society
164. Sociology of education is
C. Economy
A. A study of the society
D. Government
B. A branch of educational technology
C. A science which studies primitive soci- 170. The notion of the “I: me: Generalised
eties other” was developed by
D. An analysis of sociological process in- A. Mead GH
volved in the institutions of education B. Morton Robert
165. Religion is an institution because C. Thomas William
A. It teaches religion to people D. Cooley Charles
B. It performs an important social func- 171. Example of a community is a/an
tion
A. Caste
C. It imparts moral and-spiritual educa-
tion to people B. Prison
D. It performs functions which satisfy im- C. Village

portant specific needs of people D. Orphanage

172. On whose help are the educational insti- 177. Among the scheduled castes of India,
tution depend maximum? which is the main cause of social mobility?

A. State A. Education
B. Family B. Television
C. Society C. Migration
D. Community D. Political awakening
173. The idea of society’s division as proletar- 178. The law forbidding dowry is ineffective
ian and bourgeoise is given by because
A. Marx A. It is not sufficiently clear
B. Freud B. It lowers the status of women
C. Gillin and Gillin C. It cannot be easily enforced
D. Park and Burgess D. It has not been enacted by the govern-
ment
174. Indian society can be divided into various
levels of people. Which of the following is 179. Family is said to be a primary social insti-
not one of those? tution because
A. Hindus A. It is a basic social unit
B. Lower class B. All these above characteristics are
found in it
C. Middle class
C. There is high degree of face-to-face re-
D. Upper class
lationship within this
175. Educators must have a good understand- D. A high degree of importance is at-
ing of the social forces because tached to it by all societies of people
A. Education is a social process
180. Individual and society are considered as
B. Educators are themselves social be-
A. Contradictory
ings
B. Supplementary
C. Education is influenced by the social
forces C. Complementary
D. Education is one of the activities car- D. Interdependent
ried on in the social setting amidst social
forces 181. To which type of culture belong attitudes,
religious beliefs, moral beliefs and eti-
176. Usually rural people’s behaviour is quettes?
A. Cultured A. Material culture
B. Aggressive B. Industrial culture
C. Very simple C. Intellectual culture
D. Highly civilized D. Non-material culture

182. Some of the modern changes which have C. Through legislation

taken place in the Hindu Marriage are D. Debates and discussions
A. No provision for divorce
187. Social classes and their sub-cultures are
B. Widow Remarriage permitted most interesting and most important to a
C. Marriage is held as compulsory student of education because
D. Two living wives permissible to a hus- A. Students belong to different social
band classes
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Schools may belong to different social
183. Today agrarian society calls for consider-
classes
ably more schooling than formerly because
C. Teachers also come from different so-
A. The farmers have become wiser now cial classes
B. Agriculture is now considered by farm- D. Social classes differ from one another
ers more dignified a calling in many ways which are important for ed-
C. The farmers have greater interaction ucation
with the people in the cities who motivate
them to go to schools 188. Of the following kinds of marriages,
which one is the result of mutual love and
D. Agriculture has become a science affection of bride and bridegroom?
which together with its mechanization
calls for scientific knowledge A. Arsha Marriage
B. Brahma marriage
184. The price paid to the Muslim bride is
C. Gandharva marriage
called
D. Prajapatya marriage
A. Mehar
B. Dowry 189. In India, education is the responsibility of
C. Bride Price A. State Government
D. Compensation B. Central Government
C. Both (A) and (B)
185. Of the following, the definition of person-
ality is most appropriate, according to the D. None of these
text would be 190. If in a social set up people are working
A. Qualities of a person against others in order to obtain posses-
sion, they are said to have
B. Popularity with one’s peers
A. Conflict
C. The sum total of observed or observ-
able characteristics of an individual B. Competition
D. The personal qualities which tend to C. Cooperation
emphasize how different people really are D. Accommodation
186. Communities do not exert pressures on 191. What is the status of political interfer-
educational systems in the following way ence in education?
A. Through revolts A. Society
B. Through agitations B. Economy

C. Both (A) and (B) C. It will diminish if schooling affects

D. None of these smaller domains of the public interest and
welfare

192. All human beings have to interact with D. It will swell if the institutional arrange-
the other human beings in order to ments in the society become more and
A. Gossip more inter-dependent
B. Survive 197. Who was the propounder of the Patriar-
C. Quarrel chal theory of the state?
D. Compete A. Frazer
B. Jenkins
193. “Women must always be honoured and
respected by father, brother, husband and C. McLennan
brother-in-law who desire their welfare” D. Sir Henry Maine
was a statement made by
198. The essence of secondary group experi-
A. Tilak
ence is
B. Manu
A. Casualness of contact
C. Vinoba Bhave
B. Face-to-face contacts
D. Mahatma Gandhi
C. Intimate relationships
194. Hindu Marriage Act was passed in the D. Consciousness of kind
year
199. The abolition of ‘Sati’ system was mainly
A. 1951
due to the efforts of
B. 1953
A. M.G. Ranade
C. 1955
B. Mahatma Gandhi
D. 1957
C. Raja Ram Mohan Roy
195. Which aim of education is most useful for D. Dayananda Saraswat
the community?
200. Religious education in some forms is es-
A. Cultural
sential because it
B. Livelihood
A. Makes good life in a good society
C. Socialization
B. Develops essential values in children
D. Technological
C. Provides children with desirable
196. Which of the following is not correct knowledge
about the role of government in school- D. Is the foundation stone on which rests
ing? the success of a democratic society
A. It will be affected by neither of the 201. Caring for the cultivation of emotional
foregoing conditions health of children is as important for the
B. It will swell if schooling affects larger schools as caring for the cultivation of their
domains of the public interest and welfare intellect, not because

A. The family is not competent enough to 206. Human society differs from animal soci-
do that ety because of
B. Rearing of children in most families is A. Cultural heritage
defective B. Provision of nutriment
C. There cannot be any other social insti- C. Protection against injury
tution which can be entrusted with this job
D. Reproduction of new organism
D. The family, being ignorant of the prin-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
ciples of emotional health, can do nothing 207. The difference between the social groups,
about it. in the degree of cultural development; or
the degree of antipathy manifested by in-
202. A child develops a self-concept when he dividuals belonging to one group towards
is able to see himself as an object. He de- individuals belonging to the other
velops a concept of himself as he
A. Apathy
A. Thinks as others do B. Distance
B. Reflects on objects that are not C. Disorder
present
D. Selection
C. Responds to the behaviour of his par-
ents 208. Culture is
D. Thinks about himself and his own be- A. The sum total of feelings of the people
haviour of a group
B. The totality of the inter-relationships
203. Both nature and necessity compel man to
of the people of a group
live in
C. The totality of mutual understandings
A. Forest
of the people of a group
B. Church D. The characteristics and products of
C. Society the learned behaviour of a group of peo-
D. College ple
209. Which of the following is a dynamic or-

204. The educational institution is a
ganisation of purposive individuals?
A. Family
A. Society
B. Community B. Sociology
C. Organisation C. Social relations
D. Social institution D. Social behaviour
205. The process which aims to destroy the op- 210. International women’s year was cele-
ponent is brated during the year
A. Conflict A. 1971
B. Competition B. 1973
C. Co-operation C. 1975
D. Accommodation D. 1977

211. Modern urban industrial families are usu- B. Indifference to education being en-
ally based upon couraged by unemployment

A. Conjugal relationships C. Caste loyalties being encouraged by
B. Paternalistic relationships private and public schools
C. Maternalistic relationships D. Rivalry among teachers being encoura-

ged by teachers’ associations
D. Non-conjugal relationships
216. Internalization means that the individual
212. “Group defined by a sex relationship,
A. Conforms to group norms
sufficiently precise and enduring to pro-
vide for the procreation and up-bringing of B. Has standards to judge his own be-
children”- this definition given by Maclver haviour
refers to C. Has identity, social location, aspiration
A. Family and values
B. Community D. Has adopted the norms and values of
the group and uses them
C. Primary Group
D. Nursery Schools 217. The social institution that men create
should be the best because
213. Which one of the following does not
A. Best institutions are liked by all in the
distinguish urban communities from rural
society
ones?
B. Poor institutions will make people still
A. Mobility
poorer
B. Stratification
C. Poor institutions are always ineffec-
C. Differentiation tive and corrupt
D. Population density D. Poor schools, poor churches, weak
and indecisive government will have a neg-
214. The least hindrance in the way of the op-
ative effect on the society which brings
timum development of child’s personality
them into being
is
A. Incompetent teachers 218. A group of individuals having essentially
the same social status in a given society is
B. Free education for all and equal called a
opportu-nity
A. Struggle
C. Limited economic surplus that could be
spent on education B. Social class
D. Mad scramble among various social C. Social group
groups for getting as much of the goods D. Secondary group
of education as possible
219. Political aim of education is
215. One of the several features of Indian A. Secularism
educa-tion promoting divisive tendencies
and thwarting national integration is B. Democracy
A. Rivalry among students being encoura- C. Cosmopolitanism

ged by students’ unions D. Constitutionalism

1.9 Principle of teaching 126
220. Land Reforms have brought B. Ignore culture

A. Decrease in output C. Assimilate culture
B. Fragmentation of land D. Protest against culture
C. Drastic changes in urban areas 223. Human nature develops in man as a
D. Advantages to the land lords to exploit A. Citizen of a state
the tenants
B. Member of a society
NARAYAN CHANGDER
221. Which of the following simple societies C. Member of a religion
possess distinct political institutions?
D. Member of an organisation
A. The Zulu
224. The state is a National Institution, was
B. The Ba Nyankole
maintained by
C. The Ba Mangwato
A. Plato
D. All of these
B. Aristotle
222. The schools help the people to C. T.H. Green
A. Enjoy culture D. Herbert Spencer
1.9 Principle of teaching

1. The nature of teaching is 4. The first phase or step in Discussion
A. A triangular process method is?
B. A chain of activities A. Phrasing the discussion question
C. Intimate contact B. Choosing the discussion to topic
D. All of above C. Discussion strategy

D. All of above
2. All teaching methods can be classified un-
der the three heads i.e. Telling Method 5. The essential characteristics of coopera-
Showing method and Doing Method. tive learning? 3
A. No A. Effective learning
B. May be B. Cooperation
C. Yes C. Positive interdependence
D. May not be D. Division of labour
3. method ignores the individual differ- 6. Types of instructional strategies on the ba-
ences? sis of roles of teaching variable are?
A. Project method A. Teacher Controlled Instructional (TCI)
B. Lecture method B. Learner Controlled Instructional (LCI)
C. Heuristic method C. Group Controlled Instructional (GCI)
D. Discussion method D. All of above

7. contains learning strategies focused on 12. The term “Micro Teaching”frist of all, was
teaching adults.It is often known as the coined by Dwight W.Allen and his cowork-
process of engaging adult learners in the ers at Stanford University U.S.A in the

structure of the learning experiences. year ?
A. Andragocical A. 1962
B. Pedagogical B. 1961
C. Both A and B C. 1963
D. None of the above D. 1964
8. Heuristic Method is based upon the as- 13. Which are the main types of questions in
sumption the learner should be told as lit- Socratic strategy?
tle as possible and he should be encour-
A. Introductory questions
aged to learn himself as much as possible
Whose idea was the Heuristic Method of B. Developing questions
teaching? C. Recapitulatory questions
A. John Dewey D. All of above
B. Rousseau
14. The Fifth and Sixth steps in problem solv-
C. Aristotle ing method are?
D. Herbert Spencer A. Tentative solutions
9. The goal of all teaching is a desirable B. Verification of results
change in behaviour. C. Both A and B
A. behaviour D. None of A and B
B. syllabus
15. According to ”Teaching is the task of
C. education teacher which is performed for the devel-
D. N.L Gage opment of a child.
A. T.F Green
10. The students remain passive in?
B. Burton
A. Project method
C. Brubacher
B. Heuristic method
D. None of them
C. Discussion method
D. Lecture method 16. Teaching
A. Is a contact between a mature person
11. Drama or role play is useful for teaching?
and immature one
A. Language
B. Is an interactive process provides in-
B. Science formation
C. Malts C. All of the above
D. History D. none of above

17. Armstrong is the exponent of strategy C. 5-6

of teaching. D. 6-7
A. Lecture method
23. “Teaching is the means whereby the ex-
B. Project method perienced members of the group guide the
C. Discussion method immature and infant members in their ad-
justment of life”This definition of teaching
D. Heuristic method
method is defined by
18. Classroom environment student motiva-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. B.O Smith
tion, reinforcement and feedback are the B. Yoakam And Simpson
principles.
C. Morrison
A. Psychological
D. Clarke
B. General Principles
24. In Socratic method of teaching after intro-
C. Both A and B
ductory question, the questions which are
D. None of above asked?
19. The Principles of teaching are of types. A. Introductory questions
A. 2 B. Recapitulatory questions
B. 5 C. Developing questions
C. 3 D. All of above
D. 4 25. The third step in Discussion method is?

A. Outlining the topic
20. Cooperative learning is an alternative to
B. Phrasing discussion question
A. Competitive models C. Choosing discussion topic
B. Teaching models D. All of the above
C. Lesson plans 26. Are the following are important maxims of

teaching? From simple to complex. From
D. Micro teaching
known to unknown. From part to whole.
21. The root of word Method is Latin word, A. No
Methodos originally coming from Greek,
B. Yes
which means “Pursuit”from meta “after”
and hodos means “journey”. C. May be
A. Finnish D. May not be
B. Latin 27. “Teaching is the Stimulation guidance di-

rection and encouragement of learning
C. Persian
“this definition of teaching is attributed
D. Spanish to
22. The number of students in cooperative A. Simpson
learning groups is? B. Burton
A. 3-4 C. Clarke
B. 4-5 D. Morrison

28. The term method covers both strate- 33. in this type of discussion three or more per-
gies and tactics of and involves the sons present their views on a severalside
choice of what is to be taught and in which question or topic

order is to be presented” A. Panel discussion
A. Teaching B. Socialized procedure
B. learning C. The Symposium
C. Both A and B D. All of above
D. None of the Above
34. What are the Principles of Group instruc-
29. In which method of teaching students as- tion?
similate and integrate information they A. Equality, Classification and blending
have initially acquired from reading or lec- Participation Evaluation
ture?
B. Period of existence group size, empha-
A. Lecture method sis assignment
B. Discussion method C. Capability Supervision Appreciation
C. Project method D. All of above
D. Heuristic method
35. The term strategy has been borrowed
30. The activities that can be performed in the from
Discussion method are ? A. Philosophical science
A. Holding debate B. Natural science
B. Holding seminar C. Military science (technology)
C. Holding a symposium D. All of above
D. All of above
36. The maximum students Micro teaching
31. A permanent change in behaviour is are?
called A. 5 to 10
A. Learning B. 10 to 15
B. Teaching C. 15 to 20
C. Presentation D. 20 to 24
D. All of above
37. is a discussion leader with several
32. Do the following are maxims of teaching? resource members who represent spe-
From particular to general. From analysis cial skills and specialized knowledge The
to synthesis. From empirical to rationale. leader keeps the discussion on the track.At
From whole to part. From concrete to ab- intervals, he summarizes the discussion
stract. From direct to indirect. From psy- and clarifies the discussion before the next
chological to logical. point.
A. No A. Formalized group discussion
B. Yes B. Symposium
C. May be C. Information group discussion
D. May not be D. None of the above

38. The phase of teaching comprises all 44. Which is not the types of teleconferenc-
those activities which a teacher starts ing?
right from entering the classroom till the
A. Audio teleconferencing
presentation of the contents.
B. Video teleconferencing
A. Pre active
B. Interactive C. T.V teleconferencing
C. Post Active D. Computer teleconferencing
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. All of the above 45. Teaching method is a style of the presen-
tation of content in
39. The Fourth step in Discussion method is?
A. Home
A. Choosing the topic
B. Phrasing questions B. Classroom
C. Outlining the Topic C. Play ground

D. Planning Discussion Strategy D. None of the above
40. Effective teaching principles heads are 46. A systematic procedure adopted for the
attainment of some specific objectives is
A. General principles
called.
B. Psychological principles
A. Strategy
C. Both A and B
B. Maxim
C. Method
41. Which are the Parameters of simulation?
D. All of above
A. Stylized simulation
B. Games, Free drama 47. The word Tactic coming modern Latin
is rooted in word “Taktikos”which
C. An lllustration means “of arrangements from tak-
D. All of above tos”arranged”from tessein to”to ar-
range.
42. Which is vast in scope?
A. Finnish
A. Teaching tactic
B. Greek
B. Teaching techniques
C. Persian
C. Teaching strategy
D. Spanish
D. Teaching method
43. The ways of implementing a teaching strat- 48. The teaching method recommended for el-
egy are called? ementary school science in Pakistan is?
A. Rules of teaching A. Lecture method

B. Methods of teaching B. Demonstration method
C. Maxims of teaching C. Project method
D. Tactics of teaching D. Inquiry method

49. Question-answer strategy is known as? 54. Showing method of teaching includes.
A. Aristotle strategyb A. Lecture

B. Plato strategy B. Demonstration
C. Socratic strategy C. Excursion
D. All of above D. Both B and C
50. Which method is more suitable in teaching 55. has stated “Method refers to the
of science? formal structure of the sequence of acts
A. Project method commonly denoted instruction The term
“Method”covers both strategies and tac-
B. Demonstration method
tics of teaching and involves the choice of
C. Discussion method what is to be taught and in which order is
D. Lecture method it to be presented”
A. Broudy
51. “in a team teaching method two or more
teachers make a plan of the subject orsub- B. Clarke
jects cooperatively carry it out and always C. Burton
evaluate its effect on thestudents periodi-
cally”this definition of an innovate method
of teaching was furthered by? 56. According to ”Teaching is a process of
A. M.BNaik establishing inter-personal relationships
B. J.Apter between the teacher and the taught In this
sense, teaching becomes a cooperative act.
C. Caulo Olson
A. Both B and C
D. Michael
B. Burton
52. The nature of teaching is C. Brubacher
A. A triangular process D. N.L.Gage
B. A chain of activities
57. Which one is accountable in cooperative
C. Intimate contact
learning?
D. All of above
A. Individual
53. Are the following activities included in B. Group
phase of teaching? Fixation. Deci-
C. Both A and B
sion about the subject matter. Arrang-
ing/sequencing the elements of content D. None of above
for presentation. Determining the strate-
gies of teaching. Implementation of teach- 58. Good Teaching is a means of adjust-
ing strategies. ment. organization of learning. kindly as
well as sympathetic. democratic. both
A. Pre active diagnostic and remedial. liberates the
B. Interactive learner.
C. Post Active A. No
D. All of the above B. May be

C. Yes B. Group Differentiated method

D. May not be C. Recitation method
59. Teacher can employ his full verbal commu- D. Drill method
nication and competency in method?
64. The recall method or recitation method im-
A. Lecture mehod
proves memory and learning as it forces
B. Project method you.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Heuristic method A. to decide what is most important in
D. Discussion method what you read
B. to put the material in your own word
60. The third and fourth steps in Project
method of teaching are? C. to bring you to full alertness because it
A. Planning is a very active and demanding techmique
B. Execution D. All of the above

C. Both A and B 65. As regards improvement of teaching meth-
D. None of above ods.
61. The principles of teaching include the A. it has become inevitable as the tradi-
following. The principle of feedback and tional methods are not trustworthy in ful-
reinforcement. The principle of providing filling the objectives
training to senses. The principle of utiliz- B. even the best curriculum and the most
ing group dynamics. The principle of en- perfect syllabus remains ineffective
couraging self-learning The principle of fos-
tering creativity and self-expression The C. there is no urgent need as every thing
principle of remedial teaching. is going smoothly in education
A. General D. Both A and B

B. Psychological 66. Which are the limitations of Micro teach-
C. Both A and B ing?
D. Neither A nor B A. Costly, Lack of experts, Not real teach-
ing
62. Pollio and Dankar in 1945 mentioned
Heuristic Strategy in the article entitled. B. It is training technique
A. Innovative methods C. Integration of skills
B. New method D. All of above
C. Problem solving
67. Is the Teaching strategy the means to
D. All of above achieve learning objectives?
63. Which method of teaching is based on the A. No
principle that no students is particularly
B. May be
different from any group or class of stu-
dents? C. Yes
A. Project method D. May not be

68. The Method based on the facts that the A. Discussion Method
students learn association, activity and co- B. Recitation Method
operation is known as?

C. Lecture Method
A. Demonstration
D. All of above
B. Discussion
74. The term “heuristics”has been bor-
C. Problem solving rowed from the word “Heurises”which
D. Project means ?
69. A method in which a small group assem- A. Discover

bles to communicate with each other us- B. Investigate
ing speaking listening and nonverbal pro- C. Both A and B
cesses in order to achieveinstructional ob-
D. None of A and B
jectives is called
A. Recitation method 75. Teaching Method based on Dewey, s phi-
losophy is?
B. Project method
A. Lecture method
C. Lecture method
D. Discussion method
C. Inquiry method
70. What is a problematic act carried to com- D. Project method
pletion in its natural setting?
76. In type of discussion three or more
A. Lecture method persons present their views on a several
B. Discussion method sided question or topic.
C. Project method A. Panel
D. Recitation method B. Symposium
C. Neither A norB
71. The most direct experience from the fol-
lowing options is that of? D. None of the above
A. Motion Picture 77. Transferring of knowledge from one place
B. Visual symbol to another is called
A. Presentation
C. Demonstration
B. Learning
D. Field trip
C. Teaching
72. CAI stands for. D. All of above
A. Computer analyzed
78. is a teaching method which is generally
B. Computer assisted instruction followed in colleges and in schools with big
C. Computer assisted interview classes.
D. Computer analyzed interview A. Lecture Method
B. Recitation Method
73. A teaching method which i generally fol-
lowed in colleges and schools with big C. Discussion Method
classes is D. None of the above

79. In which method of teaching there are 84. says, “Teaching involves a tirade of el-
chances for deviation from the main topic ements (the teacher the pupil, the subject
ortheme? matter)and this tirade is dynamic in qual-
A. Lecture method ity”.
B. Project method A. Hugh and Duncan
C. Discussion method B. Burton

D. Heuristic method C. Brubacher
NARAYAN CHANGDER
80. Maxims of teaching are D. Hyman
A. From simple to complex, From known 85. The first and second steps in Project
to unknown From whole to part From con- method of teaching are?
crete to abstract from direct to direct
A. Provision of situation
B. From particular to general From analy-
sis to synthesis B. Selection of objectives
C. From empirical to rationale from psy- C. Both A and B
chological to logical to follow the nature
D. None of above
D. All of the above
86. From general to particular?
81. In a few people with different back-
grounds and experiences discuss a thing A. Inductive
while others listen. B. Deductive
A. Panel Discussion C. Both A and B
B. Symposium
D. None of A and B
C. rally
D. None of the above 87. The pre active phase of teaching includes
all those activities which a teacher per-
82. The best method for mentally retorted chil- forms before classroom teaching or before
dren is entering the classroom.
A. Project method A. After
B. Recitation method B. Before
C. Heuristic method C. during
D. Lecture method D. None of the above
83. The word Strategy has its root in Greek
88. The ultimate focus of scientific method is
word “Strategos”Stratos means army and
on?
agein mean to lead.
A. No A. Hypothesis
B. May be B. Observation
C. Yes C. Experimentation
D. May not be D. Formulation of law

89. “Teaching strategy is a generalized plan B. Knowledge of entering behaviour prin-

for a lesson which includes structure de- ciple of planning
sired learner behaviour in terms of goals

C. Principle of subject mastery principle
of instruction and an outline of planned tac- of pupil participation
tics necessary to implement the strategy
The lesson strategy is a part of a larger de- D. All of above
velopment scheme of the curriculum”.Who 94. Problem-solving method occurs.
rendered this definition?
A. in difficult situation
A. E.Stone
B. in which a solution is not obtainable by
B. Broudy and S.Morris the habitual method of applying concepts
C. E.Stone and Morris and principles derived from past experi-
D. None of the above ence in very similar situations
C. inductive and deductive forms
90. Most powerful technique for imprinting
material on the mind and moving to D. All of the above
longerterm memory is 95. Which is the method in which the discus-
A. Recitation method sion is carried by a teaching assistant(TA)?
T
B. Project method
A. Recitation method
C. Heuristic method
B. Discussion method
D. Lecture method
C. Heuristic method
91. Telling method of teaching includes.
D. Lecture method
A. Lecture
96. Doing method of teaching includes.
B. Questioning
A. Project
C. Discussion
B. Role Playing
D. All of the above
C. Practical
92. Are the following activities considered the
D. All of the above
post active phase of teaching? Defining
the exact dimension of the changes caused 97. Teaching
by teaching. Selecting appropriate test-
A. stimulates
ing devices and techniques. Changing the
strategies in terms of evidence gathered. B. neither provides learning nor guidance
A. No C. provides guidance
B. May be D. Both A and C
C. Yes 98. Maximized time period in Micro teaching
D. May not be is
A. 5 to 10 minutes
93. General principles of teaching are enumer-
ated as B. 10 to 15 minutes
A. Principle of aim Principle of activity C. 15 to 20 minutes

linking with actual life D. 20 to 25 minutes

99. The term tactic. C. Active process

A. Literally means a method or a course D. All of above
of action followed in order to achieve an
immediate or shot-term aim 105. Duration of macro teaching is?
B. Arrangement of the course of actions A. 30 to 40 minutes
for realization of immediate or short term B. 40 to 50 minutes
aim
C. 45 to 55 minutes
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Arrangement of the course of actions
for realization of a long term aim D. 55 to 60 minutes
D. Both A and B 106. Techniques.
100. Which of the following the types of tech- A. belong to methods
niques?
B. are psychological in nature and tech-
A. Questioning Discussion niques
B. Exposition C. are used for the implementation of
C. lllustration, Story telling Narration, Su- methods
pervised study D. All of the above
D. All of the above
107. The origin of the word”strategy”is
101. Activity involves
A. British
A. Physical action
B. Latin
B. Mental action
C. Greek
C. Many action
D. French
D. Physical and mental action
108. Syllabus of advance classes cannot be
102. In Discussion method students gain
covered with , as it requires great time.
A. Self-confidence
A. Recitation
B. Cooperation is learned
B. Lecture method
C. Respect for other
C. Discussion method
D. All of above
D. Project method
103. The project method of teaching has
steps? 109. Famous form and type of Discussion
A. 4 method is/are
B. 5 A. The symposium
C. 6 B. The panel discussion Information
group discussion Formalized group dis-
D. 7
cussion
104. Features of good teaching are C. Institutional forms of socialized proce-
A. Stimulating dure
B. A matter of drawing out D. All of above

110. method of teaching can be enjoyable 116. Psychological principles are

realistic and helpful? A. Principle of feedback principle of rein-

A. Lecture method forcement principle of providing training
B. Simulation method to senses the principle of utilizing group
dynamics
C. Recitation method
B. The principle of encouraging self,
D. Drill method
learning the principle of fostering creativ-
111. Innovative methods of teaching are ity and self-expression
A. Micro teaching C. The principle of remedial teaching
B. Simulation method D. All of the above
C. Programmed instruction 117. is the most powerful technique for im-
D. All of above printing material on the mind and moving
to longer-term memory.
112. These type of questions provide the situ-
ations to practice the learned content? A. Recitation Method
A. Introductory questions B. Lecture Method

B. Developing questions C. Discussion method
C. Recapitulatory questions D. None of the above
D. All of above 118. Teaching is
113. is used to achieve cognitive and affec- A. causing to learn
tive objectives? B. a direction
A. Recitation method C. an encouragement
B. Project method D. All of the above
C. Lecture method
119. In Information group discussion the
D. All of above is the leader of the discussion activities
114. The third and fourth steps in problem Leadership qualities are developed in the
solving method are? leader.
A. Collection of data A. Teacher
B. Evaluation B. Pupil
C. Both A and B C. public
D. None of A and B D. None of the above
115. Indirect teaching strategy seeks a high 120. The relationship between teaching and
level of student involvement in. learning in view of achieving the objec-
tives is called
A. observing
B. investigating drawing inferences from A. Teaching methods
data B. Teaching strategy
C. forming hypothesis C. Maxims of teaching
D. All of the above D. All of above

121. The types of problem solving method C. Proverbs

are? D. None of the above
A. Inductive
127. Teaching is
B. Deductive A. a profession as well as a professional
C. Both A and B activity
D. None of A and B B. an art as well as a science
C. the art which brings forth the teacher,
NARAYAN CHANGDER
122. The Fifth and Sixth steps in the Project
s inborn talents
method o teaching are
D. All of the above
A. Evaluation
B. Recording 128. A maxim of teaching
A. makes presentation of terms and con-
C. Both A and B
cepts easily understandable
D. None of above
B. enables teacher to communicate ac-
123. The limitations of Heuristic method cording to mental level of the students
A. Cannot be used for lower classes C. is an important component of instruc-

tional procedure in presenting content in
B. May be Time consuming an effective way and helps in organizing
C. Can, t be employed on large classes teaching activities
D. All of above D. contains All of the above
124. Which type of instruction yields both in- 129. A student who performs independently
dividual and collective benefits? at the level of psychomotor domain is?
A. Articulation
A. Project-method
B. Manipulation
B. Drill method
C. Precision
C. Recitation method
D. Imitation
D. Group Differentiated method
130. In which type of discussion few people
125. Planning in education is a carefully de- with different backgrounds and experience
vised plan to achieve a goal or the art of discuss a thing while others listen?
developing or carrying out such a plan. A. Panel discussion
A. Disagreed B. The symposium
B. May be C. Socialized procedure
C. Agreed D. All of above
D. May not be 131. Microteaching focuses on the competency
126. Teaching activities and instructional proof?
cedure are performed by using of A. Methods
teaching. B. Skills
A. Maxims C. Contents
B. Idioms D. All of above

132. Which is psychological and economical “this definition of Programmed instruc-

method of teaching? tional was coined by?
A. Smith and Moore

A. Lecture method
B. Demonstration method B. Susan
C. Recitation method C. Leith
D. Discussion method D. Michael J.Apter
138. Which Teaching method, based on the as-
133. Awareness of the Maxims of Teaching
sumption of Herbert Spencer stresses that
is essential for a in order to perform
the learner should be told as little as pos-
tasks of teaching in an organized manner.
sible?
A. Learner
A. Heuristic method
B. Teacher B. Demonstration method
C. Parents C. Discussion method
D. None of the above D. Lecture method
134. What are the two major teaching strate- 139. How many categories under which the
gies? principles of teaching are discussed?
A. Direct Strategy A. One
B. Indirect Strategy B. Two
C. Both A and B C. Three
D. None of the above D. Four
135. is an educational approach which is 140. The first and second steps in problem
characterized by teacher centeredness, it solving method are?
is also known as art, science profession or A. Location
study of teaching. B. Explanation
A. Andragocical C. Both A and B
B. Pedagogical D. None of A and B
C. Both A and B 141. Constraints in Discussion method are?
D. Neither A nor B A. Trade of time
136. Problem solving method has steps? B. Class sizes
A. 3 C. Physical space
D. All of above
B. 2
C. 1 142. Are the following five of the salient fea-
tures of good teaching. Good teaching is
D. 4
well planned. Good teaching is stimulating.
137. “Programmed(learning)is a sequence of Good teaching involves a skill in guiding.
small steps of instructional material most Good teaching is suggestive and coopera-
of which requires a response to be made tive. Good teaching is correlative.
by completing a blank space in asentence A. No

B. Yes 148. Which questions in Socratic method of

C. May be teaching are based on previous knowledge
which is related to new knowledge?
D. May not be
143. Second step in Discussion method is? B. Recapitulatory questions
A. Choosing discussion topic
C. Developing questions
B. Phrasing discussion question
D. All of above
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Outlining the topic
149. In Demonstration Method.
D. All of above
A. the teacher really teaches
144. The Heuristic method is based upon the
assumption of Herbert Spencer that. B. the students are active participants in
a demonstration and their faculties of ob-
A. the learner should be told as little as servation and reasoning are properly ex-
possible ercised
B. he should be encouraged to learn him- C. the students are passive participants
self as much as possible
D. Both A and B
C. to develop tendency of investigation
D. All of the above 150. Which method refers to operation in
which a real situations is represented in
145. Teaching another from?
A. helps the child to make effective ad- A. Project method
justment to his environment
B. Simulation method
B. develops emotional stability in pupils
C. Heuristic method
C. Both A and B
D. Recitation method
151. Micro teaching started in
146. defines teaching method as follows
“Activities that are designed and per- A. 1950
formed to produce change in behaviour”. B. 1960
A. Simpson C. 1970
B. Clarke
D. 1980
C. Morrison
152. The rules for presenting difficult terms
D. B.O Smith
and concepts to make them easy to
147. How many main types of teleconferenc- comprehend in classroom teaching are
ing are? called
A. 2 A. General principles of teaching
B. 3 B. Psychological of teaching
C. 4 C. Maxims of teaching
D. 5 D. All of above

153. Forms or types of discussion include. B. May be

A. The symposium C. Yes

B. panel discussion D. May not
C. group discussion 159. In discussion method of teaching a small
D. All of the above group assembles.
A. to communicate with each other while
154. “Maxims of ”are the rules for making
using the available time
difficult terms and concepts easy to com-
prehend in classroom teaching. B. uses speaking listening and nonverbal
processes to achieve instructional objec-
A. Teaching tive
B. Learning C. where group members have reciprocal
C. Publishing influence over one another
D. None of the above D. All of the above
155. Which teaching method is based on the 160. The teaching phases include
principle “Truth is that which works”? A. Pre active phase
A. Lecture method B. Interactive phase
B. Demonstration method C. Post Active phase
C. Recitation method D. All of the above
D. Discussion method 161. In method of teaching a teacher estab-
156. Which method is an economical teaching lishes a chain of learning by linking pervi-
method, as large subject content may be ous knowledge with new knowledge?
taught relatively in small duration? A. Recitation method
A. Project method B. Lecture method
B. Heuristic method C. Socratic strategy
C. Lecture method D. Project method
D. Discussion method 162. From particular to general?
157. Teaching involves a tirade of elements A. Deductive
i.e B. Inductive
A. The teacher and pupil C. Both A and B
B. subject matter D. None of A and B
C. Both A and B 163. The last type of questions which are
D. None of the above asked in Socratic method at the end of
teaching are?
158. Are the following activities included in
the interactive phase of teaching? Sizing
up of the class. Diagnosis of the learners. B. Developing questions
Action and reaction or achievement. C. Recapitulatory questions
A. No D. Evaluatory questions

164. Methods may be defined as. C. Discussion Method

A. a systematic procedure for the attain- D. None of the above
ment of some specific objectives
B. a haphazard way adopted for achiev- 170. Contributors to the theories of pedagogy
ing some objectives include.
C. Neither A nor B A. Maria Montessori John Dewey
D. Both A and B B. Johann Heinrich Pestalozi Jean Piaget
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Friedrich Froeble, Lev Vyogtsky, Ben-
165. The direct teaching strategy is.
jamin Bloom
A. highly teacher-centered
D. All of the above
B. among the least used
C. among the most commonly used 171. Doing method of teaching does not in-
clude.
D. Both A and B
A. Lecture
166. Teaching is triangular or tripolar process
B. Questioning
involving.
C. Discussion
A. The teacher and pupil, subject matter
B. The teacher and pupil, publisher D. All of the above
C. Both A and B 172. The method which is related to Discussion

D. None of the above and recitation is
A. Lecture method
167. Principles of teaching comprise
B. Drill method
A. Psychological
B. General principles of teaching C. Project method
C. Both A and B D. Heuristic method

D. None of the above 173. Students find or explore the information
themselves in?
168. It is very difficult to prepare good ques-
tions and arrange them in psychological se- A. Lecture method
quence in method B. Both
A. Lecture method
C. Discovery method
B. Recitations method
D. Drill method
C. Socratic method
D. Project method 174. A manner of dealing with that, which is
problematic?
169. In method only the teacher talks the A. Lecture method
students are passive listeners and they do
not take any active part. B. The Problem Solving method
A. Recitation Method C. Activity method
B. Lecture Method D. Discussion method

1.10 Psychological disorders 143
175. IN which method of teaching students get A. 5

first hand knowledge or experience in an
B. 6
environment in which they perform certain

activity? C. 7
A. Lecture method D. 8
B. Activity method
179. This method gives more emphasis on
C. Discussion method teacher presentation and has no place
D. Project method forthe participation of the students?
A. Project method
176. According to ”Teaching is an activity,
a unique professional rational human ac- B. Lecture method
tivity in which one creatively and imagina-
C. Heuristic method
tively uses himsell and his knowledge to
promote the learning and welfare of oth- D. Discussion method
ers”
180. The meaning of the term Method include.
A. Hugh and Duncan
A. Way of doing or carrying something
B. Hugh and Hyman
out, especially according to a plan
C. Brubbacher Duncan
B. Orderliness orderly thought, action or
D. None of the Above technique
normalfont
177. Activity method of teaching.
A. emphasizes the creative and sponta- C. the body of systematic techniques
neous aspects of experiences used by a particular discipline
B. brings the students close to the real D. All of the above
life
181. The method based on the psychological
C. to provide first hand experience in an principle of”Trial and Error”is?
environment in which students are per-
forming certain activity A. Heuristic method
D. All of the above B. Problem solving method
C. Project method
178. The problem solving method has
steps? D. Activity method
1.10 Psychological disorders

1. which of the following is the main neuro- 2. Which of the following were historical ex-
logical birth syndrome caused by anoxia? planations of psychopathology?
A. Down Syndrome A. Witchcraft
B. Fragile X syndrome B. General paresis
C. Cerebral palsy C. The plague
D. Cerebral Vascular accident D. Social class

3. Which of the following is an organisation A. Analysis of dreams

dedicated to changing the way in which
B. Physical or biological impairments
society views people with mental health
problems? C. Traumatic life events
A. Madness matters D. Family dynamics
B. Pro-mental
8. Which of the following is a problem asso-
C. Mad pride ciated with DSM IV?
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Mental health proud A. Classification is based on causes
4. Which one of the models of psychopathol- B. Classification based on symptoms
ogy would suggest that psychological dis- alone
orders result from acquiring dysfunctional
result from acquiring dysfunctional ways C. Classification is based on behaviour
of thinking and acting? D. Classification is based on strength of
A. Medical model emotion
B. Cognitive model 9. Which of the following is not used to de-

C. Behavioural model fine psychopathology?
D. Client-centred model A. Deviation from the statistical norm
5. Which of the following is the percentage B. Deviation from the sexual norm
of pre-school children who are diagnosed C. Deviation from the social norm
with a phonological disorder of unknown
origin? D. Maladaptive behaviour
A. 4% 10. Many individuals with intellectual disabil-

B. 5% ities are conscientious and valued work-
ers employed in which of the normal work
C. 6%
environments Individuals with more spe-
D. 3% cific needs may need to pursue employ-
ment within.
6. Which of the following of Freud, s ideas
is still important to psychopathology to- A. Sheltered accommodation
day? B. Special workshops
A. Those thoughts are the basis for be-
C. Sheltered workshops
haviour
B. Behaviour is learned from experience D. Special accommodation
C. Psychopathology has origins in early 11. Which of the following in not an axis I dis-
experience rather than being a manifesta- order?
tion of biological dysfunction
A. Schizotypical personality disorder
D. Dream analysis
B. Anxiety disorders
7. The somatogenic hypothesis advocated
C. Bipolar disorders
that causes of psychological disorders
were found in. D. Schizophrenia

12. Which of the following is an example of 17. Sigmund Freud was the pioneer of which
repression? of the following models of psychopathol-
ogy?

A. Stopping yourself from behaving the
way you want to A. Behaviourist
B. Suppressing bad memories or current
though that cause anxiety B. Cognitive
C. Suppressing your natural instincts C. Psychodynamic

D. Stopping others from behaving inap- D. Humanistic
propriately
13. Which of the following is a technique used 18. Individuals with Down Syndrome often
to address stuttering? have moderate to severe intellectual im-
pairment with a measurable IQ usually be-
A. Purposeful speech
tween.
B. Practical speech
A. 45-50
C. Delayed speech
D. Prolonged speech B. 55-60
14. Which of the following procedures can C. 35-55

be used to identify Down Syndrome pre-
D. 25-35
natally?
A. Amniocentesis
19. Reading Disorder is a developmental dis-
B. Amnioprolaxis order and is characterised by reading
C. Amniophalaxi achievement (e.g accuracy speed and com-
prehension) being significantly below stan-
D. Amniocalesis
dards expected for which of the following.
15. Which of the following criteria can be used
A. Chronological age
to define Intellectual disabilities?
A. Significantly below average intellec- B. IQ
tual functioning
C. Schooling experience
B. Impairments adaptive functioning gen-
erally D. All of the above
C. These deficits should be manifest be-
fore the age of 18-years 20. What is an Ego defence mechanism?
D. All of the above A. Part of the Ego state that prevents ra-
tional thinking
16. When an individual with multiple cognitive
disabilities has extraordinary proficiency B. Part of the unconscious that attempts
in one isolated skill, this is known as? to control unacceptable Id influences
A. Rainman syndrome C. Part of the Ego state designed to re-
B. Asperger ability duce barriers
C. Intellectual isolation D. Part of the Ego state that aids develop-
D. Savant syndrome ment

21. In DSM-IV-TR intellectual disabilities are C. Pigeon pecks at key for food delivery
divided into number of degrees of sever- D. Dogs learn helplessness from electric
ity depending primarily on the range of shocks
IQ score provided by the sufferer One of
these is Profound Mental Retardation rep- 26. In DSM-IV-TR intellectual disabilities are
resented by an IQ score below. divided into a number of degrees of sever-
A. 20-25 ity depending primarily on the range of
B. 25-30
NARAYAN CHANGDER
these is Severe Mental Retardation repre-
C. 15-20 sented by an IQ score between.
D. 10-15 A. 5-10 to 15-20
22. The acquisition of dog phobia can best be B. 30-35 to 45-50
explained by the. C. 10-15 to 20-25
A. Behavioural model D. 2025 to 35-40
B. Psychodynamic model
27. Psychoanalysis is an attempt to explain
C. Humanistic model
what?
D. Medical model
A. Normal psychological functioning
23. Behaviour modification is an example of B. Normal and abnormal psychological
which of the following treatment methods. functioning
A. Enable the individual to unlearn mal- C. Abnormal psychological functioning
adaptive behaviours and emotions
D. Childhood ideation
B. Enable the individual to explore their
childhood behaviours 28. In DSM-IV TR intellectual disabilities
C. Enable the individual to analyse the be- are divided into a number of degrees of
haviour of others severity depending primarily on the range
of IQ score provided by the sufferer One
D. Enable the individual to modify the be-
of these is Moderate Mental Retardation
haviour of others
represented by an IQ score between .
24. Which of the following is an example of A. 60-65-to 70-75
a pre-natal cause of intellectual disability
B. 35-40 to 50-55
when there is a significant period without
oxygen occurring during or immediately af- C. 80-85 to 90-95
ter delivery? D. 20-25 to 30-35
A. Anoxia
29. Which of the following is NOT a physical
B. Pronoxia
cause often associated with Phonological
C. Anaphylaxia disorder?
D. Dysnoxia A. A hearing impairment
25. An example of classical conditioning is. B. Cleft palate
A. Rat presses lever for delivery of food C. Small frontal lobes
B. Dog learns to salivate on hearing bell D. Cerebral palsy

30. Which of the following is not a treatment C. Dyscalculia

developed from classical conditioning prin- D. Dysphasia
ciples?

35. Inappropriate life-threatening or challeng-
A. Flooding
ing behaviours may be inadvertently main-
B. Token economies tained by reinforcement from others in the
C. Systematic desensitisation environment Which of the following is a
process that can be carried out in order to
D. Aversion therapies help identify the factors maintaining the
31. What is the Id? behaviour?
A. Functional analysis
A. Part of the psyche that controls im-
pulses B. Statistical analysis
B. Part of the psyche that reduces anxiety C. Behavioural analysis
C. A description of innate instinctual D. Procedural analysis

needs 36. According to the psychoanalytic approach,
D. Part of the psyche that controls our an attempt to integrate values learned
morals from parents and society is called?
A. The Id
32. Individuals with mental health problems
have become increasingly vocal about how B. Sublimation
psychopathology and those who suffer C. The Oral stage
from it are labelled and perceived by oth- D. The Superego
ers Groups of individuals who are and
users of the mental health services pro- 37. Which of the following is an example of an
vided by for example government agencies intellectual disability?
such as the NHS are known as. A. Dyslexia
A. Pateints B. ADHD
B. Service user groups C. Mental Retardation
C. Clients D. Autistic spectrum disorders
D. Thinktanks 38. Rather than occurring as discrete disorders
it is possible that psychopathology may
33. A GAF score of 21-30 may indicate. represent symptoms of.
A. Difficulty concentrating after family ar- A. Paranormal disorders
gument B. Diurnal disorders
B. Severe obsessional rituals C. Cyclic disorders
C. Frequent shoplifting D. Hybrid disorders
D. Acts grossly inappropriately 39. An example of a hybrid disorder is.
34. In learning disabilities the name for math- A. Mixed anxiety-depressive disorder
ematical disorder is. B. Schizoidal personality disorder
A. Dyspraxia C. Multiple personality disorder
B. Dyslexia D. Borderline personality disorder

40. Early manifestation of symptoms such as 45. Which of the following is an example of a
severe impairment in social interaction Specific Learning Disability?
and in communication can be diagnosed as A. Mental Retardation
which of the following?
B. Dyslexia
A. Infantile autism
C. ADHD
B. Infantile amnesia
C. Cerebral palsy D. Autistic spectrum disorders
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Rett, s syndrome 46. In autistic spectrum disorder when as in-
dividual exhibits immediate imitation of
41. Psychological disorders were only added
words or sound they have just heard this
to the International List of Causes of Death
is known as.
(ICD) in 1939.This was done by.
A. Echoastic disorder
A. The American Psychiatric Association
(APA) B. Phonological inhibition
B. The World Health Organisation (WHO) C. Echolalia
C. The National Health Service (NHS) D. Grapheme dysfunction
D. The Ministry of Health (MOH)
47. What is a defence mechanism?
42. Fragile X syndrome is associated with A. Any from of martial arts
which of the following?
B. A mechanism designed to reduce
A. Language impairment stress nd conflict caused by specific expe-
B. Behavioural problems riences
C. Moderate levels of intellectual disabil- C. A method for negotiating a stage of de-
ity velopment
D. All of the above D. A mechanism designed to remove psy-
chological barriers
43. Which of the following is NOT addressed
by the medical model? 48. Which of the following is a form of child
A. Biochemical imbalances abuse that is known to cause intellectual
B. Genetic disorders disability?
C. Abnormal physical development A. Shaken baby syndrome
D. Biased information processing B. Abused child syndrome
C. Battered baby syndrome
44. Comorbidity explains the notion that.
A. People suffering with the same psy- D. Damaged infant syndrome
chopathology logy die at the same time 49. Which of the following may occur in Ex-
B. Sufferers exhibit a chronic fear of pressive Language Disorder?
death
A. Limited amount of speech
C. Depression always happens in the win-
B. Difficulty in learning new words
ter
D. Differentially defined disorders can co- C. Difficulty in finding the right word
occur D. All of the above

1.11 Secondary education 149
50. An example of a Developmental Disorder A. 60-65 to 80

is. B. 40-55 to 60

A. ADHD
C. 50-55 to 70
B. Dyslexia
D. 70-75 to 90
C. Mental Retardation
D. Autistic spectrum disorders 54. Which one of the following would a client-
centred therapist use?
51. One of the concepts of the humanistic-
existential approach is. A. Empathy
A. Rationalism B. Desensitisation
B. Transference C. Racket system
C. Deviation from the statistical norm D. Ego states
D. Unconditional positive regard 55. Stuttering is a disturbance in the normal
52. Ope rant conditioning. fluency and time patterning of speech that
is inappropriate for the individual, s age It
A. Represents learning using autobio-
involves which of the following?
graphical memory
A. Frequent repetitions or prolongations
B. Represents learning of specific be-
of ounds
haviour through reward and reinforce-
ment B. Pauses within worlds
C. Represents learning through pairing of C. Filled or unfilled pauses in speech
stimulus and response
D. All of the above
D. Represents learning through using
repetitive stimuli 56. Which of the following is NOT a way of
defining psychopathology?
53. In DSM-IV-TR intellectual disabilities are
divided into a number of degrees of sever- A. Deviation from the statistical norm
ity depending primarily on the range of B. Distress and impairment
these is Mild Mental Retardation corre- C. Measuring IQ
sponding to an IQ score between . D. Maladaptive behaviour
1.11 Secondary education

1. The Secondary Education should enable a 2. From grade religious studies must be
person to get knowledge of scientific Compulsory but later it should be consid-
and inventions. ered as an Elective subject.
A. Creations A. 6th to 9th
B. Developments B. 6th to 8th
C. Discoveries C. 6th to 12th
D. Conventions D. 1st to 5th

3. One of the objectives of the Secondary Ed- 8. Elective subjects must be divided in fur-
ucation is to encourage the individuals to ther groups so students can select the sub-
struggle for the social of the country. jects of their choice that can enable them
A. Training to adopt accordingly.
B. Development A. Occupation
C. Expansion B. Higher studies
D. None of these C. University
NARAYAN CHANGDER
4. Until and unless the primary education D. Syllabus
is not extended to 8th class, the Sec-
ondary Education has to be divided into 9. Being a citizen, a student must be prepared
two classes, namely. for the needs of life.
A. Secondary and Higher Secondary Edu- A. Jobs
cation
B. Education
B. Elementary and Secondary Education
C. Life
C. Primary and Secondary Education
D. None of these
D. Elementary and Higher Secondary Ed-
ucation 10. The Secondary Education lies under the cat-
5. English should not be taught as Literature egory of.
but as language. A. 16th to 8th class
A. Elective B. 11th to 12th class
B. Compulsory
C. 9th to 10th class
C. Subjective
D. 9th to 12th class
D. Practical
11. The of all private schools must be con-
6. Teachers who give good performance must
sidered obligatory.
be awarded with medals by
A. President and Governor A. Registration
B. Institute B. Advancement
C. Principal C. Support
D. Prime Minster D. Promotion
7. In exams 75% marks should be allotted to
12. The Secondary Education Should be ac-
and remaining 25% Should be given
countable to the complete progress and to
according to the performance and punctu-
a student, s personality.
ality at school.
A. Develop
A. Respective institute
B. Students B. Refine
C. Board and University C. Deteriorate
D. Syllabus studies D. Degenerate

13. The Education should make students take C. Special

interest in literature, culture and D. Secondary

A. Sports
19. For the country, s solidarity, it is very im-
B. Studies
portant to generate in students.
C. Arts
A. Patriotism
D. Traditions
B. Responsibility
14. must be taught Agricultural Economics
C. Need for education
and arts.
D. Awareness
A. Boys
B. All students 20. The syllabus of Secondary Education must
C. Girls consist of and Elective subjects.
D. Adults A. Selective
B. Optional
15. The students of the Secondary Education
should have a sense of co operation C. Compulsory
self-control and hard work. D. Elementary
A. Integrity
21. How many grant the Government should
B. Responsibility
give to the institutes consisting on build-
C. Accountability ing and staff?
D. Worthiness A. 30%
16. Teachers teaching 6th to 10th grade stu- B. 40%
dents, are liable to work for days a C. 20%
year.
D. 150
A. 325
B. 225 22. For which class of people secondary
schools are recommended to be con-
C. 215
structed?
D. 210
A. Middle Class
17. Children must be given education, accord- B. Higher Class
ing to the
C. Upper Class
A. Islamic Standards
D. Lower Class
B. Secondary Educational Board
C. Traditions 23. Government should make responsible
D. Customs to allot land for schools.
A. Provincial Authority
18. The Secondary Education is needed to be
given individual and importance. B. Divisional Authority
A. Elementary C. Secondary Educational Board
B. High D. Developmental Authority

1.12 Environmental studies 152
24. It is compulasory to work for 225 days per 29. How much the duration of the Secondary
an academic year that is hours. Education is recommended?
A. 1610 A. 6 years
B. 1500 B. 2 years
C. 1620 C. 4 years
D. 1600 D. 3 years
25. How many branches of high schools for up-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
30. *Emergency leave of teacher must be *less-
per classes should be there?
ened from 20 to
A. 3
A. 5
B. 4
B. 10
C. 2
C. 15
D. 6
D. 12
26. For the guidance of teachers they should
take by and by that would introduce 31. On how many weeks, an academic year
new teaching methodologies to them. must be consisting?
A. Teaching Courses A. 35
B. Educational Courses B. 42
C. Refresher Courses C. 40
D. Advanced Vocational Courses D. 43
27. In every Division there must be Public 32. Schools established on basis, must be
schools along with schools. registered.
A. Academic A. Commercial
B. Elementary
B. Economical
C. Pre-Academic
C. Mercantile
D. Primary
D. Educational
28. The income of school must be acquired
from three resources-Fee Management, s 33. 9th to 12th grades must be under the con-
Governments, funds with proportion of trol of
A. 60:20% A. Secondary Educational Board
B. 60:30% B. Higher Educational Board
C. 80:20 C. Primary Board
D. 60:10 D. Elementary Educational Board
1.12 Environmental studies

1. Which of the following is not a Green 7. Smog is combination of

House Gas? A. Smoke and snow

A. Ozone B. Snow and fog
B. Water vapour C. Smoke and fog
C. Carbon dioxide
D. All the above
D. Sulpher dioxide
8. Which of the following is major environ-
2. Environmental protection is the responsi- mental issues in mining activities?
bility of
A. Water pollution
A. Individuals
B. Soil Degradation
B. NGO’s
C. Air pollution and dust
C. Government of India
D. All of these
D. All of the above
9. What is the Max. allowable concentration
3. Which of the following is a biotic compo- of Iron content in drinking water?
nent of an ecosystem?
A. 0.5 mg/l
A. Fungi
B. I.0 mg/l
B. Wind
C. 1.5 mg/l
C. Sunlight
D. 2.0 mg/l
D. Temperature & Water
10. Smelting of metallic minerals into copper,
4. Noise pollution limit in industrial area is
lead and zinc release large amounts of
A. 65 dB
A. Nitric oxide
B. 80 dB
B. Carbon dioxide
C. 95 dB
C. Sulphur dioxide
D. 100 dB
D. Hydrogen Sulphide
5. Which is considered as energy source of fu-
ture? 11. Which of the following is ill effect of Ur-
banization
A. Wind
A. Environmental pollution
B. Ocean
B. Loss of soil degradation
C. Hydrogen
C. Decrease in Agricultural Land
D. None of these
D. All of these
6. Sustainability requires
12. Sulabh biogas plants are based on the use
A. Conservations of resources
of
B. Minimizing depletion of non-
renewable sources A. Cattle dung
C. Using sustainable practices for man- B. Human excreta

aging renewable resources C. Agriculture waste
D. All the above D. None of these

13. ELA is related to : 18. Biotic components include

A. Environmental Impact Assessment A. All living organisms
B. Environmental and Industrial Activi- B. Light, temperature etc
ties C. Water, mineral and gases
C. Environmental Internal Activities D. Self-nourishing green plants
D. Environmental Impact Activities 19. Which of the following is major Environ-

mental issues in Mining activities?
NARAYAN CHANGDER
14. Movement of Nutrients from the soil by A. Water pollution
the Acid Rain is called :
B. Soil Degradation
A. Leaching C. Air pollution and Dust
B. Infiltration D. All the above
C. Exfiltration 20. Tidal power plants are not preferred by en-
D. Transpiration vironmentalists because,
A. Tidal power is a renewable source
15. An ecosystem is a region in which
B. Tidal power can be developed only in
A. Dead organism interact with their en- coasts
vironment C. Tidal power stations bring about ma-
B. Living organism interact with their en- jor ecological changes in sensitive coastal
vironment ecosystem
C. Living organism do not interact with D. None of the above
their environment 21. The fossil fuel which causes maximum en-
D. All of the above vironmental pollution due to its use in gen-
eration of thermal power is
16. Use of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) A. Oil
came into effect from
B. Coal
A. Dec 2000 C. Natural gas
B. Dec 2001 D. None of these
C. Dec 2002 22. Acid rains are more prominent in
D. Dec 2003 A. Arid regions
B. Tropical regions
17. In which year the Hon’ble supreme court
ofIndia made environmental education C. Temperate regions
compulsory subject at all the levels of ed- D. Equally prominent in all
ucation
23. Liquefied petroleum gas is a mixture of
A. 2000
A. Propane and butane
B. 2001 B. Methane and propane
C. 2002 C. Methane and butane
D. 2003 D. Methane and ethane

24. is the best environmental clean alter- 30. Energy obtained from the Earth’s hot inte-
native fuel. rior is called the

A. CNG A. Geo-Thermal energy
B. Coal B. Thermal energy
C. Petrol
C. Biomass energy
D. Diesel
D. None of these
25. Hydrogen is found on earth in combination
with 31. The objectives of the Wild Life (protection)
Act 1972 is
A. Copper
B. Oxygen A. To preserve the biodiversity
C. Helium B. Protection and conservation of wild

life
D. Sulphur
C. To maintain essential ecological and
26. What is the percentage of fresh water life supporting systems
available in lakes and streams?
D. All the above
A. 0.1%
B. 0.01% 32. The term ‘Refuse’ generally does not in-
C. 0.001% clude is
D. 0.0001% A. Ashes
27. Cholera and Typhoid are caused by B. Excreta
A. Virus C. Putrescible solid waste

B. Fungus D. Non putrescible solid waste
C. Housefly
33. Environmental education is targeted to
D. Bacteria
A. General public
28. As per BIS, the permissible limit of PH
B. Professional social groups
value for Drinking water :
A. 6.5 to 7.5 C. Technicians and scientists
B. 7.0 D. All of these

C. 6.5 to 8.5
34. The ideal of sustainable development was
D. 6.0 to 8.5 defined for the first time by the world com-
mission on environment and development
29. Electromagnetic radiation energy is an en-
in the year
ergy in the form of
A. 1985
A. Heat
B. Wave B. 1986
C. Light C. 1987
D. All the above D. 1988

35. Decreased soil fertility through rapid leach- B. 1996

ing of the essential mineral nutrients is due C. 1997
to
D. 1998
A. Reforestation
B. Deforestation 41. The volume of nitrogen present in the tro-
posphere is
C. Over exploitation
A. 5%
D. Recycling of forest products
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. 21%
36. The science that deals with the relation-
C. 78%
ship of various organisms with their envi-
ronment is known as D. 85%
A. anthropology 42. Nitrogen fixation from the atmosphere is
B. economics high in which type of plants?
C. ecology A. Liguminus
D. geology B. Manocoteliden
37. Loss of water content through the plants C. Both (A) and (B)
into the atmosphere is called : D. None of the above
A. Evaporation 43. Green house effect causes
B. Vaporization A. Increase in rainfall
C. Hydraulic cycle B. Lowering of acid rain
D. Transpiration
C. Rise in temperature of earth
38. The important gaseous pollutants con- D. Lowering in temperature of earth
tributing to acid rain are
44. Among fresh water availability on Earth,
A. Oxygen and Nitrogen
the percentage of Groundwater occurs is
B. Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen about
C. Carbon dioxide A. 0.2%
D. Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen B. 0.5%
(NOx)
C. 0.8%
39. The two major components of ecosystem D. 1.0%
are
A. Abiotic and biotic 45. The major green house gas which is respon-
sible for causing about 60% of the green
B. Cyclic and biologic house effect on earth among the following
C. Adiabatic and isotropic is
D. Ecologic and climatologic A. Nitrogen
40. The Government of India adopted the Na- B. Methane

tional Housing and habitat policy in C. Carbon dioxide
A. 1995 D. Carbon monoxide

46. Global warming affects 52. The human activity, among the following,
A. Climate change which causes maximum environmental pol-
lution having regional and global impact, is

B. Food production
A. Industrialization
C. Melting of glaciers
B. Urbanization
D. All of these
C. Agriculture
47. Karnataka State Pollution Control Board
D. Mining
was established in the year
A. 1971 53. Global warming means :
B. 1972 A. Increase in Earth’s Body Temperature
C. 1973 B. Increase in solar radiation
D. 1974 C. Acid Rain
48. ‘Earth’s Day’ is celebrated every year on: D. All the above
A. Oct 26th 54. Estuary means

B. April 22nd A. Rich in nutrients
C. June 5th B. Treatment of water
D. Dec 23rd C. End point of the river
49. The primary reason for large scale decline D. Meeting place of river and sea
in population death rate during 20Ih cen-
tury was 55. Fermentation in the biogas plant is carried
out between
A. Improved environmental conditions
A. 30-50◦ C
B. Improved medical care and control of
epidemics B. 35-50◦ C
C. Both (A) and (B) C. 85-15◦ C
D. None of these D. None of the above
50. Green revolution is 56. Objective of environmental studies is to

A. Crop variety improvement A. Create environmental ethics that fos-
B. Judicious use of fertilizers ter awareness about the ecological inter -
dependence of economic, social and politi-
C. Expansion of irrigation cal factors in a human community and the
D. All the above environment
51. World environment day is celebrated on B. Acquiring skills to help the concerned
individuals in identifying and solving envi-
A. April 5th ronmental problems
B. June 5th C. Raise consciousness about environ-
C. November 5th mental conditions
D. December 5th D. All of the above

57. Each chlorine free radical can destroy the 63. The pH of acid rain is
number of ozone molecules A. Less than 1.7
A. 100 ozone molecules
B. Less than 2.7
B. 1000 ozone molecules
C. Less than 4.7
C. 10, 000 ozone molecules
D. Less than 5.7
D. 100, 000 ozone molecules
64. During green house effect, carbon dioxide
58. Direct conversion of solar energy is at-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
and water vapours absorbs,
tained by
A. UV radiations
A. Galvanic cells
B. Solar radiation
B. Electrolytic cells
C. Short wave radiations
C. Hydrogen fuel cells
D. Long wave radiations
D. Solar photovoltaic system
59. World ‘Ozone day’ is being celebrated on 65. The term ecosystem was first proposed by
every year A. Costanza
A. Sept 5th B. Tyler Miller
B. Sept 16th C. A.G. Tansley
C. Oct 15th D. Jacob Van Verkul
D. June 5th
66. The air pollutant which causes severs dam-
60. Which of the following is not caused by the age to plants, even at much lower concen-
use of fertilizers in agriculture? trations than what may be harmful to hu-
A. Eutrophication man health is
B. Methemoglobinemia A. Peroxyacyl nitrates (PAN)
C. Acidification and Salinity of soils B. Ozone

D. None of these C. Fluorine
D. None of these
61. Which of the following is not a Natural
mineral? 67. The first major environmental protection
A. Nitrogen law promulgated in India was
B. Asbestos A. Air Act
C. Limestone B. Water Act
D. Fluorospar C. Environmental Act
62. Which of the following is the authority to D. None of these
monitor state industrial effluents?
68. Which of the following is the remedial mea-
A. State pollution control board sure for acid rain?
B. Indian environmental association A. Use of coal, free from sulphur
C. Centre for science and development B. Use of electrostatic precipitator and
D. None of these catalytic converters

C. Reducing the release of oxides of nitro- 75. About 30% of the country’s coal deposits
gen and sulphur into the atmosphere are found in

D. All of these A. Kashmir
69. Earth’s body temperature is approxi- B. Karnataka
mately equal to
C. Tamil Nadu
A. 16.4◦ C
B. 26.4◦ C D. Bihar and Orissa
C. 36.4◦ C
76. Which of the following is not a solution for
D. 46.4◦ C Global warming?
70. Recycled water can be used for A. Deforestation
A. Crop irrigation B. Plantation of more trees
B. Landscape gardening
C. Reducing fossil fuel consumption
C. Replenishing fast depleting aquifers
D. All of these
71. The equivalent of one Dobson unit is 77. The main impact of urbanization on plant
A. 0.1 m and animal life is
B. 0.01 m A. Loss of species
C. 0.1 mm B. Mutation in species
D. 0.01 mm C. Increase in species
72. The sequence of eating and being eaten in D. None of these
an ecosystem is called
A. food chain 78. The earth’s land surface covered by forest
B. carbon cycle is about
C. sulphur cycle A. 30 %
D. hydrological cycle B. 40 %
73. Bhopal Gas Tragedy happened in the year C. 50 %
A. Dec. 1983
D. 60 %
B. Dec. 1984
C. Dec. 1987 79. The perfect equilibrium existing in the bio-
D. Dec. 1994 sphere between the various organisms is
known as
74. EPA means :
A. Ecological cycle
A. Environmental Protection Act
B. Ecological balance
B. Environmental Prevention Act
C. Environmental Pollution Act C. Environmental balance
D. Environmental Protection Agency D. None of these

80. The environment act was enacted by In- 86. Acid rain affects
dian parliament under Article 253 of the
A. Soil
constitution of India and made applicable
to all states of India in the year B. Plants
A. 1984 C. Materials
B. 1985 D. All of the above
C. 1986
87. Important sources of land pollution are
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. 1987
A. Industrial Wastes
81. Cow dung can be used
B. Agricultural Wastes
A. as manure
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. for production of biogas
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. none of these 88. Expansion of the term WWF is
82. Hydro electricity is generated from A. Worldwide forest
A. Forests B. World wild life fund
B. Coal plants C. Worldwide life force
C. Lakes and ponds D. Worldwide life forest
D. Water reservoir of river dams
89. Ozone hole is said to occur when the ozone
83. Which atmospheric layer is closest to the level decreases below
Earth’s surface?
A. 2 DU
A. Troposphere
B. 20 DU
B. Thermosphere
C. 200 DU
C. Stratosphere
D. Mesosphere D. 2000 DU
84. Good example of sedimentary cycle is 90. Amount of carbon dioxide present in atmo-
spheric air is
A. Oxygen cycle
B. Sulphur cycle A. 0.318%
C. Nitrogen cycle B. 0.383%

D. Carbon cycle C. 21%
85. Tendency of pollutants to become concen- D. 78%

trated in successive tropic levels is known
91. The basic element in fossil fuels is
as
A. Biopiracy A. Oxygen
B. Biorhythm B. Carbon
C. Bioremediation C. Sulphur
D. Biomagnification D. Phosphorus

92. Facultative Bacteria exisiing in which type 98. What is the maximum allowable concen-
of Environmental condition? tration of fluorides in drinking water
A. 1.5 mg/L

A. Presence of oxygen
B. Absence of oxygen B. 2.0 mg/L
C. Both (A) and (B) C. 2.5 mg/L
D. None of these D. 3.0 mg/L
99. Major source of Fluoride available in :
93. Anthropoginal activities means :
A. River water
A. Human activities
B. Food products
B. Natural activities
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Bacteriological activities
D. Ground water
D. Wild animals activities
100. The maximum average permissible noise
94. Ozone is present in which layers of the at- levels during day time hours as per envi-
mosphere? ronment protection act in India is
A. Stratosphere A. 30 dB
B. Mesosphere B. 45 dB
C. Troposphere C. 50 dB
D. Thermosphere D. 55 dB
101. Environment Protection Act of 1986 is
95. An animal that feeds upon another animal meant for
is
A. Waste management
A. producer
B. Forest management
B. consumer
C. Desert management
C. decomposer
D. Protection of human environment in-
D. predator cluding human, plants, animals and prop-
erty
96. Noise pollution means
102. Solar radiations consist of
A. Loud sound
A. Visible region
B. Unwanted sound
B. Infra-red region
C. High frequency sound
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Environmental pollution
D. None of these
97. Organisms who directly feed on producers 103. A major carbon storage reservoir in the
are called : carbon cycle is
A. Herbivores A. Trees
B. Omnivores B. Rivers
C. Carnivores C. Oceans
D. Decomposers D. Atmosphere

104. Social security is one of the most impor- 110. In a food chain humans are
tant programmes providing benefits to A. Producers
A. Un-employee B. Primary consumers
B. Worker/employee C. Secondary consumers
C. Families of deceased D. Primary and secondary consumers
D. All of the above
111. The ozone depletion in the stratosphere
is chiefly caused by the release of
NARAYAN CHANGDER
105. Primary cause of acid rain around the
world is due to A. Chlorofluoro carbons
A. Ozone B. Carbon dioxide
B. carbon dioxide C. Methane
C. sulfur dioxide D. None of these
D. carbon monoxide 112. Non-point source of water pollution is
106. Major problem/s due to industrialization caused by
is/are A. Pipes
A. Urbanization B. Ditches
B. Migration of people C. Sewers
C. Development of slums D. Mining wastes
D. All of the above 113. Which of the following components of the
environment are effective transporters of
107. Freon’s are called
matter?
A. Ozone
A. Atmosphere and lithosphere
B. Methane B. Atmosphere and hydrosphere
C. Solvents C. Lithosphere and thermosphere
D. Hydrocarbons D. Hydrosphere and lithosphere
108. Mining means 114. Which part of plant contains nitrogen fix-
A. Process of extracting ores to obtain ing bacteria?
the metal of interest A. Roots
B. To check pollution B. Stems
C. To conserve minerals C. Leaves
D. To reserve minerals D. All the above
109. Which of the following is a natural source 115. Bhopal gas tragedy occurred due to the
of Air pollution? leakage of
A. Storms A. Mustard gas
B. Acid rain B. Methane gas
C. Precipitation C. Sulphur dioxide
D. Volcanic eruptions D. Methyl Isocyanate

116. Percentage of nitrogen in earth’s atmo- 122. Domestic sewage is

sphere is A. Waste water from industries

A. 12% B. Waste water from residential areas
B. 21% C. Waste water generated from kitchens
C. 78% and bathrooms
D. 98% D. None of the above
117. First International Earth summit was held 123. An ecosystem consists of
at A. Population
A. Germany B. A biotic community
B. Stockholm C. A population and its non-living ele-
C. Johannesburg ments
D. Riode Janeiro D. A biotic ecommunity and its non-living
elements
118. Water quality involves measuring the
number of colonies of 124. Generation of wind energy is mainly
A. Cells based on which factor
B. Protozoa A. Storms
C. Chromozomes B. Pressure
D. Coliform bacteria C. Velocity of wind
D. Direction of wind
119. Climate and global air circulations are
mainly affected by the properties of 125. Which of the following is a natural source
A. Temperature of environmental pollution?
B. Precipitation A. Earthquake
C. Water and air B. Automobiles
D. None of the above C. Industries
D. Sewage
120. Which of the following is a biodegradable
pollutant? 126. Renewable energy is
A. CFC A. Primary source
B. DDT B. Secondary source
C. Freon’s C. Tertiary source
D. Sewage D. None of the above
121. The major contributors to the acid rain 127. ‘World Environmental Day’ is celebrated
are known as every year on:
A. Protons A. 5th May
B. Pollutants B. 5th June
C. Processors C. 5th July
D. Precursors D. 18th July

128. Major compounds responsible for the de- 134. Identify the non-renewable sources of en-
struction of Ozone layer is ergy from the following
A. C02 A. Coal
B. CH4 B. Fuel cells
C. CFCs
C. Wind power
D. oxygen
D. Wave power
NARAYAN CHANGDER
129. A simple detritus food chain starts with
135. The major objective of the family welfare
A. green plant
programs in India is
B. wastes of organisms and dead organ-
isms A. Disease control
C. both of the above B. Employment generation

D. none of these C. Population growth rate control
130. The adverse effect of modern agriculture D. None of these

is
136. Liquid waste generated from Bathrooms
A. Soil pollution and Kitchens are called
B. Water pollution
A. Runoff
C. Wastes logging
B. Sullage
D. All of these
C. Domestic sewage
131. A food web consists of
D. All the above
A. A portion of food chain
B. A set of similar consumers 137. Largest reservoir of Nitrogen is exists in
:
C. Interlocking of food chains
D. Producers, consumers and decom- A. Atmosphere
posers B. Stratosphere.
132. Amount of Carbon Dioxide(CO2) content C. Hydrosphere
in atmospheric Air is normally
D. Lithosphere
A. 0.21%
B. 0.318% 138. Sustainable development
C. 0.416% A. Encourages environmentally economic
D. 0.428% growth
B. Discourages environmentally eco-
133. Animal husbandry may result in nomic growth
A. Genetic Damage
C. Encourages environmentally harmful
B. Ozone depletion and unsustainable forms of economic
C. Global warming growth
D. None of the above D. All the above

139. Water Pollution, ‘Prevention and Control 145. The type of mass movement character-
Act’ was enacted in the year ized by a slow and gradual down slope
movement is known as

A. 1954
B. 1964 A. Creep
B. Rockfill
C. 1974
C. Landslide
D. 1984
D. Mud flow
140. Water used for irrigation of food crops,
fodder crops and medical herbs in known 146. Percentage methane content of biogas is
as A. 10-20 %
A. Auxiliary use B. 20-35 %
B. Productive use C. 40-45 %
C. Commercial use D. 50-75 %
D. Consumptive use 147. Good example of renew able energy re-
source is
141. Trickle irrigation reduces
A. Oil
A. Percolation
B. Coal
B. Salinization
C. Hydropower
C. Water evaporation D. All the above
D. All of these
148. Hydrogen can be produced commercially
142. ‘Wild Life Protection Act’ was enacted in by
the year A. Cracking of ammonia
A. 1971 B. Electrolysis of water
B. 1972 C. Both (A) and (B)
C. 1973 D. Gasification
D. 1974 149. Eutrophication means :
143. Physical pollution of water is due to A. Water purification
A. PH B. Neutralization of waste water
B. Chlorides C. Waste water Treatment process
C. Turbidity D. Enrichment of plant nutrients in water
bodies
D. All of these
150. The natural disastrous events like volca-
144. Air pollution from automobiles can be con- noes, earthquakes, cyclones, bring about
trolled by fitting environmental changes which are
A. wet scrubber A. Reversible
B. catalytic converter B. Irreversible
C. electrostatic precipitator C. Both (A) and (B)
D. all the above D. None of these

1.13 Higher education system 166
151. Thickness of the Ozone layer is measured 155. The radiations absorbed by ozone layer
in which units? are
A. dB A. Ultra-violet
B. DU B. Infra-red
C. PPB C. Gamma rays
D. PPM D. Visible
152. The protocol that reduces green house
NARAYAN CHANGDER
156. Word “Environment” is derived from :
gas emissions is
A. Kyoto protocol A. Italy
B. Vienna protocol B. French

C. Montreal protocol C. German
D. Cartagena protocol D. English
153. Global atmospheric temperatures are 157. ‘Minamata’ disease is caused by

likely to be increased due to
A. Lead
A. Burning of fossil fuels
B. Arsenic
B. Water pollution
C. Mercury
C. Soil erosion
D. Cadmium
154. Organic farming is 158. Environmental protection is a fundamen-
tal duty of the citizen of India under the
A. enhancing biodiversity
A. 21
B. promoting soil biological activity
B. 47
C. farming without using pesticides and
chemical fertilizers C. 48-A
D. all the above D. Article 51-A(g)
1.13 Higher education system

1. Which of the following universi- the provision of
ties/institutes is ranked first in the India A. Transparency and accountability in
Rankings 2016? Public authorities.
A. Central University, Hyderabad B. Dissemination of all types of informa-
B. Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore tion by all Public authorities to any person.
C. Jawaharlal Nehru University, New C. Establishment of Central, State and
Delhi District Level Information Commissions
D. Institute of Chemical Technology, as an appellate body.
Mumbai D. All of the above
2. The Right to Information Act, 2005 makes 3. Which of the following are statutory bod-

ies? 8. The first Indian Satellite for serving the ed-

A. University Grants Commission (UGC) ucational sector is known as:

B. All India Council for Technical Educa- A. EDUSAT
tion (AICTE) B. INSAT-B
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. INSAT-C
D. National Assessment and Accredita-
D. SATEDU
tion Council (NAAC)
4. National Law Institute - 9. The University which telecasts interactive

educational programmes through its own
A. Bhopal
channel is:
B. Shimla
A. I.G.N.O.U.
C. Nagpur
B. University of Pune
D. Hyderabad
C. Annamalai University
5. The launch of satellite channel by IGNOU
on 26th January 2003 for technological D. B.R. Ambedkar Open University, Hyder-
education for the growth and development abad
of distance education is:
10. Which one of the following is not situated
A. Rajrishi channel in New Delhi?
B. Eklavya channel
A. Indian Institute of Advanced Studies
C. Gyandarshan channel
B. Indian Council of Cultural Relations
D. None of these
C. Indian Council of Scientific Research
6. The aim of vocationalization of education
is: D. National Council of Educational Re-
search and Training
A. making liberal education job-oriented
B. converting liberal education into voca- 11. The head quarter of Mahatma Gandhi An-
tional education tarrashtriya Hindi Vishwavidyalaya is sit-
uated in:
C. preparing students for a vocation
along with knowledge A. Wardha
D. giving more importance to vocational B. Sevagram
than general education
C. New Delhi
7. The maximum number of fake institutions
D. Ahmedabad
/ universities as identified by the UGC in
the year 2014 are in the State / Union
12. J.N. Vyas University -
territory of
A. Sagar
A. Delhi
B. Bihar B. Baroda
C. Tamil Nadu C. Mumbai
D. Uttar Pradesh D. Jodhpur

13. Which one of the following Articles of the C. 1964

Constitution of India safeguards the rights
D. 1970
of Minorities to establish and run educa-
tional institutions of their own liking?
18. Which of the following are Central Univer-
A. Article 30 sities?
B. Article 31 A. Vishwa Bharati
C. Article 32 B. Pondicherry University
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Article 33 C. H.N.B. Garhwal University
14. The best way for providing value educa- D. All of the above
tion is through
A. lecture/discourses on values 19. Value education makes a student:
B. seminars/symposia on values A. Good citizen

C. discussions on scriptural texts B. Popular teacher
D. mentoring/reflective sessions on val- C. Efficient manager
ues
D. Successful businessman
15. The Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) in in-
stitutions of higher education in India at 20. Central Institute of English -
present (2015) is about A. Hyderabad
A. 17% B. New Delhi
B. 18% C. Dharmasala
C. 19% D. Chitrakoot and Foreign
D. 20%
21. Which of the following universities has
16. The recommendation of National Knowl- adopted the meta university concept?
edge Commission for the establishment of
1500 Universities is to A. Delhi University
A. create more teaching jobs B. Assam University

B. ensure increase in student enrolment C. Hyderabad University
in higher education D. Pondicherry University
C. enable increased movement of stu-
dents from rural areas to urban areas 22. The University Grants Commission was es-
D. replace or substitute the privately tablished with which of the following aims
managed higher education institutions by A. Capacity building of teachers
public institutions
B. Identifying and sustaining institutions
17. National Council for Women’s Education of potential learning
was established in: C. Promotion of research and develop-
A. 1951 ment in higher education
B. 1958 D. All of the above

23. The statement “the study, design, de- B. CSIR

velopment, implementation, support or
C. NCTE
management of computer-based informa-

tion systems, particularly software appli- D. AICTE
cations and computer Hardware” refers to
28. IGNOU -
A. Artificial Intelligence (AI)
A. Hyderabad
B. Information Technology (IT)
B. New Delhi
C. Information and Data Technology
(IDT) C. Dharmasala
D. Information and Collaborative Technol- D. Chitrakoot and Foreign
ogy (ICT)
29. Which of the following is/are a minority
24. Most of the Universities in India are institution(s)?
founded by
A. Punjabi University, Patiala
A. the State Governments
B. St. Stephens College, Delhi
B. the Central Government
C. Kashmir University, Srinagar
C. private bodies and Individuals
D. Osmania University, Hyderabad
D. the University Grants Commission
25. The enrolment in higher education in India 30. Gramodaya Vishwavidyalaya -

is contributed both by Formal System of A. Hyderabad
Education and by System of Distance Edu-
B. New Delhi
cation. Distance education contributes
A. 10% of the formal system C. Dharmasala
B. 25% of formal system D. Chitrakoot and Foreign
C. 50% of formal system 31. Indian Institute of Advanced Studies -

D. Distance education system’s contribu- A. Bhopal
tion is not taken into account while con-
sidering the figures of enrolment in higher B. Shimla
education C. Nagpur
26. Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies D. Hyderabad
-
32. Which of the following statements are cor-
A. Hyderabad rect about the National Assessment and
B. New Delhi Accreditation Council?
C. Dharmasala A. It is an autonomous institution.
D. Chitrakoot and Foreign B. It is tasked with the responsibility of
assessing and accrediting institutions of
27. Which of the following organizations looks
higher education.
after the quality of Technical and Manage-
ment education in India? C. Both (A) and (B)
A. MCI D. It is located in Delhi.

33. Deemed Universities declared by UGC un- 37. Autonomy in higher education implies free-
der Section 3 of the UGC Act 1956, are not dom in:
permitted to A. Finance
A. give affiliation to any institute of higher B. Administration
education.
C. Policy-making
B. offer programmes in higher education D. Curriculum development
and issue degrees.
38. Which of the following institutions in the
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. offer distance education programmes
field of education is set up by the MHRD
without the approval of the Distance Edu-
Government of India?
cation Council
A. Mythic Society, Bangalore
D. open off-campus and off-shore cam-
pus anywhere in the country and overseas B. National Bal Bhawn, New Delhi
respectively without the permission of the C. India International Centre, New Delhi
UGC. D. Indian council of world Affair, New
Delhi
34. The grounds on which discrimination in ad-
mission to educational institutions is con- 39. S.N.D.T. University -
stitutionally prohibited are A. Sagar
A. Sex B. Baroda
B. Religion C. Mumbai
C. Place of birth D. Jodhpur
D. All of the above 40. Networking of libraries through electronic
media is known as:
35. Which opinion is not correct?
A. HTML
A. University Grants Commission is a
B. Internet
statutory body
C. Inflibnet
B. Patent, inventions, design, copyright
and trademarks are the subject of concur- D. Libinfnet
rent list 41. The total number of central universities in
C. Education is a subject of concurrent India in April 2016 was
list of VII schedule of Constitution of In- A. 40
dia
B. 42
D. Indian Council of Social Science Re- C. 44
search is a statutory body related to re-
search in social sciences D. 46
42. Exclusive educational channel of IGNOU is
36. National Judicial Academy -
known as:
A. Bhopal A. Cyan Vani
B. Shimla B. GyanDarshan
C. Nagpur C. DoorDarshan
D. Hyderabad D. Prasar Bharati

43. Ministry of Human Resource Development A. To develop great personalities who

(HRD) includes: can give their contributions in politics, ad-
ministration, industry and commerce

A. Department of Women and Child Devel-
opment B. To develop the democratic values,
peace and harmony
B. Department of Elementary Education
and Literacy C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Department of Secondary Education D. None of these
and Higher Education
49. ICT stands for :
D. All the above
A. Inter connected Terminals
44. MOOC stands for B. Intera Common Terminology
A. Myrind Open Online Course C. International Communication Technol-
B. Media Online Open Course ogy
C. Massive Open Online Course D. Information and Communication Tech-
nology
D. Massachusetts Open Online Course
50. Which of the following are the objectives
45. The first Open University in India was set of Rashtriya Uchchatar Shiksha Abhiyan
up in the State of (RUSA)?
A. Delhi A. To ensure adequate availability of qual-
B. Tamil Nadu ity faculty.
C. Andhra Pradesh B. To improve the overall quality of state
institutions.
D. Himachal Pradesh
C. To create new institutions through
46. India’s first Defence University is in the upgradation of existing autonomous col-
State of leges.
A. Punjab D. All of the above
B. Haryana 51. The University Grants Commission was
C. Uttar Pradesh constituted on the recommendation of:
D. Andhra Pradesh A. Kothari Commission
B. Sargent Commission
47. The Kothari Commission’s reportwas enti-
tled on: C. Mudaliar Commission
A. Learning to be adventure D. Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan Commis-
sion
B. Diversification of Education
C. Education and National Development 52. National Savings Institute -
D. Education and socialization in democ- A. Bhopal

racy B. Shimla
48. According to Radhakrishnan Commission, C. Nagpur

the aim of Higher Education is: D. Hyderabad

53. Which of the following statements are cor- 58. In which year the University Grants Com-
rect about distance education in India? mission was established?
A. It reduces the cost of education. A. 1951
B. It supplements formal education. B. 1952
C. It enhances access to education. C. 1953
D. All of the above D. 1954
59. Dr. Hari Singh Gour University -
NARAYAN CHANGDER
54. Which of the following core value among
the institutions of higher education are A. Sagar
promoted by the NAAC (National Assess- B. Baroda
ment and Accreditation Council)?
C. Mumbai
A. Contributing to national development.
D. Jodhpur
B. Inculcating a value system among stu-
dents. 60. Which of the following statements are cor-
C. Fostering global competencies among rect about a Central University?
the students. A. The President of India acts as the visi-
tor of the University.
D. All of the above
B. Central University is established under
55. Which of the following is not a Dualmode an Act of Parliament.
University?
C. President has the power to nominate
A. Delhi University some members to the Executive Commit-
B. Madras University tee or the Board of Management of the
University.
C. Bangalore University
D. All of the above
D. Indira Gandhi National Open Univer-
sity 61. Which of the following institutions are em-
powered to confer or grant degrees under
56. Another name of Basic Education or Nai the UGC Act, 1956?
Talim is :
A. A university established by an Act of
A. New Education Policy Legislature.
B. Compulsory Education B. A university established by an Act of
C. Wardha Education Plan Parliament.
D. Sarva Shikshya Abhiyan C. An institution which is a deemed to be
university.
57. Foundation training to the newly recruited
D. All of the above
IAS (Probationers) is imparted by:
A. Centre for Advanced Studies 62. The South Asia University is situated in the
city of
B. Administrative Staff College of India
A. Dhaka
C. Indian Institute of Public Administra-
tion B. New Delhi
D. L.B.S. National Academy of Administra- C. Colombo
tion D. Kathmandu

1.14 ICT 173
63. M.S. University - C. Both (A) and (B)

A. Sagar D. It is called upon to advise the Govern-

B. Baroda ment in regard to representation of the
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in
C. Mumbai the Civil Service.
D. Jodhpur
67. NMEICT stands for:
64. Which statement is not correct about the A. National Mission on E-learning
“National Education Day” of India? through ICT
A. It is being celebrated since 2008
B. National Mission on Education through
B. It is celebrated on 5th September ev- ICT
ery year.
C. National Mission on E-commerce
C. It is celebrated on 11th November ev- through ICT
ery year.
D. National Mission on E-governance
D. It is celebrated in the memory of In- through ICT
dia’s first Union Minister of Education, Dr.
Abul Kalam Azad. 68. The National Museum at New Delhi is at-
tached to :
65. Education as a subject of legislation figures
A. Delhi University
in the
B. A Deemed University
A. State List
C. A Subordinate Office of the JNU
B. Union List
D. Part of Ministry of Tourism and Culture
C. Concurrent List
D. Residuary Powers 69. NAAC is an autonomous institution under
the aegis of:
66. Which of the following statements about
the Union Public Service Commission are A. UGC
correct? B. CSIR
A. It serves as an advisory body. C. AICTE
B. UPSC is a Constitutional body. D. ICSSR
1.14 ICT
1. Which one of the following is not a net- A. LAN
work device? B. Internet
A. Hub C. A Server
B. CPU D. Phone lines
C. Router
3. Which one of the following is not a/an im-
D. Switch age/graphic file format?
2. TCP/IP is necessary if one is to connect to A. GIF

the B. BMP

1.14 ICT 174
C. GUI 9. Which part of the Central Processing Unit

D. PNG (CPU) performs calculation and makes de-
cisions:
4. Manuel Castelle was the first to use the A. Alternate Local Unit
term
B. American Logic Unit
A. Internet society
C. Alternating Logic Unit
B. Network society
D. Arithematic Logic Unit
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Telematic society
10. What is the proposed punishment for Cy-
D. Electronic society ber Terrorism in IT Act
5. NMEICT means A. Life Imprisonment
A. National Mission on E-learning B. 6 year imprisonment
through ICT C. 10 year imprisonment
B. National Mission on Education through D. 1 crore rupees penalty
ICT
11. gif, jpg, bmp, png are used as extensions
C. National Mission on E-commerce
for files which store
through ICT
A. Text data
D. National Mission on E-governance
through ICT B. Audio data
C. Video data
6. Which of the following is not an input de-
vice? D. Image data
A. Monitor 12. Symbols A-F are used in which one of the

B. Joystick following?
A. Octal number system
C. Keyboard
B. Decimal number system
D. Microphone
C. Binary number system
7. The first virtual university of India came
D. Hexadecimal number system
up in
A. Tamil Nadu 13. Which one of the following is not an Inter-
net Service Provider (ISP)?
B. Maharashtra
A. BSNL
C. Uttar Pradesh
B. MTNL
D. Andhra Pradesh
C. ERNET India
8. Which is the largest unit of storage among D. Infotech India Ltd.
the following?
14. High level programming language can
A. Gigabyte
be converted to machine language using
B. Kilobyte which of the following?
C. Megabyte A. Oracle
D. Terabyte B. Mat lab

1.14 ICT 175
C. Compiler 20. A compiler is used to convert the following

to object code which can be executed
D. Assembler

A. Natural language
15. Encoding or scrambling data for transmis- B. Assembly language
sion across a network is known as
C. Low-level language
A. Detection
D. High-level language
B. Protection
21. What is the penalty for publishing images
C. Decryption
of a person’s private parts without con-
D. Encryption sent, as per IT Act 2000?
A. 3 years imprisonment or 2 lakh rupees
16. Binary equivalent of decimal number 35 is
penalty or both
A. 110001 B. 5 years imprisonment or 5 lakh rupees
B. 100011 penalty or both
C. 110101 C. Life imprisonment
22. WYSIWYG - describes the display of a doc-

17. Which of the following is not the charac-
ument on screen as it will actually print:
teristic of a computer?
A. What you see is what you get
A. computer cannot think at its own
B. What you save is what you get
B. computer is an electrical machine
C. What you state is what you get
C. computer processes information error
D. What you suggest is what you get
free
D. computer can hold data for any length 23. Which of the following is not related to in-
of time formation security on the Internet?
A. Data Hiding
18. IT Act 2000 amended various sections of
which of the following Acts B. Water marking
C. Data Encryption
A. Indian Penal Code 1860
D. Information Retrieval
B. Reserve Bank of India Act 1934
C. Indian Evidence Act 1872 & Bankers 24. Which one of the following is not a linear
Book Evidence Act 1891 data structure?
A. Stack
D. All of the above
B. Array
19. ‘Micro Processing’is made for: C. Queue
A. Calculator D. Binary Tree
B. Computer
25. Information and Communication Technol-
C. Digital System ogy includes:
D. Electronic Goods A. On line learning

1.14 ICT 176
B. Web Based Learning 31. HTML stands for

C. Learning through the use of EDUSAT A. Hyper Text Managing Links
D. All of the above B. Hyper Text Markup Language
26. Errors in computer programmes are called: C. Hyper Text Manipulating Links
A. Bugs D. Hyper Text Manipulation Language
B. Spam
32. Which of the following is the appropriate
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Follies format of URL of e-mail?
D. Mistakes A. www.mail.com
27. On the keyboard of computer each charac- B. www mail.com
ter has an “ASCII” value which stands for:
C. [email protected]
A. Adaptable Standard Code for Informa-
tion Change D. [email protected]
B. American Stock Code for Information 33. When a computer is booting, BIOS is
Interchange loaded to the memory by
C. African Standard Code for Information A. TCP
Interchange
B. RAM
D. American Standard Code for Informa-
tion Interchange C. ROM
28. The section deals with the use of electronic D. CD-ROM

records and digital signature in Govern- 34. Which of the following is not a program-
ment and its agencies ming language?
A. Section 2
A. C++
B. Section 4
B. Java
C. Section 6
C. Pascal
D. Section 8
D. Microsoft Office
29. The post-industrial society is designated
as 35. When IT Act 2000 came into effect?
A. Mediated society A. 2000 October 17
B. Technology society B. 2000 November 11
C. Information society C. 2001 October 17
D. Non-agricultural society D. 2001 November 11
30. Chandrayan I was launched on 22nd Octo-
ber, 2008 in India from: 36. bit stands for
A. Chennai A. binary tree

B. Bangalore B. binary digit
C. Ahmedabad C. bivariate theory
D. Sri Harikota D. binary information term

1.14 ICT 177
37. The first Web Browser is C. One has to be connected to the server
A. Firefox to read or write one’s mail

B. Netscape D. One only has to be connected to the
server to send and receive email
C. World Wide Web
D. Internet Explorer 43. An E-mail address is composed of:
38. If the binary equivalent of the decimal A. one part

number 48 is 110000, then the binary B. two parts
equivalent of the decimal number 51 is
given by C. three parts
A. 110100 D. four parts

B. 110001 44. The process of laying out a document with
C. 110010 text, graphics, headlines and photographs
D. 110011 is involved in
A. Deck Top Printing
39. Data can be saved on backing storage
medium known as : B. Desk Top Printing
A. Compact Disk Rewritable C. Deck Top Publishing
B. Computer Disk Rewritable D. Desk Top Publishing
C. Compact Disk Recordable
45. Which one of the following is different
D. Computer Data Rewritable from other members?
40. is a protocol used by e-mail clients to A. Mac
download e-mails to your computer.
B. Linux
A. FTP
C. Google
B. POP
D. Windows
C. TCP
D. SMTP 46. Where does a computer add and compare
its data?
41. Which was the first company to launch mo-
bile phone services in India? A. Floppy disk
A. BPL B. Hard disk
B. Airtel C. Memory
C. Essar D. CPU
D. Hutchison
47. Which of the following is type of LAN?
42. POP3 and IMAP are e-mail accounts in A. FDDI
which
B. Ethernet
A. One does not need any telephone lines
C. Token Ring
B. One automatically gets one’s mail ev-
eryday D. All of the above

1.14 ICT 178
48. Which of the following enables us to send C. e-mail address

the same letter to different persons in MS
D. none of the above
Word?
A. Mail join 54. The concept of connect intelligence is de-
B. Mail copy rived from:
C. Mail insert A. fuzzy logic
D. Mail merge B. virtual reality
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. value added networks
49. Internet explorer is a type of
D. Bluetooth technology
A. Browser
B. Compiler 55. In a Computer a byte generally consists of:
C. IP address A. 2 bits
D. Operating System B. 4 bits
50. Video transmission over the Internet that C. 8 bits
looks like delayed livecasting is called: D. 16 bits
A. video shift
56. Which of the following represents one bil-
B. virtual video
lion characters
C. real-time video
A. Kilobyte
D. direct broadcast
B. Megabyte
51. The following punishment is mentioned in C. Gigabyte
which section of IT Act 2000 ‘3 years
of imprisonment and/or 5 lakh repees D. Terabyte
penalty for first conviction & 5 years of im-
prisonment and/or 10 lakh rupees penalt 57. RAM means:
A. Section 65 A. Rigid Access Memory

B. Section 66 B. Rapid Access Memory
C. Section 67 C. Random Access Memory
D. Section 68 D. Revolving Access Memory
52. MOOC stands for 58. Which of the following statements is

A. Media Online Open Course true?
B. Myrind Open Online Course A. COS is smart card operating system.
C. Massive Open Online Course B. Smart cards do not require an operat-
ing system.
D. Massachusetts Open Online Course
C. Smart cards and PCs use some operat-
53. Computers on an internet are identified by ing system.
A. IP address D. The communication between reader
B. street address and card is in full duplex mode.

1.14 ICT 179
59. Virtual reality provides 65. DNS in internet technology stands for
A. Sharp pictures A. Domain Name System

B. Individual audio B. Dynamic Name System
C. Preview of new films C. Distributed Name System
D. Participatory experience D. None of these
60. Computer Virus is a 66. In web search, finding a large number of
A. Bacteria documents with very little relevant infor-
mation is termed:
B. Software
A. web crawl
C. Hardware
D. None of these B. poor recall
C. poor web response
61. Which is an instant messenger that is used
for chatting D. poor precision rate
A. MAC 67. The file extension of MS-Word document
B. Google Talk in Office 2007 is
C. Altavista A. .txt
D. Microsoft Office B. .doc
C. .pdf
62. Which section of IT Act was invalidated by
Supreme Court of India D. .docx
A. Section 66A 68. LAN stands for:
B. Section 66C A. Live Area Network
C. Section 66D B. Local And National
D. Section 66F C. Local Area Network
63. In Computer Networking, HTTP is referred D. Large Area Network
to as a stateless protocol as servers do not
maintain any information about past client 69. The hexadecimal number system consists
requests. HTTP is an acronym for of the symbols
A. Hyper Text Transfer Protocol A. 0 - 7
B. Hyper Text Translation Protocol B. 0 - 7, A - F
C. High TeraByte Transfer Protocol C. 0 - 9, A - F
D. Hypervisor Test Translation Protocol D. None of these
64. A hard disk is divided into tracks which is 70. What is blog?
further subdivided into A. Intranet
A. Heads B. Online music
B. Sectors C. A personal or corporate Google search
C. Vectors D. A personal or corporate website in the
D. Clusters form of an online journal

1.14 ICT 180
71. Which number system is usually followed C. net protocol

in a typical 32-bit computer?
D. net morality
A. 2
B. 4 77. The octal number system consists of the
following symbols :
C. 8
A. 0 - 7
D. 12
B. 0 - 9
72. Identify the IP address from the following
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. 0 - 9, A - F
A. 202.50.20.148
B. 202-50-20-148 D. None of the above
C. 300 .215.317.3 78. Which Act in India focuses on data privacy

D. [email protected] and information technology
73. What is the maximum penalty for damage A. IT Act 2000

to Computer, Computer systems, unautho- B. Indian Penal Code
rized access, download of data, infecting
with virus, denial of access etc as per Sec- C. IT (amendment) Act 2008
tion 43 D. Banking Regulation Act 1949
A. Rs. 50 lakh
79. Which one of the following is not the same
B. Rs. 75 lakh
as the other three?
C. Rs.1 crore
A. IP address
D. Rs.5 crore
B. MAC address
74. An electronic bill board that has a short
C. Physical address
text or graphical advertising message is
referred to as: D. Hardware address
A. strap
80. The date on which Supreme Court of India
B. banner invalidated Section 66A of IT Act 2000:
C. bulletin A. 01.01.2015
D. bridge line
B. 24.03.2015
75. A Personal Computer uses a number of C. 30.04.2015
chips mounted on a circuit board called
D. 01.06.2015
A. Mother Board
B. System Board 81. Random Access Memory (RAM), a form of
C. Daughter Board computer storage, is a memory.
D. Microprocessor A. Volatile
76. The Internet ethical protocol is called B. Permanent

A. netiquette C. Secondary
B. net ethics D. Non-volatile

1.14 ICT 181
82. Which section of IT Act 2000 deals with 87. The term DNS stands for
the punishment for cheating by imperson- A. Domain Name System
ation by using computer resources?

B. Dependent Name Server
A. Section 66A
C. Defense Nuclear System
B. Section 66C
D. Downloadable New Software
C. Section 66D
D. Section 66F 88. The initial efforts for internet based com-
munication was for
83. Major amendments to IT Act 2000 was in-
A. Military purposes
troduced in the form of IT (amendment) Act
2008, which came into effect on B. Political campaigns
A. 2008 June 1 C. Personal interaction
B. 2008 October 27 D. Commercial communication
C. 2009 July 3 89. In the hypermedia database, information
D. 2009 October 27 bits are stored in the form of:
84. What is the penalty for destroying com- A. cubes

puter source code B. nodes
A. Two year imprisonment or 2 lakh ru- C. signals
pees penalty or both
D. symbols
B. Three year imprisonment or 2 lakh ru-
pees penalty or both 90. CSS stands for
C. Three year imprisonment or 3 lakh ru- A. Collecting Style Sheets
pees penalty or both B. Cascading Style Sheets
D. Three year imprisonment or 5 lakh ru- C. Comparative Style Sheets
D. Comprehensive Style Sheets
85. Information, a combination of graphics,
text, sound, video and animation is called: 91. A Gigabyte is equal to
A. Multifacet A. 1024 Bytes
B. Multimedia B. 1024 Kilobytes
C. Multiprocess C. 1024 Terabytes
D. Multiprogramme D. 1024 Megabytes
86. The software used to navigate through the 92. The section deals with legal recognition of
web is known as digital signature
A. Website A. Section 1
B. Internet B. Section 5
C. Web Browser C. Section 7
D. World Wide Web D. Section 9

1.14 ICT 182
93. Which of the following is a social net- C. Section 3

work? D. Section 2
A. eBay
99. What is the punishment for identity theft
B. Twitter in IT Act
C. gmail.com A. Two year imprisonment or 1 lakh ru-
D. amazon.com pees penalty or both
NARAYAN CHANGDER
94. The set of computer programs that manage pees penalty or both
the hardware/software of a computer is
called C. Three year imprisonment or 2 lakh ru-
A. Operating system
B. Operation system
100. A Compiler is a software which converts
C. Compiler system
A. words to bits
D. None of these
B. characters to bits
95. How many rows are there in MS Excel C. machine language to high level lan-
2003? guage
A. 65536 D. high level language to machine lan-
B. 66536 guage
C. 67536 101. The process of copying files to a CD-ROM
D. 68536 is known as
A. Zipping
96. Which of the following is an instant mes-
saging application? B. Ripping
A. Viber C. Burning
B. WhatsApp D. Digitizing
C. Google Talk 102. Digital Empowerment means

D. All of the above A. Universal digit literacy
B. Collaborative digital platform for par-
97. Which section of IT Act deals with Hacking
ticipative governance.
of computer systems and its penalties?
C. Probability of all entitlements for indi-
A. Section 61 viduals through cloud.
B. Section 63 D. All of the above
C. Section 66
103. Which section of IT Act 2000 propose a
D. Section 68 punishment of life imprisonment
98. The section deals with legal recognition of A. Section 66A
electronic records B. Section 66B
A. Section 5 C. Section 66C
B. Section 4 D. Section 66F

1.14 ICT 183
104. “Dpi” stands for: C. Graphics Information Format

A. Dots per inch D. Graphics Interchange Format

B. Digits per unit
110. Which one of the following represents
C. Dots pixel inch the binary equivalent of the decimal num-
D. Diagrams per inch ber 25
105. How many schedules are there in IT Act A. 01101
2000? B. 10101
A. 2
C. 11001
B. 4
D. 11011
C. 6
D. 8 111. ICT stands for :
106. Transfer of data from one application to A. Inter connected Terminals

another line is known as: B. Intera Common Terminology
A. Dodgy Data Exchange C. International Communication Technol-
B. Dynamic Data Exchange ogy
C. Dynamic Disk Exchange D. Information and Communication Tech-
D. Dogmatic Data Exchange nology
107. Using websites to pour out one’s 112. An ASCII is a character-encoding scheme
grievances is called: that is employed by personal computers
A. web plea in order to represent various characters,
numbers and control keys that the com-
B. web hate puter user selects on the keyboard. ASCII
C. cyber ranting
A. American Standard Code for Isolated
D. cyber venting Information
108. S/MIME in Internet technology stands B. American Standard Code for Informa-
for tion Integrity
A. Simple Multimedia Internet Mail Exten- C. American Standard Code for Intelli-
sion gent Information
B. Secure Multimedia Internet Mail Ex- D. American Standard Code for Informa-
tension tion Interchange
C. Simple Multipurpose Internet Mail Ex-
tension 113. An unsolicited e-mail message sent to
many recipient at once is a
D. Secure Multipurpose Internet Mail Ex-
tension A. Virus
109. GIF stands for B. Worm

A. Graphics Interchange File C. Spam
B. Global Information Format D. Threat

1.14 ICT 184
114. Which of the following operating system D. Modem converts the analog signal into
is used on mobile phones? digital signal and vice-versa
A. Android 120. CD ROM stands for:
B. Windows XP A. Compact Disk Read Only Memory
C. Windows Vista B. Compact Disk Read Over Memory
D. All of the above C. Computer Disk Read Only Memory
NARAYAN CHANGDER
115. The ‘brain’ of a computer which keeps pe- D. Computer Disk Read Over Memory
ripherals under its control is called:
121. Which of the following is not a Computer
A. Central Power Unit language?
B. Common Power Unit A. UNIX
C. Central Processing Unit B. COBOL
D. Common Processing Unit C. PASCAL
116. Internal communication within institu- D. FORTRAN
tions done through
122. Which of the following statements is NOT
A. EBB correct?
B. MMS A. Computer is capable of processing
C. LAN only digital signal
D. WAN B. Appropriate software is required for
processing the data
117. Which section of IT Act deals with Cyber
terrorism? C. Computer is capable of processing dig-
ital as well as analog signals
A. Section 66A
D. Computer is capable of analysing both
B. Section 66C quantitative and qualitative data
C. Section 66D
123. Virtual memory is
D. Section 66F
A. an extremely large main memory.
118. is a type of memory circuitry that B. an extremely large secondary mem-
holds the computer’s start-up routine. ory.
A. Cache Memory C. a type of memory used in super com-
B. ROM (Read Only Memory) puters.
C. RIM (Read Initial Memory) D. an illusion of extremely large main
D. RAM (Random Access Memory) memory.
119. Which of the following statement is cor- 124. www represents:

rect? A. word wide web
A. Modem is a software B. world wide web
B. Modem is the operating system C. weird wide web
C. Modem helps in stabilizing the voltage D. who what and where

1.14 ICT 185
125. Which are the section of the IT Act deals 130. The acronym FTP stands for
with Credit card fraud? A. File Transfer Protocol

A. 66, 66C, 66D B. File Tracking Protocol
B. 42, 67, 67A, 67B C. Fast Transfer Protocol
C. 43, 66, 66C, 66D D. File Transfer Procedure
D. None of the above 131. Communications bandwidth that has the
highest capacity and is used by microwave,
126. Which one of the following is not an Op-
cable and fibre optics lines is known as:
erating System?
A. bus width
A. Linux
B. hyper-link
B. Firefox
C. broadband
C. IBM AIX
D. carrier wave
D. Sun Solaris
132. Each character on the keyboard of com-
127. The statement “the study, design, de- puter has an ASCII value which stands for
velopment, implementation, support or
A. Adaptable Standard Code for Informa-
management of computer-based informa-
tion Change
tion systems, particularly software appli-
cations and computer Hardware” refers to B. American Stock Code for Information
Interchange
A. Artificial Intelligence (AI)
C. African Standard Code for Information
B. Information Technology (IT) Interchange
C. Information and Data Technology D. American Standard Code for Informa-
(IDT) tion Interchange
D. Information and Collaborative Technol-
133. HTML is used to create
ogy (ICT)
A. web page
128. Which is the Act which provides legal B. web server
framework for e-Governance in India
C. high level program
A. IT Act 2000
D. machine language program
B. Indian Penal Code
134. Which of the following is not an output
C. IT (amendment) Act 2008
device
A. Printer
129. Which of the following is not open source B. Monitor
software C. Speaker
A. Open office D. Keyboard
B. Fedora Linux
135. Which section of IT Act deals with the le-
C. Internet Explorer gal recognition of electronic records?
D. Apache HTTP server A. Section 1

1.14 ICT 186
B. Section 2 C. Microsoft Access

C. Section 3 D. Microsoft Windows
D. Section 4
141. The accounting software ‘Tally’ was de-
136. Which section of IT Act deals with the veloped by:
appointment of Controller of certifying au- A. TCS
thorities
B. HCL
A. Section 5
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Wipro
B. Section 11
D. Infosys
C. Section 14
142. A computer program that translates a
D. Section 17
program statement by statement into ma-
137. What do you need to put your web pages chine languages is called a/an
on the www? A. Interpreter
A. a web server B. Simulator
B. a web browser C. Translator
C. a connection to internet D. Compiler
D. all of the above
143. Which of the following is an open source
138. ALU stands for software?
A. Alternate Local Unit A. Windows
B. American Logic Unit B. MS Word
C. Arithmetic Logic Unit C. Mozilla Firefox
D. Alternating Logic Unit D. Acrobat Reader
139. Which of the following is correct state- 144. Which of the following statements is cor-
ment? rect?
A. A set of instructions is called a pro- A. Virus is a part of software
gramme
B. Virus is an operating system
B. Computers can be used for diagnosing
C. Internet does not allow the virus to
the difficulty of a student in learning a sub-
spread
ject
D. Virus improves the speed of process-
C. Psychological testing can be done with
ing information through computer
the help of computer provided software is
available 145. Which are the sections of IT Act applica-
D. All of the above ble for Cyber pornography?
A. 66, 66A, 66B
140. Which one of the following is an example
of Operating System? B. 67, 67A, 67B
A. Microsoft Word C. 67, 67C, 67D
B. Microsoft Excel D. None of the above

1.14 ICT 187
146. Corel Draw is a popular: C. Web-page

A. Text programme D. Tables and Frames

B. Illustration programme
153. Minimum number of bits required to store
C. Programming language any 3 digit decimal number is equal to
D. None of the above A. 5
147. A key-board has at least: B. 10
A. 101 Keys C. 15
B. 201 Keys D. 20
C. 301 Keys
154. What is the time limit for filing appeal
D. 401 Keys against the order of Cyber appellate tri-
148. Line access and avoidance of collision are bunal?
the main functions of: A. 20 days
A. wide area networks B. 40 days
B. network protocols C. 60 days
C. the monitor D. 80 days
D. the CPU
155. What is the punishment for hacking of
149. Which is the appeal court on the orders computers
issued by Cyber appellate tribunal?
A. Life Imprisonment
A. High Court
B. District Court pees penalty or both
C. Supreme Court C. Three year imprisonment or 5 lakh ru-
D. Munsiff Court pees penalty or both
150. Which one of the following is not a search D. Three year imprisonment or 10 lakh ru-
engine? pees penalty or both
A. Bing 156. Commercial messages on the net are iden-
B. Yahoo tified as
C. Google A. Net ads
D. Chrome B. Webmercials
151. Which section of IT Act deals with Child C. Viral advertisements
pornography D. Internet commercials
A. Section 67A
157. Use of an ordinary telephone as an Inter-
B. Section 67B
net applicance is called:
C. Section 67C
A. voice net
D. Section 67D
B. voice line
152. HTML is basically used to design: C. voice portal
A. Web-site
D. voice telephone
B. Graphics
1.15 Modern history of education 188
1.15 Modern history of education

1. Which of the following organizations looks 6. Which of the following institutions in the
after the quality of Technical and Manage- field of education is set up by the MHRD
ment education in India? Government of India?
A. NCTE A. Mythic Society, Bangalore
B. MCI B. India International Centre, New Delhi
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. AICTE C. Indian council of world Affair, New
Delhi
D. CSIR
D. National Bal Bhawn, New Delhi
2. Education as a subject of legislation figures 7. The total number of central universities in
in the India in April 2017 was
A. Union List A. 8
B. State List B. 14
C. Concurrent List C. 27
D. Residuary Powers D. 46
3. As per the NCTE norms the man power 8. Which is the following agency regulates
required for starting up M.Ed. with a and monitors special education programme
strength of 25 students is in India?
A. 1 + 4 A. Ministry of Human Resource and De-

velopment
B. 1 + 5
B. Rehabilitation Council of India
C. 1 + 8 C. Ministry of Social Justice and Empow-
D. 1 + 9 erment
D. National Council of Teacher Education
4. Who have signed MOU for accreditation of
Teacher Education Institutions in India? 9. The Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) in in-
A. UGC and NCTE stitutions of higher education in India at
present (2015) is about
B. NCTE and NAAC
A. 8 percent
C. NAAC and UGC
B. 12 percent
D. None of the above C. 19 percent
5. The aim of value education to inculcate in D. 23 percent
students is
10. Indigenous schools were appreciated by
A. the moral values A. Bentinck
B. the social values B. Adam
C. the political values C. Macaulay
D. the economic values D. Wood

11. Which of the following are NOT Central 17. As per NCTE norms, what should be the
Universities? pattern of teaching staff for a unit of 100
students at B.Ed. level?

A. Pondicherry University
B. Vishwa Bharati A. 1 + 5
C. H.N.B. Garhwal University B. 1 + 6
D. Kurukshetra University C. 1 + 7
12. RTE Act was implemented in India with ef- D. 1 + 9
fect from
A. 1st May 2010 18. Who among the following created the of-
B. 1st April 2008 fice of the District Collector in India?
C. 1st April 2009 A. Lord Cornwallis

D. 1st April 2010 B. Warren Hastings
13. Which of the following State does not C. The Royal Commission on Decentrali-
have State Open University? sation
A. Assam D. Sir Charles Metcalfe
B. Orissa
19. Which of the following is the apex body in
C. West Bengal
the area of Teacher Education in India?
D. Bihar
A. NCTE
14. Complex of colleges is called .
B. UGC
A. Unitary University
C. NCERT
B. Federal University
C. State University D. MHRD
D. Central University
20. The aim of education in Vedic system of
15. Most of the Universities in India education is
A. conduct teaching and research only A. Personality development
B. affiliate colleges and conduct examina- B. Character formation
tions
C. Preservation of culture
C. conduct teaching/research and exam-
inations D. All of the above
D. promote research only
21. I.A.S.Es in teacher education were started
16. Secondary Education Commission was es- in
tablished in
A. 1981
A. 1964
B. 1986
B. 1948
C. 1952 C. 1990
D. 1854 D. 1992

22. What is the name of Yashpal Committee C. The Hunter Commission of 1882
Report(1993)?
D. Wood’s Despatch of 1854
A. Learning through broadcasting
B. I.C.T. in teacher education 28. Indian Institute of Advanced Study is lo-
cated at
C. Learning without burden
A. Dharamshala
D. None of these
B. Shimla
23. VEC under SSA stands for
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Solan
A. Village Environment Committee
B. Village Education Committee D. Bilaspur
C. Village Enabling Council 29. The University Grants Commission was es-
D. None of the above tablished with which NOT of the following
aim?
24. The policy recommended by the Kothari
Commission vis-a-vis language is A. Promotion of research and develop-
ment in higher education
A. Hindi
B. Identifying and sustaining institutions
B. Mother Tongue
of potential learning
C. Two language formula
C. Capacity building of teachers
D. Three language formula
D. Providing autonomy to each and every
25. Ministry of Human Resource Development higher educational institution in India
(HRD) includes:
A. Department of Elementary Education 30. Which one of the following Councils has
and Literacy been disbanded in 2013?
B. Department of Secondary Education A. Distance Education Council (DEC)

and Higher Education B. National Council for Teacher Education
C. Department of Women and Child Devel- (NCTE)
opment C. National Council of Educational Re-
D. All of the above search and Training (NCERT)
26. The concept of ‘SUPW’ was elucidated by D. National Assessment and Accredita-
? tion Council (NAAC)
A. Sampurnanand Committee
31. Why is Sharda Act important in the Indian
B. Adiseshiah Committee context?
C. Ishwar Bhai Patel Review Committee A. It recommends free education for all
D. Ramamurthi Committee children up to the age of fourteen.
27. The foundation of modern education sys- B. It prohibits child marriage of girls.
tem in India was laid by- C. It prohibits child labour.
A. The Charter Act of 1813 D. It recommends supply of study materi-
B. Macaulay’s Minutes of 1835 als to girls free of cost.

32. Education falls under the 37. Deemed Universities declared by UGC un-
der Section 3 of the UGC Act 1956, are not
A. Fundamental Rights
permitted to

B. State List
A. offer programmes in higher education
C. Concurrent List and issue degrees.
D. Constitution of India B. give affiliation to any institute of higher
education.
33. India’s first Defence University is in the C. open off-campus and off-shore cam-
State of pus anywhere in the country and overseas
A. Haryana respectively without the permission of the
UGC
B. Andhra Pradesh
D. offer distance education programmes
C. Uttar Pradesh without the approval of the Distance Edu-
D. Punjab cation Council
38. Inclusive Education refers to

34. Universities having central campus for im-
parting education are called: A. Special education in special schools
A. Residential Universities B. Special teaching to disabled students
B. Open Universities C. Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan

D. Equal educational opportunities to dis-
C. Central Universities
abled and normal students
D. Deemed Universities
39. According to 2011 Census Report, the dif-
35. In which of the following categories the ference between literacy rates of men and
enrolment of students in higher education women in India is about
in 2010-11 was beyond the percentage of A. 10%
seats reserved?
B. 17%
A. OBC students C. 22%
B. SC students D. 28%
C. ST students
40. Who was the first Vice-chancellor of In-
D. Women students dian Women’s University of Poona in
1916?
36. The e-content generation for undergradu-
A. Dhondo Keshav Karve
ate courses has been assigned by the Min-
istry of Human Resource Development to B. R.G. Bhandarkar
A. INFLIBNET C. Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru
D. W.T. Wacha
B. Consortium for Educational Communi-
cation 41. In which education system, student was
C. National Knowledge Commission termed as ‘Shraman’?
D. Indira Gandhi National Open Univer- A. Vedic

sity B. Islamic

C. Buddhist 47. Which of the following are the tools of

D. None of these good governance?
A. Social Audit and Separation of Powers
42. Which of the following is described as
Magna-Carta of Indian Education? B. Citizen’s Charter
A. Wood’s Despatch C. Right to Information
B. Macaulay Minutes D. All of these
C. Hunter Commission
NARAYAN CHANGDER
48. The first National Policy on Education in
D. Sargent Commission free India was launched in the year
43. Which of the following statements are A. 1960

NOT correct about the National Assess- B. 1968
ment and Accreditation Council? C. 1972
A. It is an autonomous institution. D. 1978
B. It is tasked with the responsibility of
assessing and accrediting institutions of 49. The main feature of Muslim education was
higher education. A. Vocational education
C. It is located in Delhi and It has regional B. Technichal education
offices. C. Propagation of Muslim religion
D. All of these
D. Propagation of Hindu religion
44. From whose accounts do we know about
50. NCTE was established by an act of Parlia-
the functioning of the Nalanda Univer-
ment in
sity?
A. 1995
A. Megasthenes
B. 1996
B. Hiuen-Tsang
C. Bana C. 1997
D. Fa-hien D. 1998
45. The South Asia University is situated in the 51. Most of the Universities in India are
city of funded by
A. Colombo A. the Central Government
B. Dhaka B. the State Governments
C. New Delhi C. the University Grants Commission
D. Kathmandu D. Private bodies and Individuals
46. Right to privacy as a Fundamental Right is 52. Operation Black-Board Programme was in-
implied in troduced to improve
A. Right to Freedom A. Primary Education
B. Right to Life and Personal Liberty B. Secondary Education
C. Right to Equality C. Higher Education
D. Right against Exploitation D. Teacher Education

53. Indicate the number of Regional Offices of C. Ramamurti Committee

National Council of Teacher Education. D. Reddy Committee

A. 4
59. On whose leadership is founded the Uni-
B. 5
versity at Pondicherry?
C. 6
A. R.N. Tagore
D. 8
B. Swami Vivekananda
54. Special Education Courses are controlled by C. Sri Aurobindo
A. Special Education Courses are con- D. Mahatma Gandhi
trolled by
B. Special Education Council of India 60. 10+2+3 year structure of education was
proposed by ?
C. Medical Council of India
A. Education Commission, 1964
D. National Council of Teacher Education
B. Ramamurti Committee, 1990
55. Which Committee was appointed to sug-
C. Secondary Education Commission,
gest improvement in the University Educa-
1952
tion system?
D. University Education Commission,
A. Whitley Commission
1948
B. Philip Hartog Commission
61. In which models of Integrated Educa-
C. Lord Chancellor Commission
tion Programme is being implemented in
D. Sadler Commission large scale by governmental and non-
governmental agencies in India?
56. Selection Test for admission to teacher
training program was suggested by A. Resource model
A. NCERT B. Itinerant model
B. NCTE C. Both (A) and (B)
C. NAAC D. Dual Teaching Model
D. NPERC 62. First Open University in India was estab-
57. ‘Buniyadi Shiksha’ plan is based on lished in the year
plan. A. 1975
A. Mahatma Gandhi’s B. 1962
B. Rabindranath Tagore’s C. 1985
C. Dr. Radhakrishnan’s D. 1982
D. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad’s
63. Which statement is not correct about the
58. Which of the following Committee recom- “National Education Day” of India?
mended for improvement of Teacher Educa- A. It is celebrated on 5th September ev-
tion Programme? ery year.
A. Yashpal Committtee B. It is celebrated on 11th November ev-
B. Mehrotra Committee ery year.

C. It is celebrated in the memory of In- A. It is headed by the Prime Minister of

dia’s first Union Minister of Education, Dr. India.
Abul Kalam Azad. B. It facilitates constant interaction with
D. It is being celebrated since 2008 the leaders of civil society.
64. Chancellor of Visva-Bharati University? C. It provides policy and legislative in-

puts to the Government of India.
A. President of India
D. Both (B) and (C)
B. President of India
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Governor of West Bengal 69. The Government established the Univer-
sity Grants Commission by an Act of Par-
D. Chief Minister of West Bengal
liament in the year:
65. The Fergusson College at Pune was A. 1950
founded in 1885 by:
B. 1956
A. The Social Service League
C. 1961
B. The Servants of India Society
D. 1967
C. The Deccan Education Society
D. Poona Sarvajanic Sabha 70. The meaning of Universalisation of Pri-
mary Education is to provide
66. Which of the following statements are A. Free and compulsory education to the
NOT correct about a Central University? children of 6 - 14 years age
A. Central University is established under B. Free and compulsory education to all
an Act of Parliament. children
B. The President of India acts as the visi-
C. Education to all girls children
tor of the University.
D. Education to all
C. President has the power to nominate
some members to the Executive Commit- 71. Which one of the following policy docu-
tee or the Board of Management of the ment was called the ‘Magna Carta’ of
University. Western education system in India?
D. The President occasionally presides A. Ma Caulay’s Minute of 1835
over the meetings of the Executive Com-
mittee or Court. B. Indian Education Commission Re-
portof 1882
67. Indicate the number of Regional Offices of C. Charles Woods Despatch of 1854
University Grants Commission of India.
D. Releigh Commission Reportof 1902
A. 7
B. 2 72. District Primary Education Programme
(DPEP) was started in
C. 8
A. 1986
D. 3
B. 1990
68. Which of the following statements are cor-
rect about the National Advisory Council C. 1994
(NAC)? D. 1999

73. Who have signed MOU for recognition of A. The Shri Sri Prakasa Committee
Teacher Education in Special Education Pro- B. Dr. Durgabai Deshmukh Committee
gramme in India?

C. Dr. Radhakrishnan Commission
A. RCI and NCERT
D. The Mudaliar Commission
B. NCTE and NAAC
C. RCI and NCTE 79. Who heads the committee, constituted by
the Government of India, to draft the New
D. NCDS and RCI Education Policy
74. Which of the following is/are a minority A. TSR Subramanian
institution(s)? B. V K Saraswat
A. St. Stephens College, Delhi C. Sam Pitroda
B. Punjabi University, Patiala D. Yash Pal
C. Osmania University, Hyderabad
80. Who was the first Chairman of University
D. Kashmir University, Srinagar Grant Commission?
75. The Right to Education Act recently passed A. Prof. Yash Pal
by our Parliament is an extension of the B. Prof. S.S. Bhatnagar
following article of our Constitution
C. Prof. D.S. Kothari
A. 13
D. Dr. Manmohan Singh
B. 15
81. Who became the first Minister of Educa-
C. 45
tion in the Indian government?
D. 55
A. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
76. The right to free and compulsory education B. Shri M. C. Chagla
for children between age group of 6 to 14
C. Shri Humayun Kabir
has been inserted in Indian Constitution as
D. Dr. K. L. Shrimali
A. Article 16
B. Article 21A 82. A draft of challanges in Education was pub-
lished in
C. Article 45A
A. January 1985
D. Article 46
B. August 1985
77. Which of the following Commission first C. May 1986
decentralized the primary education?
D. August 1986
A. Kothari Commission
B. Sadler Commission 83. One of the following organisations was
not associated with National Education
C. Hunter Commission Movement in the early twentieth century.
D. Mudaliar Commission A. Bhagabat Chatuspadi of Satischandra
78. The first Committee to be constituted after Mukherjee
independence by the Government of India B. The Saraswat Ayatan of Brahma Ban-
on Women’s Education was dopadhyay

C. Santiniketan Ashram of Rabindranath 88. Which of the following institutions are

Tagore NOT empowered to confer or grant de-
grees under the UGC Act, 1956?
D. Anushilan Samiti of Barindra Kumar
Ghosh A. A university established by an Act of
Parliament.
84. In which country the first Open University B. A university established by an Act of
was established in the world? Legislature.
A. U.K. C. A university / institution established
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. U.S.A. by a linguistic minority.
C. India D. An institution which is a deemed to be
university.
D. Australia
89. Kothari Commission was formed under Ed-
85. Who among the following conducted the ucation Minister
CNN-IBN - The Hindu 2013 Election A. Abdul Kalam Azad
Tracker Survey across 267 constituencies
in 18 States? B. K.L. Shrimali
C. M.C. Chagala
A. The Centre for the Study of Developing
Societies (CSDS) D. K.C. Pant
B. The Association for Democratic Re- 90. The principal function of the NCERT is
forms (ADR) an extension work with the State Educa-
C. CNN and IBN tion departments centering around the im-
provement of
D. CNN, IBN and The Hindu
A. school education
86. Which of the following is the incorrect B. higher education
pair? C. secondary education
A. Expanded programme of immunisation D. technical education
implemented in India - 1978
91. The first Open University in India was set
B. National iodine deficiency disorder up in the State of
control programme started in India - 1986
A. Andhra Pradesh
C. Child survival and safe mother hood
B. Delhi
programme launched in India - 1992-93
C. Himachal Pradesh
D. National nutritional policy was
launched in India - 1992 D. Tamil Nadu
92. Which of the following commissions sug-
87. The mid-day meal programme for Pr.
gested silent meditation as a part of moral
Schools was initiated with a view to
values?
A. Increase enrolment A. Indian Education Commission
B. Increase the employment B. Secondary Education Commission
C. Engage teachers C. National Education Commission
D. Involve community D. University Education Commission

93. The National flagship programme of edu- D. It receives funds from State Govern-
cation (SSA) aims at ments in respect of State Universities.

A. Special Education in Primary Schools 98. For equality of educational opportunities
B. Universalization of Elementary Educa- among women, the Constitution has provi-
tion sion under
C. Universalization of Secondary Educa- A. Article 45
tion B. Article 15(3)
D. Special Secondary Academic Pro- C. Article 16(1) and (2)
grams
D. All of the above
94. The title of the Reportof Education Com-
mission (1964-66) is 99. The main purpose of Navodaya Vidyalayas
is to give education to
A. Education and the People of India
A. Urban students
B. Education and National Development
B. Rural students
C. Learning without Burden
C. Rural talented students
D. An Enlightened and Humane Society
D. Girls students only
95. India has the highest number of students
in colleges after 100. Teacher education is considered as a tech-
nical education in
A. U.K.
A. U.S.S.R.
B. U.S.A
B. U.K.
C. Australia
C. U.S.A.
D. Canada
D. India
96. University Education Commission consti-
tuted in 1948 was appointed by 101. is a women’s university
A. Ministry of Education A. Banasthali Vidyapith
B. Ministry of Human Resource Develop- B. Jamia-Milia-Islamia

ment C. Agra University
C. ICSSR D. RTU
D. NCERT 102. NUEPA is concerned with
97. Which one of the following statements is A. Educational supervision
not correct about the University Grants B. Educational unity
Commission (UGC)?
C. Educational evaluation
A. It was established in 1956 by an Act of
Parliament. D. Educational planning
B. It is tasked with promoting and coordi- 103. Which of the following universities has
nating higher education. NOT adopted the meta university con-
C. It receives Plan and Non-Plan funds cept?
from the Central Government. A. Assam University

1.16 Psychology 198
B. Delhi University 107. Which part of Indian Constitution allows

C. Hyderabad University every citizen to impart education as per
ones own religion?
D. Pondicherry University
A. Democratic rights
104. Which of the following organizations B. Fundamental Rights
deals with “capacity building programe”
C. Directive Principles
on Educational Planning?
D. Concurrent list of centre and the
A. NCERT
NARAYAN CHANGDER
States
B. UGC
108. The University Grants Commission was
C. NAAC
constituted on the recommendation of:
D. NUEPA A. Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan Commis-
105. Refresher courses for teacher education sion
in secondary level are conducted by B. Kothari Commission
A. National Council for Teacher Education C. Mudaliar Commission
B. National Institute of Education D. Sargent Commission
C. Academic Staff Colleges 109. The maximum number of fake institutions
D. State Institutes of Education / universities as identified by the UGC in
the year 2014 are in the State / Union
106. In which year IGNOU was established? territory of India?
A. 1985 A. Bihar
B. 1992 B. Uttar Pradesh
C. 1980 C. Tamil Nadu
D. 1964 D. Delhi
1.16 Psychology
1. “A Child can think logically about objects D. obedience
and events” This is the characteristic given
by Piaget of stage- 3. A problem child has
A. Sensory Motor A. Pampering guardians
B. Pre Operational B. Hereditary problems
C. Concrete Operational C. IQ problems
D. Formal Operation D. Physical problems
2. The most important trait of a student is- 4. When some students are deliberately at-
tempting to disturb the discipline of the
A. sense of responsibility class by making mischief, what will be
B. to speak truth your role as a teacher?
C. co-operation A. Expelling those students.

1.16 Psychology 199
B. Isolate those students. B. Learning by doing - Existentialism

C. Reform the group with your authority. C. Education through Environment - Natu-

D. Giving them an opportunity for intro- ralism
spection and improve their behaviour. D. Realization of truth, beauty and good-
ness - Idealism
5. The best definition of Educational Psycho-
logy is a study of teaching and learning”
10. Who is the exponent of experience cen-
has been given by
tered curriculum?
A. W. Kolesnik
A. John Dewey
B. James Ross
B. Parker
C. Charles E. Skinner
C. Froebel
D. N.L. Munn
D. Stevenson
6. Programmed learning is based on the prin-
ciples of 11. Psycho-analysis was propounded by .
A. Cognitive Learning Theory A. Jung
B. Conditioned Learning Theory
B. Hull
C. Operant-conditioning
C. Adler
D. Gestalt Learning Theory
D. S. Freud
7. Cognition can be stated as .
A. Feeling 12. Parents should play a role in the learn-
ing process of young children.
B. Knowing
A. negative
C. Willing
B. proactive
D. Doing
C. sympathetic
8. The primary aim of educational psychology
is D. neutral
A. To contribute to an understanding of
13. Sign of creative child is his/her
sound educational practices.
A. Intelligence
B. To provide the academic background
essential for effective teaching. B. Good behavior
C. To provide a theoretical framework for C. Creativity
educational research.
D. Good memory
D. To provide the teacher with a greater
appreciation of his role in the education of 14. Creativity refers to :
the child.
A. A new production
9. Which of the following is the incorrect
B. Raw production
pair?
C. Repetition
A. “World as it is here and now” - Real-
ism D. All the above

1.16 Psychology 200
15. Dynamic approach to teaching means C. Social urges Theory - Adler

A. Teaching should be forceful and effec- D. Self Actualization Theory - Maslow
tive
21. Teaching-Learning process fundamentally
B. Teachers should be energetic and dy- completed in
namic
A. Class room
C. The topics of teaching should not be
static, but dynamic B. School
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. The students should be required to C. Society
learn through activities D. Home
16. Which of the following factors comes in the 22. Ramesh and Ankit have the same IQ of
way of girls’ personal rights? 120. Ramesh is two years younger than
A. Social Recognition Ankit. If Ankit is 12 years old, then the
mental age of Ramesh is-
B. Family
A. 9 years
C. Gender Difference
B. 10 years
D. All of these
C. 12 years
17. Which one of the following is considered a D. 14 years
sign of motivated teaching?
A. Students asking questions 23. The teacher has been glorified by the
phrase - “Friend, Philosopher and Guide”
B. Maximum attendance of the students because
C. Pin drop silence in the classroom A. He transfuses the high values of the
D. Students taking notes humanity into young ones sitting in the
classroom.
18. Which is an advantage of group testing?
B. He has to play all these vital roles in
A. Reduction of cost the context of the society
B. More reliable norms C. He is a great reformer and patriotic
C. More objective scoring saviour of a nation.
D. All of the above D. All of these
19. For an efficient and durable learning, 24. If a parent approaches the teacher to do
learner should have some favour to his/her ward in the exam-
A. ability to learn only ination, the teacher should
B. equisite level of motivation only A. try to help him
C. opportunities to learn only B. ask him not to talk in those terms
D. desired level of ability and motivation C. refuse politely and firmly

D. ask him rudely to go away
20. Which of the following is the incorrect
pair? 25. Dyslexia is associated with
A. Theory of Instinct -Freud A. mental disorder
B. Drive Reduction Theory - Hall B. mathematical disorder

1.16 Psychology 201
C. reading disorder C. society

D. behavioural disorder D. nation

26. In a kindergarten class it would be unrea-
32. ‘Coherence’ is the criterion of truth is
sonable to expect a child to:
A. Naturalism
A. care for plants
B. clean up after clay work B. Existentialism
C. bring an old shirt for painting activities C. Idealism
D. know when it is time to clean up D. Marxism
27. Those teachers are popular among stu- 33. Stress reactivity refers to:
dents who
A. The initial behavioral and physiological
A. develop intimacy with them response to a stressful event
B. help them solve their problems
B. The time that it takes to return to a
C. award good grades calm state following a stressful event
D. take classes on extra tuition fee C. A mother’s response to an infant’s dis-
28. Discipline means: tress
A. strict-behaviour D. All of the above

B. severe punishment
34. Security of attachment to mother is typi-
C. obedience cally measured by:
D. going by the rules A. Separation-reunion procedure
29. Who said that “Material and spiritual B. Observation of mother-infant play
knowledge is already present in man cov-
C. Questionnaire
ered by a curtain of ignorance”?
A. Vivekananda D. All of the above
B. Mahatma Gandhi 35. Defence mechanisms are created by the :

C. Tagore A. Id
D. Plato
B. Ego
30. The id draws its psychic energy from: C. Super ego
A. Outer reality
D. Consciousness
B. Bodily instincts
C. The ego 36. The ceremony of initiation of education in
Buddhism is called
D. The super ego
A. Pabajja
31. The primary duty of a teacher is to be re-
sponsible to his/her: B. Uparampada
A. family C. Vidyarambam
B. students D. Upanayanam

1.16 Psychology 202
37. Which of the following is the least impor- 42. Experimental designs are characterized
tant aspect of the teachers’ role in the by:
guidance of learning?
A. Normative data
A. The provision of encouragement and
moral support. B. Controlled conditions
B. The provision of continuous diagnostic C. Automated Stimulation
and remedial help.
D. All of the above
C. The development of insight into what
NARAYAN CHANGDER
constitutes an adequate performance. 43. The best place of social development for a
D. The development of insight to over- 12 years old child is
come the pitfalls and obstacles.
A. Neighborhood
38. The professional requirement of a teacher B. Family
as explained in the UNESCO publication
is/are C. Playground
A. innovativeness in approach and teach- D. School
ing strategies
B. mastery over the subject and compe- 44. Which one of many following is the true
tency for teaching assertion similar to Cephalocaudal Princi-
ple of Child’s Development
C. justice to the profession
D. All of the above A. Development is from head to foot
39. Interaction inside the classroom should B. Development is from foot to go

generate C. Development is from center to periph-
A. Argument ery
B. Information D. None of those
C. Ideas
45. The most appropriate meaning of learning
D. Controversy
is
40. Which age is called the adolescent age of A. Acquisition of skills
a child?
A. From 3 to 12 yrs. B. Modification of behaviour
B. From 13 to 19 yrs. C. Personal adjustment

C. From 20 to 25 yrs. D. Inculcation of knowledge
D. From 26 to 35 yrs.
46. is considered a sign of motivated teach-
41. The creative potential can be improved by ing.
:
A. Maximum attendance in class
A. Proper Training
B. Remedial work given by the teacher
B. Competitive feeling
C. Activity C. Questioning by students
D. Punishment D. Pin drop silence in the class

1.16 Psychology 203
47. Which of the following is not match cor- 53. The reinforcement schedule that yields the
rectly? lowest performance is the:

A. Freud - Multifactor theory A. Fixed ratio schedule
B. Spearman - Two factor theory B. Variable ratio schedule
C. Rorschach - Projective technique
C. Fixed interval schedule
D. Torrance - Creativity
D. Variable interval schedule
48. What is most important while writing on
blackboard? 54. In terms of efficiency in scanning informa-
A. Good writing tion, which one of the following strategies
is considered be the best?
B. Clarity in writing
A. Conservative focusing
C. Writing in big letters
D. Writing in small letters B. Focus gambling
49. If a mother shows much love, then a child’s C. Simultaneous scanning

personality will develop D. Successive scanning
A. One way
55. A teacher should be-
B. Two way
C. Multi dimention A. Honest
D. Abnormal way B. Dilligent
50. Solomon’s Four Group design falls under C. Dutiful
A. Pre-experimental design D. Punctual

B. True-experimental design
56. Who is regarded as the first teacher of a
C. Quasi-experimental design child?
D. Factorial design A. Headmaster
51. Which of the following philosophies are B. Class Teacher
most tilted to individualism?
C. Mother
A. Buddhism
B. Samkhya D. Tutor
C. Jainism 57. What is meant by development?

D. None of these
A. It is the growth of heart, brain and
52. Epistemology is the branch of philosophy muscles.
which deals with the theories of B. It is improvement of the ability.
A. Values
C. It is the quantitative change of the
B. Knowledge child.
C. Reality D. it is a complex process of integrating
D. Existence many structures and functions.

1.16 Psychology 204
58. ‘Project is a whole-hearted purposeful ac- 63. The short term memory can hold how
tivity proceeding on a social environment”, many items at one time?
it was defined by
A. 7 (plus or minus) 2 i.e 9 or 5
A. Adamson B. 10 (plus or minus) 2
B. John Dewey C. 10 (plus or minus) 5
C. Kilpatrick D. 5
D. Ballard
NARAYAN CHANGDER
64. According to Piaget, at what stage does
59. Who are the responsible for the develop- abstract thinking begin to develop?
ment of traits? A. Formal operational
A. Parents B. Concrete operational
B. Cells C. Sensory motor
C. Genes D. Pre-operational
D. Gametes
65. A procedure that establishes a sequence of
responses which lead to a reward follow-
60. “A diagram speaks more than 1000
ing the final response and then working
words.” The statement means that the
backwards is called
teacher should
A. Shapping
A. use diagrams in teaching.
B. Stimulus control
B. speak more and more in the class.
C. Chaining
C. use teaching aids in the class.
D. Stimulus generalization
D. not speak too much in the class.
66. According to Psychology, all education is
61. The most difficult age for the development
of a child is - A. Deliberate
A. Early childhood B. Functional
B. Teen age C. Purposive
C. Young age D. Self -education
D. Adult age 67. For a teacher, which of the following meth-

ods would be correct for writing on the
62. What should be the role of teacher in meet- blackboard?
ing the individual differences?
A. Writing fast and as clearly as possible.
A. Try to know the abilities, interest and
B. Writing the matter first and then ask-
aptitude of individuals
ing students to read it.
B. Try to adjust the curriculum as per the
C. Asking a question to students and then
needs of individuals
writing the answer as stated by them.
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Writing the important points as clearly
D. None of these as possible.

1.16 Psychology 205
68. It is said that teacher should be resource- C. 110

ful, This means that- D. 221

A. He should have enough money and
property so that he may not have to take 73. Marxist educational philosophy is closer to
up tuitions .
B. He should have contacts with high au- A. Realism
thorities so that he may not be harmed B. Idealism
C. He should have adequate knowledge
C. Pragmatism
so that he may be able to solve the prob-
lems of students D. Naturalism
D. He should have good reputation 74. Which indicates the change in the quality
among students so that authorities may or character of a child?
not be able to take any punitive measure
against him A. Growth
B. Development
69. Who is the father of genetic epistemol-
ogy? C. Learning
A. Piaget D. Environment
B. Bruner
75. “In youth we learn in age we understand”.
C. Vygotsky What does this statement indicate?
D. Dewey A. Relationship of learning with age.
70. A school is a miniature . B. Learning stops with adulthood.
A. State C. In youth our understanding is better.
B. Family D. There is no learning in childhood.
C. Society
76. Primary education helps
D. Organisation
A. Socialization of child
71. The process of expansion of an individ- B. Democratization of child
ual’s capacities quantitatively, should be
termed as C. In course understanding
A. Development D. All of the above
B. Growth 77. Women are better teacher at primary level
C. Equilibration because-
D. Maturation A. they behave more patiently with chil-
dren
72. In a study on scaling of attitude items,
eleven statements were included. What B. they are ready to work with low salary
would be the number of pairs of attitude C. higher qualification is not needed in
statements? this profession
A. 21 D. they have less chances in other profes-
B. 55 sion

1.16 Psychology 206
78. Spearman’s ‘G ‘ factor of Intelligence is: 83. Tests that do not require the use of lan-
guage of the subjects but responses are in
A. universal and inborn ability
the form of activities are called as
B. constant and does not change in an in-
A. Performance tests
dividual with time
B. Verbal tests
C. different in different individuals de-
pending on their genes C. Non-verbal tests
D. all of the above D. None of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
84. Which of the following does not specify
79. Dyslexia is associated with
Max Weber’s concept of social stratifica-
A. mental disorder tion?
B. behavioural disorder A. Income and Wealth
C. reading disorder B. Social Prestige
D. writing disorder C. Educational Status
D. Political Power
80. The idea of Four Pillars of Education was
suggested by 85. A child writes with his / her left hand and
is comfortable doing things with it, she /
A. UGC
he should be -
B. NCTE
A. Discouraged
C. UNESCO
B. Made to write with the left hand
D. UNICEF C. Allow his preference
81. Which of the following statement is not ap- D. Send to seek medical help
propriate to motivation as a process
86. One of, the students of a class hardly talks
A. It causes a person to move towards a in the class. How would you encourage
goal him to express himself?
B. It satisfies the person’s biological A. By orgariising discussions
needs B. encouraging children to take part in
C. It helps in achieving a psychological classroom activities
ambition C. By organizing educational games/ pro-
D. It keeps away from an unpleasant sit- grammes in which - children feel like
uation speaking
D. By giving good marks to those who ex-
82. Learning is the modification of behaviour press them’selves well
which is relatively .
A. Permanent 87. Cortisol is:
A. A hormone released by the pituitary
B. Temporary
gland in response to stress
C. Adverse
B. A hormone released by the adrenal
D. Quick glands in response to sunlight

1.16 Psychology 207
C. A hormone released by the adrenal 93. Continuous Comprehensive Evalua-

glands in response to stress tion(CCE) in school education was started
by

D. A hormone produced in the liver and
stored in the gall bladder A. CBSE
B. UGC
88. A successful teacher is one who is
C. SCERT
A. Compassionate and disciplinarian
D. IGNOU
B. Quite and reactive
94. Who gives more stress to the philosophy
C. Tolerant and dominating of social constructivism?
D. Passive and active A. Piaget
B. Vygotsky
89. A few students in your class are exception-
ally bright, you will teach them- C. Kohlberg
A. Along with the class D. Dewey
B. Along with higher classes 95. Which one is the highest order of learn-
ing?
C. By using Enriched programmes
A. Chain learning
D. Only when they want
B. Problem-solving learning
90. “The individual develops through the head, C. Stimulus-response learning
the heart and the hand” this was the edu- D. Conditioned-reflex learning
cational philosophy of
A. Herbart 96. At which time period is the body most sen-
sitive to disruption of growth?
B. Comenius
A. Germinal
C. Pestalozzi B. Embryonic
D. Froebel C. Fetal
91. The first sense to develop is: D. All equally
A. Touch 97. Sociology of Education is

B. Hearing A. A study of the Society
C. Sight B. An analysis of Sociological processes

involved in the institutions of Education.
D. Taste
C. A science which studies primitive soci-
eties.
92. Cognitive Development means-
D. A branch of Anthropology
A. Development of intelligence
B. Development of child 98. Which one of the following is the true
statement corresponding to Cephalocaudal
C. Development of Physical Skills Principle of Child’s Development?
D. Development of individual A. Development is from head to foot

1.16 Psychology 208
B. Development is from foot to head 104. Good reading aims at develop-ing:

C. Development is from middle to periph- A. understanding
ery B. pronunciation
D. None of these C. sensitivity
99. Which of the following is meant of infor- D. increasing factual knowledge
mation collection?
105. Which was the First State formed on lin-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Schedule guistic basis?
B. Scope A. Rajasthan
C. Report B. Madhya Pradesh
D. Plan C. Andhra Pradesh
D. Karnataka
100. In a lively classroom situation, there is
likely to be 106. Myelinisation is the process where:
A. occasional roars of laughter A. The nerve cell becomes insulated
B. complete silence B. Nerve cells migrate to their final posi-
C. frequent teacher-student dialogue tion
D. loud discussion among students C. The cells form a line

D. The nerve cells form connections with
101. The most important quality of a good other nerve cells
teacher is
107. “No disinterested pursuit of knowledge
A. Sound knowledge of subject matter
and no intellectual education for its own
B. Good communication skills sake” was the slogan of the
C. Concern for students’ welfare A. Idealists
D. Effective leadership qualities B. Realists
C. Naturalists
102. When the students become failed, it can
be understood that- D. Pragmatists
A. The system has failed 108. The development that proceeds in the di-
B. The teachers failure rection of the longitudinal axis i.e; head to
foot is termed as
C. The text-books failure
A. Cephalo-caudal development
D. The individual student’s failure
B. Proximo distal
103. Which of the following is not a character- C. Interrelation
istic of a good achievement test?
D. Intergration
A. Reliability
109. ‘Mirambaka’ - The school based on ideas
B. Objectivity
of free progress education was advocated
C. Ambiguity by
D. Validity A. Aurobindo

1.16 Psychology 209
B. M.K. Gandhi 115. If level of imaginary fear (worry) is more

C. John Dewey than normal it is termed as:
A. anxiety

D. Vivekanand
B. tension
110. What do you understand by the term
Peer Group? C. depression
A. People of same profession D. none of these
B. Friends and acquaintances 116. Which one of the following is appropri-

C. Family members and relatives ate in respect of teacher student relation-
ship?
D. All of these
A. Very informal and intimate
111. Absenteeism can be tackled by : B. Limited to classroom only
A. teaching C. Cordial and respectful
B. punishing the students D. Indifferent
C. giving the sweets
117. It takes a maturation of months for
D. contacting the parents the child to take his first step in walking.
112. “The greatness of a nation is to be A. 5 to 6
measured not by its material power and B. 10 to 12
wealth but by the intercultural relationship
C. 4 to 5
of its people.” Who said this?
D. 0 to 2
A. Vivekananda
B. Dr. Radhakrishnan 118. Which of the following is not considered
a factor of cognition?
C. Gandhi
A. Fear
D. Tagore
B. Retreat
113. Temperament is considered: C. Anger
A. A relatively unchanging style of inter- D. Hunger
acting with the environment
119. Socialization is a process by which chil-
B. An important indicator of cognitive po-
dren and adults learn from ‘?
tential
A. Family
C. A dynamic characteristic that develops
over time B. School
D. To be determined by interactions with C. Peers
the social environment D. All of these
114. Visual accommodation is the ability of the 120. Intelligence Quotient is computed by
individual to: which of the following formula?
A. See in color A. M.A./C.A. × 100
B. Focus its eyes B. M.A./100 ×C.A.
C. See things in its room C. C.A./M.A. × 100
D. Blink D. C.A./100 × M.A.

1.16 Psychology 210
121. Which of the following is not a prescribed 126. The most ascetic School of Indian Philos-
level of teaching? ophy is
A. Memory A. Jainism
B. Understanding B. Buddhism
C. Reflective C. Sankhya
D. Differentiation D. Vedanta
NARAYAN CHANGDER
122. At lower classes play-way method of 127. “Child growth as proceeding through
teaching is based on- an organized sequence of stages divided
roughly by age” in view
A. theory of physical education pro-
A. Kohlberg
grammes
B. Piaget
B. principles of methods of teaching
C. Vygotsky
C. psychological principles of develop-
ment and growth D. Skinner
D. sociological principles of teaching 128. The period when the major organs of the
body begin to form is the period.
123. Diagnostic evaluation ascertains
A. Embryonic
A. Students performance at the begin-
B. Fetal
ning of instructions.
C. Germinal
B. Learning progress and failures during
instructions. D. Newborn
C. Degree of achievements of instruc- 129. Who advocated the creation of a classless
tions at the end. society?
D. Causes and remedies of persistent A. Auguste Comte
learning problems during instructions.
B. Karl Marx
124. According to 2011 Census, the overall lit- C. Plato
eracy rate in India is about D. M.K. Gandhi
A. 71%
130. Strains and disparities appears in the
B. 72% child’s personality on account of
C. 73% A. Social disadjustment
D. 74% B. Bad environment
125. ‘TRIAL & ERROR’ theory of learning was C. Parents psychological behavior to-
given by: wards the child
D. Parents aggressive behavior in front of
A. FREUD
the child
B. THORNDIKE
131. “Give me a dozen of healthy children I
C. THRUSTON
can make them Doctor, Judge, Beggar and
D. BANDURA even a Thief” - Comment made by

1.16 Psychology 211
A. Jung 137. Which of the following is the incorrect

B. Guthrie pair?

A. Gandhi - Wardha Scheme
C. J.B. Watson
B. Tagore - Shantiniketan
D. Hull
C. Aurbindo - Integral Yoga
132. Infants of mothers who are responsive:
D. Vivekananda - Gurukul
A. Learn to expect this
138. Research has shown that the most fre-
B. Get upset when mothers are not re- quent symptom of nervous instability
sponsive among teachers is
C. Use their mothers for security A. Digestive upsets
D. All of the above B. Explosive behaviour
133. Who among the following is not a cogni- C. Fatigue
tive gestalt psychologist? D. Worry
A. Kohler
139. Early experiences determine late person-
B. Lewin ality characteristics of social development.
C. Wertheimer This was maintained by
D. Tolman A. Atkinson
B. Morgan
134. Techniques used by a teacher to teach in-
clude C. Freud
A. Lecture and Interactive lecture D. Semmul
B. Group work 140. Special education is related to-

C. Self study A. Educational for talented students
D. All of these B. Educational programmes for disabled
C. Training programmes for Teachers
135. Who is not in favour of logical analysis?
D. Training programme for retarded
A. Ludwig Wittgenstein
B. Kant 141. Education of children with special needs
should be provided
C. G.E. Moore
A. along with other normal children
D. Bertrand Russel
B. by methods developed for special chil-
136. The Vedas teach us that dren, in special schools
A. Creation is without beginning C. in special school
B. Creation is without an end. D. by special teachers in special schools
C. Creation has a definite beginning and 142. Which of the following statements about
also an end. teaching aids are not correct?
D. Creation is without beginning and with- A. They help in retaining concepts for
out an end. longer duration

1.16 Psychology 212
B. They help students learn better 148. Martin Luther’s greatest contribution to
education was his:
C. They make teaching learning process
interesting A. Translation of the Bible into German
D. They enhance rote learning B. Ninety -Five Theses
C. Concept of justification by good works
143. Who first attempted to describe personal-
D. Advocacy of science curriculum for the
ity traits in terms of Lexican descriptors?
universities
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Ross Stagner
149. ‘Decision-Making’ is a kind of :
B. Allport and Odbert
A. Thinking
C. R. B. Cattell B. Memory
D. Coasta and McCrae C. Perception
D. Problem solving
144. At its peak of development brain cells
are being produced every minute. 150. “Spare the rod and spoil the child”, gives
A. 250 the message that
A. punishment in the class should be
B. 2500
banned.
C. 25000
B. corporal punishment is not acceptable.
D. 250000 C. undesirable behaviour must be pun-
ished.
145. The earliest studies on record of verbal
learning and memory were conducted by: D. children should be beaten with rods.
A. MOWRER 151. Long Term Memory may last for:

B. PAVLOV A. 5 seconds
B. 30 seconds
C. SKINNER
C. Days, Months, Years
D. EBBINGHAUS
D. None of these
146. Distance education is not
152. Who among the following propunded ‘so-
A. De-schooling cialism’ in education?
B. Telemetric teaching A. Russell
C. Distance study B. Dewey
C. Sartre
D. Work oriented education
D. Stalin
147. Erikson proposed that trust and mistrust
153. Which of the following is not related to
develops during the:
educational achieve-ment?
A. Anal stage
A. Heredity
B. Genital Stage B. Experiences
C. Latency stage C. Practice
D. Oral sensory stage D. Self learning

1.16 Psychology 213
154. Both ‘X’ and ‘Y’ chromosomes are found 159. What is the aim of education?
in: A. All round development of the personal-

A. Brain cells ity of a child.
B. Females B. Moral development of a child.
C. Males C. Ability to read, write and do arithmatic.
D. None of these D. To gain knowledge.
160. If a child has mental age of 5 years and

155. Which of the following does not belong
chronological age of 4 years than what
to a projected aid?
will be the IQ of child?
A. Overhead projector
A. 125
B. Blackboard
B. 80
C. Epidiascope C. 100
D. Slide projector D. 120
156. A teacher is said to be fluent in asking 161. Which is the most effective reinforcement
questions, if he can ask schedule according to operant conditioning
A. meaningful questions theory of learning for stable learning?
B. as many questions as possible A. Fixed interval reinforcement

B. Continuous reinforcement
C. maximum number of questions in a
fixed time C. Variable ratio reinforcement
D. many meaningful questions in a fixed D. Fixed ratio reinforcement
time
162. Which of the following Motives are con-
157. Curriculum means sidered as primary motives?
A. Subject that are transferred by the fac- A. Physiological Motives

ulty. B. Psychological Motives
B. All the experiences which students get C. Social Motives
in school. D. Educational Motives
C. Class experiences, sports and games.
163. Which of the following is NOT an exam-
D. Syllabus prescribed for the course. ple of discrete variable?
158. Statement that not match correct: A. Age

B. Gender
A. Tagore - Child is more, important than
all kinds of books C. Marital status
B. Vivekananda - Yoga as a method of ed- D. Place of residence
ucation
164. The use of media either sequentially or si-
C. Mahatma Gandhi - The doctrine of multaneously in a single communication is
dharma called as
D. Buddhism - The doctrine of karma A. Web Aided Instruction

1.16 Psychology 214
B. Technology Aided Instruction 169. At primary level, it is better to teach in

C. Computer Assisted Instruction mother language because-
D. Multi-media Instruction A. it develops self-confidence in children

B. it makes learning easy
165. The primary responsibility for the
C. it is helpful in intellectual development
teacher’s adjustment lies with
D. it helps children in learning in natural
A. The children
atmosphere
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. The principal
C. The teacher himself
message either as words or images. The
D. The community students are really
166. To control the population growth in our A. Encoders
country suitable way is B. Decoders
A. by starting a campaign for the forced C. Agitators
operation of the people under family plan- D. Propagators
ning.
B. by spreading attractive programmes 171. The black-board can be utilized best by a
through public media to make people con- teacher for
scious of a small family and its advantage. A. Putting the matter of teaching in black
C. by making available sufficient facilities and white
in the hospitals. B. Making the students attentive
D. by considering government employ- C. Writing the important and notable
ees for promotion if they accept family- points
planning. D. Highlighting the teacher himself
167. Suppose fourteen years old girl has taken 172. What are the factors related to learner
to wearing the same style sweaters that that effects the learning?
her teacher wears, then this form of be-
haviour is known as A. Physical and Mental health of the
learner
A. Compensation
B. Level of aspiration and achievement
B. Regression motivation
C. Identification C. Readiness and Willpower
D. Egocentrism D. All of these
168. The academic performance of students 173. Select “the educable” group of students
can be improved if parents are encouraged from the following groups, indicating dif-
to ferent I.Q. levels
A. supervise the work of their wards A. 50 to 70
B. arrange for extra tuition B. 30 to 50
C. remain unconcerned about it C. 70 to 90
D. interact with teachers frequently D. 40 to 80

1.16 Psychology 215
174. As per the NCTE norms, what should be 179. ‘Metaphysics’ means
the staff strength for a unit of 100 stu- A. Physics of metals
dents at B.Ed. level?

B. a branch of Physics
A. 1 + 7
C. Physics of weather
B. 1 + 9
D. exploring the nature of ultimate reality
C. 1 + 10
D. 1 + 5 180. Psycho-analytic approach of counselling
was first introduced by
175. The purpose of basic education scheme is-
A. Freud
A. universalization of primary education
B. Jung
B. to vocationalise the eduction
C. Adler
C. to fulfil basic need of persons through
education D. None of these
D. to make education compulsory for all 181. Who is regaded as the first teacher of a
child
176. ‘The great sociologists who held the view
that education does not bring about social A. Headmaster
change, rather the social change results B. Tutor
into an educational change’ was
C. Mother
A. Dewey
D. Class-teacher
B. Mc Dougall
182. A teacher has serious defect is he/she-
C. Durkheim
A. is physically handicapped
D. Aristotle
B. belongs to low socio-economic status
177. What is meant by growth in the strict
sense of the terminology of psychology? C. has weak personality
A. It is the mental growth of a child. D. has immature mental development
B. It is the increase in size, weight and 183. is the capacity to acquire and apply
height. knowledge.
C. It is related to the functions of the A. Personality
body.
B. Intelligence
D. All of the above.
C. Aptitude
178. What should be the role of teacher in D. Attitude
meeting the individual differences?
184. The term Identical Elements is closely as-
A. Try to know the abilities, interest and
sociated with-
aptitude of individuals
A. Similar test questions
B. Try to adjust the curriculum as per the
needs of individuals B. Jealousy between peers
C. Both (A) and (B) C. Transfer of learning
D. None of these D. Group Instructions

1.16 Psychology 216
185. Education develops child’s . D. None of the above

A. Expressions 191. How many stages of cognitive develop-
B. Intution ment recommended by Piaget?
C. Accuracy A. Seven Stages
D. Innate powers B. Six Stages
C. Four Stages
186. The term ‘identical elements’ is closely
associated with: D. Two Stages
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. jealousy between twins 192. Which one of the following is the most
B. group instruction important quality of a good teacher?
C. similar test questions A. Punctuality and sincerity
D. transfer of learning B. Content mastery
C. Content mastery and reactive
187. The cardinal principles of learner centered
education are D. Content mastery and sociable
A. Learning by doing 193. The period of sensory motor adaptation
B. Learning by living of Piaget is
C. Both A. 0-2 years

B. 1-3 years
D. None of these
C. 3-5 years
188. The two basic divisions in Schools of In-
D. 4-6 years
dian Philosophy are
A. Orthodox and Heterodox 194. Pituitary gland is known as:
B. Theistic and Atheistic A. Simple gland
C. Vedanta and Buddhism B. Specific gland
D. Advaita and Dwaita C. Master gland
D. None of these
189. The essence of an effective classroom en-
vironment is 195. Xerophthalmia is a result of insufficient
A. a variety of teaching aids amount of
B. lively student-teacher interaction A. Vitamin D

B. Vitamin A
C. pin-drop silence
C. Vitamin B
D. strict discipline
D. Vitamin C
190. What is the narrow concept of heredity?
196. Mental deficiency indicates I.Q. ranges
A. Offspring of a man will be a child not a
.
dog.
A. 25 to 50
B. Offspring will have the same traits as
those of parents B. 50 to 70
C. Offspring will not have the traits of par- C. 0 to 70
ents D. 0 to 100

1.16 Psychology 217
197. It is important that basic sensory capaci- 203. What turns the single fertilized egg into
ties are developing properly because: a full fledged adult?

A. They are the basis for learning A. Parent’s nourishment.
B. If not, emotional development may be B. Enviornment.
comprised
C. Cycle of the growth and development.
C. Social interaction depends on them
D. Interaction with the outside world
D. All of the above
198. What is the unit of Heredity? 204. A stimulus that elicits a response before
the ex-perimental manipulation is a(an):
A. Chromosome
B. Gene A. Response stimulus
C. Fertilized cell B. Unconditioned stimulus

D. Zygote C. Generallised stimulus
199. The type of communication that the D. Conditioned stimulus

teacher has in the classroom, is termed as
205. You have been selected in all the four pro-
A. Interpersonal fessions given below. Where would you
B. Mass communication like to go?
C. Group communication A. Teacher
D. Face-to-face communication B. Police
200. In which of the following stages the child C. Army
looks self-centered?
D. Bank
A. Infancy
B. Early childhood 206. The use of technology to enhance learning
process is called in education.
C. Adolescence
D. Adulthood A. IT
B. ICT
201. An ideal teacher should concentrate
A. On teaching methods C. Information Technology
B. On the subject being taught D. Communication Technology

C. On students and their behaviours
207. On the first day of his class, if a teacher
D. On all of these is asked by the students to introduce him-
self, he should
202. Which of the following qualities of a
teacher will be liked most by you? A. ask them to meet after the class
A. Compassion B. tell them about himself in brief
B. Entertaining C. ignore the demand and start teaching
C. Idealistic philosophy D. scold the student for this unwanted de-
D. Discipline mand

1.16 Psychology 218
208. The most important challenge for a 214. I.Q. = M.A. / C.A. * 100
teacher is A. Hull
A. To maintain discipline in the class- B. Freud
room.
C. Binet
B. To make teaching process enjoyable.
D. Spearman
C. To prepare the question-bank.
D. To make students do their homework. 215. One of the ways to deal with the devel-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
opment of sexuality in children during pu-
209. RTE stands to berty is defense mechanism, like
A. Right to Education A. Sublimation
B. Right true education B. Projection
C. Right time education C. Compensation
D. Ruraly true eduaction D. Rationalization
210. In the process of learning, motivation- 216. A 9-12 month milestone in social compe-
A. sharpens the memory of learners tence is:
B. differentiates new learning from old A. Attending to books
learning
B. Engaging in joint attention
C. makes learners think unidirectionally
C. Laughing while being bounced
D. creates interest for learning among
D. Playing with mother
new learners
217. A student of grade 5 with visual defi-
211. “The individual develops through the
ciency should be-
head, the heart, and the hand”, this was
the educational philosophy of: A. excused to do a lower level of work
A. Pestalozzi B. helped with his/her routine work by
B. Froebel parents and friends
C. Herbart C. treated normally in the classroom and

provided support through audio CDs
D. Comenius
D. given special treatment in the class-
212. Infants express emotions by: room
A. Crying
218. Which one of the following statements is
B. Facial expressions correct?
C. Body posture A. Syllabus is an annexure to the curricu-
D. All of the above lum.
B. Curriculum is the same in all educa-
213. ‘Evaluation’ is the stage of:
tional institutions.
A. Divergent thinking
C. Curriculum includes both formal, and
B. Convergent thinking informal education.
C. Creative thinking D. Curriculum does not include methods
D. None of these of evaluation.

1.16 Psychology 219
219. Who said “children have innate inclina- 224. A major strength of ‘Ecological Theory’ is
tion to imitate their seniors, both in mental its framework for explaining
and social development”?

A. Enviornmental influences on develop-
A. Lindzey ment
B. Festinger B. Biological influences on development
C. Espinas C. Coginitive development
D. Baldwin D. Affective process on development
220. Which of the following is not an accepted 225. The thinking process involved in produc-
stage in Kohlberg’s Theory of Moral Devel- ing an idea or concept that is new, original
opment? and useful is termed as-
A. Interpersonal relations A. Creativity
B. Individualism B. Innovation
C. Social contract and social rights C. Intelligence
D. Universal principles D. Synectics
221. A research technique in which researchers
226. In the conditioning approach to learning:
obtain information about an infant’s spon-
taneous behavior is: A. The natural stimulus follows the unnat-
ural stimulus.
A. Standardized developmental testing
B. The subject should be in readiness to
B. Experimental designs
receive the unnatural stimulus.
C. Naturalistic observation
C. The unnatural stimulus follows the nat-
D. Newborn neurobehavioral exams ural stimulus.
222. The normal twelve -year -old child is D. Response to natural stimulus required
most likely to: to be reinforced.
A. confine his/her interests to the here 227. The philosopher who worked in mathe-
and now matical and scientific didactics was?
B. be eager for peer approval A. Jean Piaget
C. have difficulty with gross motor coor- B. John Dewey
dination
C. Martin Wagenschein
D. have anxiety feelings about pleasing
adults D. Lev Vygotsky
223. Gifted students are 228. Classroom communication must be

A. non-assertive of their needs A. Teacher centric
B. independent in their judgments B. Student centric
C. independent of teachers C. General centric
D. introvert in nature D. Textbook centric

1.16 Psychology 220
229. Habituation: 234. In retrograde amnesia, which of the fol-

lowing kind of problem is seen :
A. Develops through interpersonal inter-
action A. Problem with recalling previously
learned material
B. Relies on good vision
B. Problem with face recognition
C. Is based on the fact that attention de-
clines as an event is presented repeatedly C. Difficulty finding routes
D. Poor encoding of verbal material
D. Is important for development of suck-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
ing 235. When an individual repeats those lean-
ings that, in the past, proved to be highly
230. The best way to rid a boy of his misbe- satisfying such behavior can best be ex-
haviour is plained by the law of
A. to punish him mercilessly. A. readiness
B. to handover the boy to the police. B. recency
C. to educate him constantly. C. effect
D. to criticize him for his misbehaviour. D. frequency
236. Purpose of creation of the universe and
231. While delivering lecture if there is some its relation to man and god is discussed in
disturbance in the class, a teacher should
A. Epistemology
A. keep quiet for a while and then con-
B. Ethics
tinue
C. Metaphysics
B. punish those causing disturbance
D. None of these
C. motivate to teach those causing distur-
bance 237. The success of teacher is-
D. not bother of what is happening in the A. high achievement of students
class B. good traits of his/her personality
C. his/her good teaching
232. A child from a disorganized home will ex-
perience the greatest difficulty with D. his/her good character
A. Well-structured lessons 238. Heredity and atmosphere are correlate

B. Independent study A. Companions
C. Programmed instruction B. Dependent
C. Elders
D. Work books
D. All of these
233. The motive of the concept of curricular
239. Research findings that explain behavior
flexibility is to benefit
under many conditions are:
A. Disabled students A. Generalizable
B. Minority students B. Valid
C. Reserved castes C. Reliable
D. All of these D. All of the above

1.16 Psychology 221
240. Which of the following measures should B. Eros

be adopted to check educational backward- C. The struggle between eros and
ness?

thanatos
A. Continuous evaluation and regular D. The death instinct
feedback
B. Remedial teaching 246. Who coined the term ‘cultural capital’?
C. Adjustment and behaviour training A. McRobbie and Aryon
D. All of the above B. Bowels and Gintis

C. Bourdieu and Passeron
241. Behaviour pattern that increases in fre-
quency when followed by a reward is D. Young
known as 247. Learning depends on cognitive develop-
A. Shaping ment
B. Generalization A. Always
C. Operant Conditioning B. Some Times
D. Classical Conditioning C. Never
D. In calculation
242. Maximum participation of students dur-
ing teaching is possible through 248. If you get an opportunity to teach a visu-
A. Lecture method ally challenged student along with normal
students, what type of treatment would
you like to give him in the class?
C. Inductive method
A. Not giving extra attention because ma-
D. Textbook method jority may suffer.
243. Which of the following is not a product of B. Take care of him sympathetically in the
learning? classroom.
A. Skill C. You will think that blindness is his des-
tiny and hence you cannot do anything.
B. Knowledge
D. Arrange a seat in the front row and try
C. Maturation
to teach at a pace convenient to him.
D. Physical structure
249. Which one of the following is the best
244. Who gives more stress to the philosophy method of teaching?
of social constructivism? A. Lecture
A. Piaget B. Discussion
B. Kohlberg C. Demonstration
C. Vygotsky D. Narration
D. Dewey
250. Gardner formulated a list of Seven Intelli-
245. ‘The aim of all life is death’ this quote gencies, which among the following is not
from SIEMUND FREUD’S work refers to: one of them?
A. Thanatos A. Spatial Intelligence

1.16 Psychology 222
B. Emotional Intelligence 256. As a teacher what techniques you would

C. Interpersonal Intelligence follow to motivate students of your class-
D. Linguistic Intelligence A. By setting induction and Use of black
board
251. Archimedes found the solution of his B. By illustration
problem when he was in his bath tub. This
will come under which step of process of C. By active participation of students
creativity? D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Preparation 257. The belief that aggression is learned is
B. Incubation held by:
C. Verification A. Social learning theorists
D. Illumination B. Phenomenological theorists
C. psychodynamic theorists
252. According to Psychology, all education is
. D. Experimental theorists
A. Deliberate 258. A group of students are found to be ha-
B. Conscious rassing another student. What should be
your reaction?
C. Functional
A. Punish the students
D. Self-education
B. Send to their parents
253. The child who reads numbers wrongly
C. Counsel the students individually
has the following learning disability
D. Give them a severe warning
A. Dyslexia
B. Dyscrasia 259. The raw material of thinking is
C. Dyscalculia A. Symbols
D. Dyspepsia B. Semantics
C. Man
254. Child growth as proceeding through an
organized sequence of stages divided D. Child
roughly by age in view of 260. Which one of the following is an example
A. Kohlberg of a fine motor skill?
B. Piaget A. Climbing
C. Vygotsky B. Hopping
D. Skinner C. Running
D. Writing
255. According to john Bowlby, children be-
come depressed as a result of 261. If a child writes 16 as 61 and gets con-
A. self-devaluing cognitive schema fused between Band D, this is case of-
B. exposure to prolonged, uncontrollable A. Visual Impairment
negative experiences B. Learning Disability
C. insecure attachments C. Mental Impairment
D. living with depressed parents D. Mental Retardation

1.16 Psychology 223
262. The best method to study growth and de- 268. A baby sucking her thumb is an example
velopment of the child is- of

A. Psychoanalytic Method A. Aggression
B. Comparative Method B. Displacement
C. Developmental Method
C. Regression
D. Statistical Method
D. Withdrawal
263. “Education is the manifestation of perfec-
tion already in man” was stated by 269. The ultimate goal of education in Jainism
is
A. M. K. Gandhi
B. R. N. Tagore A. Non-violence
C. Swami Vivekanand B. Liberation

D. Sri Aurobindo C. Philanthropy
264. Creativity increases with . D. Renunciation

A. Age 270. According to Freud, Super Ego is properly
B. Practice developed during
C. Experience A. Phallic period
D. Education B. Latency period
265. How a “Teacher” should behave with the C. Anal period
students?
D. None of these
A. Father Like
B. Friend Like 271. Child centred education means
C. General A. education geared to child’s needs and
D. Elder Like aspiration.
B. education liked by children.
266. Teratogens are those agents which:
A. Adversely affect development C. education liked both by children and
teachers
B. Support development
D. education considered worthwhile and
C. Improve development
desirable by those who have a concern for
D. Have no effect on development their development.
267. The most important quality of an effec-
tive teacher is
method?
A. Deep knowledge about the subject
A. From specific to general
taught
B. A strict disciplinarian B. From general to specific
C. Good rapport with the students C. From easy to difficult
D. A good motivator D. From macro to micro

1.16 Psychology 224
273. The Dalton Scheme of Education is useful B. 372 words

for which one of the following? C. 172 words
A. For infants D. 272 words
B. For little children
279. Who said that the school be made as
C. For older children miniature society?
D. For all of these A. Dewey
NARAYAN CHANGDER
274. Which of the following factors does not B. Skinner
impact teaching C. Herbert
A. Class room activities that encourage D. Thorndike
learning
B. Socio-economic background of teach- 280. The greatest technique to review
ers and students progress and improvement of the kid is-
C. Learning through experience A. Psychoanalytic Method
D. Teacher’s knowledge B. Comparative Method

C. Developmental Method
275. For maintaining an effective discipline in
the class, the teacher should D. Statistical Method
A. Allow students to do what they like. 281. A student comes late in your class. Then
B. Deal with the students strictly. you will-
C. Give the students some problem to A. inform to parents

solve. B. punish him
D. Deal with them politely and firmly. C. try to know the reason
276. A good teacher is one who D. not pay attention there
A. gives useful information 282. ‘Epistemology’ means

B. explains concepts and principles A. study of the nature of knowledge
C. gives printed notes to students B. stem cell research
D. inspires students to learn C. study of the nature of the world
277. The trial and error method of instruction D. study of the nature of values
is best enhanced by: 283. Suppose a student wants to share his
A. the developmental lesson problems with his teacher and he visits
B. programmed instruction the teacher’s house for the purpose, the
teacher should
C. role playing
A. contact the student’s parents and
D. independent study solve his problem.
278. How many words does a child learn to B. suggest him that he should never visit
speak at the age of 2, according to Prof. his house.
Smith? C. suggest him to meet the principal and
A. 150 words solve the problem.

1.16 Psychology 225
D. extend reasonable help and boost his B. Indicates an infant’s abilities relative
morale. to others of the same age

284. When is the sex of a child determined? C. Measures mental and motor capaci-
ties
A. 3 months after conception
D. All of the above
B. At the time of mating or conception
290. Which one of the following problems
C. 6 months after conception
would require divergent thinking:
D. 8 months after conception A. Adding a column of numbers.
285. Which one of the following does not con- B. Deciding whether to turn left or right
tribute to memory? at an intersection while driving a car.
A. Interesting/disinteresting learning C. Choosing the best move in a card
material game.
B. Goal behind learning D. Repairing a broken type-writter.
C. Gender 291. Language of word is not necessary for
D. Some rest after resting A. Imaginative Thinking
286. Which of the following qualities is most B. Conceptual Thinking
essential for a teacher? C. Associative Thinking
A. He should be a learned person. D. Perceptual Thinking
B. He should be a well dressed person. 292. Which of the following is the incorrect
C. He should have patience. pair?
D. He should be an expert in his subject. A. Intelligence Test - Binet
B. Interest Test - Strong
287. Temperament is measured using:
C. Personality Test - Likert
A. Parent questionnaires
D. Creativity Test - Torrance
B. Infant observation
293. Effective teaching is a function of
C. Experimental procedures
A. Teacher’s satisfaction.
D. All of the above
B. Teacher’s honesty and commitment
288. Which is the place where the child’s cog- C. Teacher’s making students learn and
nitive development is defined in the best understand
way?
D. Teacher’s liking for professional excel-
A. Playground lence
B. School and Classroom
294. One of the basic priniclples of socializing
C. Auditorium Individuals is :
D. Home A. religion
289. The Bayley Scales of Infant Development: B. caste
A. Are the most widely used method of as- C. educational
sessing infant developmental level D. imitation

1.16 Psychology 226
295. Attitude of the teacher that affects teach- A. Durkheim

ing pertains to
B. McDougal
A. Affective domain
C. Dewey
B. Cognitive domain
D. Aristotle
C. Connative domain
D. Psychomotor domain 301. Which of the following is NOT a sign of
‘being gifted’?
NARAYAN CHANGDER
296. Moral values can be effectively inculcated
among the students when the teacher A. Curiosity
A. frequently talks about values B. Creativity
B. himself practices them
C. Poor relationship with peers
C. tells stories of great persons
D. Interest in extra reading
D. talks of Gods and Goddesses
297. Environmental education should be 302. The major purpose of diagnostic test is
taught in schools because- that of identifying-
A. it will affect environmental pollution A. The General area of weakness in class
performance
B. it is important part of life
C. it will provide job to teachers B. Specific nature of remedial Pro-
gramme needed
D. we cannot escape from environment
C. The causes underlying academic diffi-
298. Which indicates the change in the quality culties
or character of a child
D. The specific nature of pupil difficulties
A. Growth
B. Development 303. What is the principle of anticipation
C. Learning A. The child anticipates his growth.
D. Enviornment
B. He is more concerned about his
299. Determinants of Individual differences in growth.
human beings relate to- C. He modifies his behaviour anticipating
A. Differences in Environment his future career.
B. Differences in Heredity D. None of the above.
C. Interaction between Heredity and En-
vironment 304. Which of the following is the incorrect
pair?
D. Both Heredity and Environment inter-
acting separately A. Sign Theory of Learning - Tolman
300. The great sociologist who held the view B. Social Learning Theory - Bruner
that “education doesn’t bring about social
C. Trial and error Theory - Thorndike
change; rather the social change results
into an educational change” was D. Field Theory of Learning - Lewin

1.16 Psychology 227
305. Creative writing should be an activity 310. Most important work of teacher is-
planned for- A. to organize teaching work

A. Only those children reading on grade B. to deliver lecture in class
level
C. to take care of children
B. Only those children spell and write co-
hesive sentences D. to evaluate the students
C. Only those children who want to write 311. Stanford Binet Scale measures the follow-
for newspaper ing attribute of an individual :
D. All children A. Personality
B. Intelligence
306. Who propounded Self Theory of Person-
ality? C. Creativity
A. Eysenck D. Aptitude
B. Kretschmer 312. According to Guilford’s SI model, total

C. Roger number of factors that constitute to human
intellect is
D. Allport
A. 60
307. The process of imbibing one’s own culture B. 90
in one’s personality is termed as
C. 110
A. Socialization
D. 120
B. Sanskritization
313. The Verstehen School of Understanding
C. Acculturation was popularised by
D. Enculturation A. German Social scientists
308. According to psycho-analysis theory of B. American philosophers
personality, neurotic disorders are caused C. British Academicians
by
D. Italian political Analysts
A. Inactivity of libido
314. Adolescents may experience
B. Role of unconscious mind
A. feeling of self-actualization
C. Repression of desires
B. feeling of satiation about life
D. All of these
C. anxiety and concern about themselves
309. Education is called a triangular process. D. feeling of fear about sins committed in
Which are the three sides of the triangle? childhood
A. School, Knowledge and Teacher
315. Term PSRN in development implies-
B. Books, School and Teacher
A. Problem solving, reasoning and nu-
C. Social Environment, Teacher and Stu- meracy
dents
B. Problem solving relationship and nu-
D. None of these meracy

1.16 Psychology 228
C. Perceptual skill, reasoning and numer- C. Show artificial behaviour

acy
D. Create indiscipline in the class
D. Perceptual skill, relationship and num-
bers 321. After fertilization the brain begins to de-
velop at:
316. What is the origin of the word Educa-
tion? A. 8 days
A. ‘E’ and ‘Catum’ B. 18 days
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Edu and ‘Catum’ C. 8 weeks
C. Word ‘Educate’ D. 18 weeks
D. None of these.
322. The morality of self accepted principles
317. If any girl child does not corne to school was proposed by:
regularly you will
A. PIAGET
A. no bother
B. ERICKSON
B. struck off her name
C. KOHLBERG
C. complain to the Principal
D. BANDURA
D. meet the parents and en-courage them
323. Is the ratio of mental age to the
318. In co-education you want’t to :
chronological age multiplied by 100.
A. make separate rows of boys and girls
A. Emotional quotient
B. you give preference to boys over girls
B. Intelligence quotient
C. you give preference to none
C. Both
D. you deal according to need
D. None of these
319. An intelligent student is not doing well
in studies. What is the best course of the 324. Operant conditioning is associated with:
action for the teacher?
A. Pavlov
A. Wait till he performs better
B. Skinner
B. Find out reason for his under achieve-
ment C. Hull
C. Give him grace marks in the examina- D. Miller
tion
325. Vygotsky proposed that Child Develop-
D. Ask his parents to withdraw from
ment is-
school
A. Due to genetic components of a culture
320. Some students in a class exhibit great
curiosity for learning. It may be because B. A product of social interaction
such children C. A product of formal education
A. Are gifted D. A product of assimilation and accom-
B. Come from rich families modation

1.16 Psychology 229
326. Who said this “Education is man making. C. adapting and adjusting to social env-
It is that by which character is formed, iornment
strength of mind is increased, intellect is

D. always following social norms
expanded and by which man can stand on
his own feet”? 331. An effective teaching aid is one which
A. Tagore A. is colourful and good looking
B. Vivekananda B. activates all faculties
C. Dayanand Saraswati C. is visible to all students
D. None of these D. easy to prepare and use
327. Facial expressions are coded from video- 332. Achievement tests are commonly used for
tape by: the purpose of
A. Scoring position of the mouth, chin and
A. Making selections for a specific job
the entire head
B. Selecting candidates for a course
B. Having coders judge the expression
C. Identifying strengths and weaknesses
C. Scoring muscle movements of eye,
of learners
brow and mouth
D. Assessing the amount of learning after
D. Matching the expression to illustra-
teaching
tions of standard expressions
328. You are teaching a topic in class and a stu- 333. A person can enjoy teaching as a profes-
dent ask a question unrelated to the topic. sion when he
What will you do? A. has control over students.
A. you will allow him to ask unrelated B. commands respect from students.
question
C. is more qualified than his colleagues.
B. you will not allow him to ask unre-
D. is very close to higher authorities.
alated question
C. you will consider it indiscipline and 334. Some students send a greeting card to
punish him you on teacher’s day. What will you do?
You will-
D. you will answer the question after the
class A. do nothing
329. Endocrine glands are called: B. say thanks to them
A. Nerve glands C. ask them to not to waste money

B. Adernal gland D. reciprocate the good wishes to them
C. Ductless glands 335. A development perspective involves con-
D. Gonad glands cern with changes occurring over time in-
A. Form
330. In the context of education, socialization
means B. Rate
A. creating one’s on social norms C. Sequence
B. respecting elders in society D. All of these

1.16 Psychology 230
336. Who had suggested that questions are a 341. Who among the following propounded
powerful means of triggering thinking and the concept of paradigm?
can lead people from “unconscious igno-
A. Peter Haggett
rance to conscious ignorance”?
B. Von Thunen
A. Plato
C. Thomas Kuhn
B. Aristotle
D. John K. Wright
C. Socrates
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Chanakya 342. Sociology of education includes
A. Social development in the country
337. Instructional aides are used by the
teacher to B. Society and its relationship with the in-
dividual
A. Glorify the class
C. Communication of the individual with
B. Attract the students the society
C. Clarify the concepts D. Social relations by which individuals
D. Ensure discipline gain experience
343. What is meant by Schema?

338. Which of the following is the highest
level of cognitive ability A. Chunking mechanisms
A. Knowing B. Learning techniques
B. Understanding C. Organized packets of information
stored in long-term memory
C. Analysing
D. Defense mechanisms
D. Evaluating
344. CLASS stands for
339. Which of the following is the true state-
ment in reference to Intelligence? A. Centre for Literacy and Studies in
Schools
A. Intelligence is the ability to adjust
B. Complete Literacy and Studies in
B. Intelligence is the ability to learn Schools
C. Intelligence is the ability of Abstract C. Computer Literacy and Studies in
Reasoning Schools
D. All of these D. Computer Literates and Students in
Schools
340. By which of the following methods the
true evaluation of the students is possi- 345. Delinquency is committed by the children
ble? of the age group
A. Evaluation at the end of the course. A. 6 - 14 years
B. Evaluation twice in a year. B. 9 - 19 years
C. Continuous evaluation. C. 7 - 15 years
D. Formative evaluation. D. 8 - 18 years

1.16 Psychology 231
346. Socialization is a course of by which C. Reliable

youngsters and adults study from D. Unreliable

A. Family
352. Mirror drawing apparatus is related to
B. School
A. Conditioning
C. Peers
B. Trial and error
D. All of those
C. Span of memory
347. Which of the following belongs to a pro- D. Forgetting
jected aid?
353. The term ‘gene’ for the factors control-
A. Blackboard
ling heredity was coined by -
B. Diorama
A. T.H. Morgan
C. Epidiascope B. Hugo de vries
D. Globe C. Gregor-Mendal
348. Which of the following is not match cor- D. W. Johannsen
rectly?
354. I.Q. range of morons are in the range of:
A. Classical conditioning - Pavlov
A. 60-90
B. Sign Gestalt learning - Tolman
B. 50-75
C. Learning by insight - Kohlar
C. 60-80
D. Drive reduction - Skinner
D. 30-50
349. Who was the pioneer of Classical Condi-
355. Single factor theory of intelligence was
tioning?
given by
A. Skinner A. Alfred Binet
B. Pavlov B. Thorndike
C. Watson C. Freeman
D. Thorndike D. None of them
350. The process of expansion of an individ- 356. When a child ‘fails’, it means
ual’s capacities quantitatively, should be
A. the child has not memorized the an-
termed as:
swers properly
A. Development
B. the child should have taken private tu-
B. Growth tion
C. Equilibration C. the system has failed
D. Maturation D. the child is not fit for studies
351. A/An assessment is one which mea- 357. Which of the following theories is most
sures what it is intended to measure quantitatively measurable?
A. Valid A. Skinner’s
B. Unvalid B. Pavlov’s

1.16 Psychology 232
C. Hull’s 363. The Rosarch Inkblot test consists of

D. None of these A. Ten black and ten white cards
B. Five black and five coloured cards
358. That the mind of an infant is a tabula rasa
is the contribution of: C. Five black and white & five multi-
coloured cards
A. J.J Rousseau
D. Ten multi-coloured cards
B. John Locke
NARAYAN CHANGDER
364. The current movement of behavior modi-
C. Plato
fication, wherein tokens are awarded for
D. Horace Man correct responses, is a reflection of:
A. Thorndike’s Law of Effect
359. Single Factor Theory of Intelligence was
given by B. Thorndike’s Law of Exercise
A. Alfred Binet C. Herbart’s Five Steps
B. Thorndike D. Lock’s Tabula rasa
C. Freeman 365. On which animal Pavlov conducted his ex-

periment
D. None of them
A. Rat
360. In operant conditioning the reinforcement B. Cat
is contingent upon
C. Dog
A. Nature of the stimulus
D. Bird
B. Nature of the response
366. What does intellectual development in-
C. Both (A) and (B) clude?
D. None of these A. The development of mind.
361. “Things as they are and as they are B. Development of thinking, reasoning
likely to be encountered in life rather than and interest perception.
words” was the slogan of the C. Development of skills.
A. Idealists D. Development of emotions.
B. Pragmatists 367. Performance of a student can be evalu-
C. Realists ated in the best possible manner through
A. Weekly tests
D. Existentialists
B. Annualy tests
362. If you are unable to get a job of teacher, C. An on-going overall assessment
then you will- throughout the year
A. start giving tuition at home D. monthly tests
B. remain at home till you get a job
368. The part of the brain that develops first
C. take some another job is the:
D. continue applying for teaching A. Cerebral cortex

1.16 Psychology 233
B. Neocortex 374. A hypothesis of ‘No Difference’ is called:

C. Midbrain A. Experimental hypothesis

D. Hindbrain B. Research hypothesis
C. Null hypothesis
369. Use of Science and Technology in replac-
ing existing social practices is termed as D. None of these
A. Sanskritization 375. International Institute of Educational

Planning is at
B. Modernization
A. Paris
C. Socialization
B. New Delhi
D. Westernization
C. London
370. Which of the following is not considered D. New York
a tool for formative assessment
376. The coginitive structures into which chil-
A. Oral questions dren organize their behaviour and knowl-
B. MCQ edge are called
C. Assignments A. Accomodations
D. Projects B. Framework
C. Operations
371. All are the characterstics of learning ex-
D. Schemata
cept:
A. learning is the process of the organism 377. The theory that we all experience a se-
ries of developmental crisis throughout our
B. learning is a process relating to edu- lives was proposed by:
cating environment
A. FRUED
C. learning is a result of practice
B. ADLER
D. learning reinforces further learning
C. SHELDON
372. Who is the father of “Theory of Multiple D. ERICKSON
Intelligence”?
378. A method in which the skill and expertise
A. Gardner of many teachers is combined to teach a
B. Vygotsky class is called as
C. Bruner A. Team teaching

B. Tutorial method
D. Dewey
C. Panel discussion
373. The pioneer of functionalism is D. Group discussion
A. J.B. Watson
379. Who is the father of genetic epistemol-
B. William James ogy?
C. Wilhelm Wundt A. Piaget
D. Kurt Lewin B. Kholberg

1.16 Psychology 234
C. Dewey D. maintain that complete objectivity is

D. Bruner possible.
380. The evaluation of personality is best 385. “Reverse the usual practice and you will
made through the use of an : almost always do right” was the dictum
of
A. survey test
B. inventory test A. Mahatma Gandhi
C. projective test B. Rousseau
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. preference test C. Plato
381. How does the development of the body D. Dewey

during the prenatal period proceed?
386. Medieval period was dominated by
A. At the same rate all over education.
B. Parts nearer the feet develop first A. Vedic
C. Parts near the head develop first B. Buddhist
D. Parts near the heart develop first
C. Islamic
382. Navodaya Schools have been established D. None of the above
to
A. increase number of schools in rural ar- 387. According to whom “Educational Psychol-
eas ogy is the Science of Education”?
B. provide good education in rural areas A. Skinner
C. complete ‘Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan’ B. Pillsburg
D. check wastage of education in rural ar- C. Crow and Crow
eas
D. Peel
383. Which of the following statements is cor-
rect? 388. Gardner formulated a list of Seven Intelli-
gencies, which among the following is not
A. Education is an art one of them?
B. Education is a science
A. Spatial Intelligence
C. It is neither an art nor science
B. Emotional Intelligence
D. To some extent it is art and to some
extent it is science. C. Interpersonal Intelligence
D. Linguistic Intelligence
384. Those whose educational philosophy is
rooted in pragmatism 389. Who is the father of “Theory of Multiple
A. accept the stimulus response theory of Intelligence”?
learning. A. Gardner
B. claim that knowledge is tentative,
B. Vygotsky
truth is relative.
C. Bruner
C. reject the scientific method of experi-
mentation. D. Piaget

1.16 Psychology 235
390. Inclusive education is about 396. There are three phases of teaching given
A. making provision for all children by P. Jackson, which of the following is
incorrect one?

B. welcoming and celebrating diversity
A. Pre-active phase
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Interactive phase
D. none of these
C. Post-active phase
391. Socialization is an process.
D. Underactive phase
A. Unconscious
B. Occasional 397. What is called the pre-birth stage of a
C. interactional child?
D. None of these A. From 0 to 2 years
B. From 3 to 7 years
392. What factor influence a healthy growth
of a child C. From conception to birth
A. One way love D. From 3 to 12 years
B. Parent’s balanced behavior
398. At the primary school stage, most of the
C. According to environment teachers should be women because they
D. Good food A. can teach children better than men.
393. The best method of teaching is to B. know basic content better than men.
A. impart information C. are available on lower salaries.
B. ask students to read books D. can deal with children with love and af-
C. suggest good reference material fection.
D. initiate a discussion and participate in
it 399. A teacher can use Gestalf theory in which
of the following situations?
394. Guidance is a process by which an individ- A. Students of higher classes who are
ual is helped to: able to perceive abstract material
A. choose the best alternative in accor-
B. Organising the subject matter system-
dance with his potentialities and interest
atically according to its structure
B. solve his educational, vocational and
personal problems effectively C. Claritying the purpose before the start
of teaching in the class
C. adapt to the antagonistic environment
and enjoy it D. All of the above
D. all of the above 400. “Rising knowledge to wisdom is real ed-
395. Curriculum is ucation” was said by
A. Course A. Chhandogya Upanishad

B. syllabus B. Rigveda
C. Co-curricular Activities C. Bhagvadh Geeta
D. Over all activities of an institution D. Samaveda

1.16 Psychology 236
401. Which article enjoins that “All minori- 406. According to John Dewey, the teacher
ties whether based on religion or lan- should guide students the way of the
guage shall have the right to establish and knowledge as a in learning process.
administer education institutions of their A. facilitator
choice”?
B. guider
A. Article 29 (1)
C. philosopher
B. Article 29 (2)
D. partner
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Article 30 (1)
D. Article 30 (2) 407. As per study conducted by Galton, what
ratio in heredity in an organism is due to
402. Performance tests are termed as . father and mother?
A. Verbal tests A. 25%
B. Non-verbal tests B. 12.5%
C. Projective tests C. 50%
D. Subjective tests D. 75%
408. An infant’s tendency to attend to the

403. Which of the following is not a principle
more complex of two stimuli is the basis
of development?
of the method called:
A. Principle of continuity.
A. Preference paradigm
B. Principle of individual difference.
B. Habituation
C. Principle of proceeding from specific C. Conditioned head turning
to general response.
D. Contingency learning
D. Principle of integration.
409. Who among the following was the first
404. ‘Philosophy’ means man to describe ‘Null Hypothesis’?
A. A form of religion. A. William James
B. Attempt to find answer to fundamental B. Raymond Dodge
and ultimate questions.
C. Ronald Fisher
C. Sophisticated arguments.
D. Freud
D. Consoling oneself while facing disap-
pointments in life. 410. The rate of habituation is an indication of:
A. Memory
405. Who defined sociology of education as ‘a
study of the relation between education B. Fundamental cognitive processes
and society’? C. Brain integrity
A. Good D. All of the above
B. Brown
411. If you wish to maintain a sweet relation
C. Smith with others, the important tool for you is
D. Ottaway A. to praise them always.

1.16 Psychology 237
B. to invite them to your place and to go B. Moksha, Dharma, Kama, Artha

to theirs. C. Dharma, Artha, Kama, Moksha

C. to ignore their mistakes. D. Artha, Dharma, Kama, Moksha
D. to trust them honestly.
417. ‘Origin of species by means of natural se-
412. IQ scores are generally correlated lection’ is written by-
with academic performance.
A. Charles Darwin
A. Least
B. Lamarck
B. Perfectly
C. Mr. Mandel
C. Highly
D. Galton
D. Moderately
418. The current movement of behaviour mod-
413. The concept of pratityasamutpade (that ificatio, wherein tokens are awarded for
nothing happens without a cause) is one correct responses, is
of the central principles of
A. Herbart’s five steps
A. Buddhism
B. Lock’s Tabula rasa
B. Jainism
C. Thorndike’s Law of Effect
C. Sakhya
D. Thorndike’s Law of Exercise
D. Vedanta
419. Which of the following is correctly ar-
414. Who propounded the ‘self’ theory of per- ranged?
sonality?
A. Encoding - retrieval - storage
A. Allport
B. Encoding - storage - retrieval
B. Roger
C. Storage - encoding - retrieval
C. Kretschmar
D. Retrieval - encoding - storage
D. Eysenck
420. Which one of theories of intelligence ad-
415. Which of the following thinkers said ‘Lit-
vocates the presence of general intelli-
eracy itself is not education, literacy is
gence ‘g’ and specific intelligence’s’?
only a means to education’?
A. Anarchic theory
A. Sri Aurobindo
B. Guilford’s theory of intellect
B. Mahatma Gandhi
C. Spearman’s two factor theory
C. J. Krishnamurti
D. Vernon’s hierarchical theory
D. Swami Vivekananda
416. The four fold valuation of Indian culture 421. A smart classroom is a teaching space
(Catu puru artha), when arranged in an as- which has
cending hierarchy in terms of the height of A. Smart portion with a touch panel con-
values, will constitute which of the follow- trol system and Projector and screen
ing orders? B. PC/Laptop connection and DVD/VCR
A. Artha, Kama, Dharma, Moksha player

1.16 Psychology 238
C. Document camera and specialized 427. During the first year of life a child’s
software height increases by about:
D. All of these A. 10%
B. 20%
422. Teacher’s role at higher education
C. 40%
A. provide information to students.
D. 50%
B. promote self learning in students.
428. A teacher can motivate the students by-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. encourage healthy competition among
A. giving suitable prizes
students.
B. giving proper guidance
D. help students to solve their problems.
C. giving examples
423. MOOC stands for D. delivering speech in class
A. Media Online Open Course 429. Who emphasized that the aim of educa-
B. Massachusetts Open Online Course tion should be the development in children
the feeling of international brotherhood
C. Massive Open Online Course
and attitude of international understand-
D. Myrind Open Online Course ing?
A. Rousseau
424. Navodaya Schools have been established
to- B. Dewey
A. increase number of school in rural ar- C. Tagore
eas D. Mahatma Gandhi
B. provide good education in rural areas 430. Development of language in children, ac-
C. complete ‘Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan’ cording to B.F. Skinner, is the result of
D. check wastage of education in rural ar- A. Imitation and reinforcement
eas B. Maturation
C. Training in grammar
425. A developmental hault due to frustration
and anxiety is referred to as: D. Innate abilities
A. Depression 431. Which of the following agency regulates

education?
B. Fixation
A. School
C. Regression
B. Library
D. Learned helplessness
C. Church
426. Who studied statistical study of the D. State
transmission of various traits?
432. Questioning in the class-room
A. Lamarck A. Clarifies the subject-matter
B. Darwin B. Develops inactivity
C. Galton C. Is a wastage of time
D. Weismann D. Creates indiscipline

1.16 Psychology 239
433. ‘Cultural Lag’ is the term used by 439. Theory of multiple intelligence implies the
A. Pyne following except

B. Marx A. intelligence is a distinct set of process-
ing operations used by an individual to
C. Weber solve problems.
D. Ogburn
B. disciplines should be presented in a
434. Nature of children are like number of ways
A. Imitative C. learning could be assessed through a

variety of means
B. Constructive
D. emotional intelligence is not related to
C. Imaginative
IQ
D. Destructive
440. Kindergarten (KG)system of education is
435. Classroom communication is normally indebted to
considered as
A. Spencer
A. effective
B. cognitive B. Froebel
C. affective C. Dewey
D. selective D. Plato
436. Introspection method lacks in 441. A teacher can be successful if he/she

A. Validity A. helps students in becoming better citi-
B. Reliability zens
C. Objectivity B. imparts subject knowledge to students
D. All of these C. prepares students to pass the exami-
nation
437. Intelligence testing is useful for knowing
D. presents the subject matter in a well
organized manner
A. Individual difference
B. Mental retardation 442. Techno-Pedagogic competency is
C. Educational backwardness A. A technique of combining principles of
D. All of these technology and principles of teaching.
B. A science of using technology in teach-
438. In CCE, Formative and Summative Assess-
ing.
ment totals to-
A. 40% and 60% respectively C. A competence to develop techno peda-
gogic systems in education.
B. 60% and 40% respectively
D. A set of skills of interweaving technol-
C. 50% and 50% respectively ogy into teaching and learning both scien-
D. None of these tifically and aesthetically.

1.16 Psychology 240
443. CIET stands for 448. Which of the following does not belong
to the categories of Coping strategies that
A. Centre for Integrated Education and
women commonly engaged in-
Technology
A. Acceptance
B. Central Institute for Engineering and
Technology B. Resistance
C. Central Institute for Education Tech- C. Revolution

nology D. Adaptation
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Centre for Integrated Evaluation Tech- 449. The nature of social values is
niques
A. Emotional
444. Four distinct stages of children’s intel- B. Logical
lectual development were identified by- C. Materialistic
A. Kohlberg D. Symbolical
B. Eriskon 450. Which of the following are the External
C. Skinner Factors affecting the interest of students
in classroom?
D. Piaget
A. Emotions and Sentiments
445. Research has shown that the most fre- B. Culture and Training
quent symptom of nervous instability
C. Attitudes of students
among teachers is
D. Goals and motives
A. Digestive upsets
B. Explosive behaviour 451. Who, of the following thinkers declared
education as a man making process?
C. Fatigue
A. Vivekananda
D. Worry
B. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
446. Thumb sucking, Nail biting etc, similar ac- C. Aurobindo
tions are due to: D. J. Krishnamurthi
A. Pleasure seeking 452. The process whereby the genetic factors
B. Training limit an individual’s responsiveness to the
environment is known as
C. Habit
A. Canalization
D. Anxiety
B. Discontinuity
447. It is advantage of giving home work that C. Differentiation
students-
D. Range of reaction
A. remain busy at home
453. If a student does not pay any respect to
B. study at home you, then you will-
C. may be checked for their progress A. ignore him
D. may develop habit of self study B. award less marks in examination

1.16 Psychology 241
C. talk to his/her parents 459. The mirror-rouge task measures:

D. rebuke him A. An infant’s ability to touch his/her

nose
454. Now a days the most effective mode of
learning is B. An infant’s understanding of self
A. Self study and Face-to-face learning C. An infant’s recognition of his/her
mother
B. e-learning
C. Blended learning D. All of the above
D. Both e-learning and Blended learning 460. During the premoral stage described by
KOHLBERG’S MORAL development the-
455. Frobel’s most important contribution to ory, children:
eduaction was his development of the-
A. Think that bad behaviour is punished
A. Vocational School
and good behaviour is not punished
B. Public High School
B. have no conception of good or bad be-
C. Kindergarten haviour
D. Latin School C. are amoral
456. Which of the following is the true state- D. are uncooperative
ment in reference to Intelligence?
461. The essential object for the full develop-
A. Intelligence is the ability to adjust
ment of young ones is
B. Intelligence is the ability to learn
A. Games and Sports
C. Intelligence is the ability of Abstract
Reasoning B. Cultural Programme
D. All of these C. Cultural Knowledge

D. Religious Education
457. The educator who advanced the idea of
the five formal steps in leaving was 462. Vagal tone has been used as a measure
A. Herbart of physiological regulation because:
B. Rousseau A. It measures the parasympathetic ner-
C. Comenius vous system
D. Pestalozzi B. It’s non-invasive

C. It’s related to control by the brain of
458. DIET stands for
heart rate in response to arousal
A. District Institute of Education and
D. All of the above
Training
B. District Institute of Elementary Train- 463. Primary eduaction helps
ing
A. Socialization of child
C. District Institute of Educational Tech-
B. Democratization of child
nology
C. In course uderstanding
D. District Institute of Elementary Teach-
ers D. All of the above

1.17 Research methodology 242
464. What is meant by ‘Culture’? C. Revolution

A. Civilization marked by the use of mod- D. Adaptation
ern electric home appliances
468. Smallest unit of meaning in a language is
B. Using of computers, mobile phones, in-
ternet, etc. A. Syntax
B. Morpheme
C. Sophistication in dress, food, etc.
C. Pragmatics
D. Complex whole of what man has
NARAYAN CHANGDER
achieved as being a member of the soci- D. Phoneme
ety.
469. Which of the following is not the tool
465. Inclusive Education for Formative Assessment in sholastic do-
main?
A. celebrates diversity in the classroom
A. Conversation Skill
B. encouraging strict admission proce-
dure B. Multiple Choice Question
C. incudes indoctrination of facts C. Projects
D. includes teachers from marginalized D. Oral Questions

groups 470. The stage in which a child begins to
466. A Deepawali fair is being organized in think logically about objects and events is
your school. What would you like to do? known as-
A. sensory-motor stage
A. only to visit the fair
B. formal operational stage
B. to take part in function
C. pre-operational stage
C. to take a shop to sell something
D. concrete operational stage
D. to distribute free water to visitors
471. The family imparts education to the child
467. Which of the following does not belong
to the categories of Coping strategies that A. Regularly
women commonly engaged in- B. Formally
A. Acceptance C. Informally
B. Resistance D. Deliberately
1.17 Research methodology

1. The conclusions/findings of which type of 2. Who is an effective communicator?
research cannot be generalized to other sit-
uations A. The one with histrionic talents
A. Historical research B. The one who is claer with what he says

B. Descriptive Research C. The one who is a humourous speaker
C. Experimental Research D. The one who can speak in many lan-
D. Causal Comparative Research guages

3. Good ‘research ethics’ means C. Objectivity

A. Assigning a particular research prob- D. Subjectivity

lem to one Ph.D./research student only
B. Submitting the same research 8. A detailed description of methodology of
manuscript for publishing in more than research is required in
one journal
A. Thesis/Dissertation
C. Not disclosing the holdings of
shares/stocks in a company that spon- B. Symposium/Workshop
sors your research C. Seminar paper/Articles
D. Discussing with your colleagues confi-
D. Conference and Seminar Papers
dential data from a research paper that
you are reviewing for an academic journal
9. The research is always -
4. The importance of the correlation co- A. exploring new knowledge
efficient lies in the fact that:
B. verifying the old knowledge
A. It is one of the most valid measure of
statistics. C. filling the gap between knowledge
B. It is a non-parametric method of sta- D. all of these
tistical analysis.
C. There is a linear relationship between 10. Normal Probability Curve should be
the correlated variables.
A. Zero skewed
D. It allows one to determine the degree
or strength of the association between B. Positively skewed
two variables. C. Negatively skewed
5. Bibliography given in a research report: D. Leptokurtic skewed
A. has no relevance to research
B. shows vast knowledge of the re- 11. Determining the relationship between two
searcher or more variables occurs in
C. helps those interested in further re- A. Survey research

search B. Action research
D. all the above
C. Correlational research
6. Hypothesis relates
D. Naturalistic observation
A. Constant to constant
B. Constant to variables 12. is not required for an effective commu-
nication
C. Variables to constant
D. Variables to variables A. Speech modulation
7. Research ethics do not include B. Charming personality
A. Integrity C. Appropriate gestures

B. Honesty D. Good knowledge of the content

13. The sequential operations in scientific re- D. To reduce the emphasis of single sub-
search are ject in research domain
A. Elimination of Spurious Relations, The-
orisation, Generalisation, Co-variation 18. The term ‘phenomenology’ is associated
with the process of
B. Theorisation, Generalisation, Elimina-
tion of Spurious Relations, Co-variation A. Correlational Study
C. Co-vaiation, Elimination of Spurious B. Analysis of Variance
Relations, Generalisation, Theorisation
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Probability Sampling
D. Generalisation, Co-variation, Theorisa-
D. Qualitative Research
tion, Elimination of Spurious Relations
14. A research problem is feasible only when: 19. With which one of the following tech-
niques communality is associated?
A. it is researchable
A. Case studies
B. it has utility and relevance
C. it is new and adds something to knowl- B. SWOT analysis
edge C. Factor analysis
D. all the above D. Univariate analysis
15. Which of the following is classified in the
20. A common test in research demands much
category of the developmental research?
priority on
A. Action research
A. Objectivity
B. Descriptive research
B. Reliability
C. Philosophical research
D. All the above C. Useability
D. All of the above
16. A researcher is interested in studying the
prospects of a particular political party in 21. Dramaturgical interviewing is carried out
an urban area. What tool should he prefer through
for the study?
A. Debating
A. Interview
B. Schedule B. Sampling
C. Rating scale C. Case study

D. Questionnaire D. Role playing
17. What do you consider as the main aim of 22. “Male and female students perform
inter disciplinary research? equally well in a numerical aptitude test.”
A. To over simplify the problem of re- This statement indicates a
search A. null hypothesis
B. To bring out holistic approach to re- B. research hypothesis
search
C. statistical hypothesis
C. To create a new trend in research
methodology D. directional hypothesis

23. Controlled group condition is applied in 28. In the purposive method of sampling de-
A. Survey Research sign, items are selected according to

B. Historical Research A. Personal judgement
B. Law of probability
C. Descriptive Research
C. Law of certainty
D. Experimental Research
rect? 29. Which of the following statement is cor-
rect?
A. objectives should be pin-pointed
A. Discoveries are researches
B. another word for problem is variable
B. Researches lead to discovery
C. objectives can be written in statement
or question form C. Invention and Research are related
D. all the above D. None of the above

30. A research paper
25. Which one of the following is not a type of
experimental method? A. is a compilation of information on a
topic
A. Single group experiment
B. can be published in more than one jour-
B. Parallel group experiment
nal
C. Rational group experiment
C. contains original research as deemed
D. Residual group experiment by the author
26. Which one of the following methods is best D. contains peer-reviewed original re-
suited for mapping the distribution of dif- search or evaluation of research con-
ferent crops as provided in the standard ducted by others
classification of crops in India? 31. A research problem is not feasible only
A. Dot method when:
B. Pie diagram A. it is researchable
C. Isopleth technique B. it has utility and relevance
D. Chorochromatic technique C. it is new and adds something to knowl-
edge
27. Which of the following statements is true
D. it consists of independent and depen-
in the context of the testing of a hypothe-
dent variables
sis?
A. It is only the null hypothesis, that can 32. A college wants to give training in use
be tested. of Statistical Package for Social Sciences
(SPSS) to researchers. For this the college
B. It is only the alternative hypothesis,
should organize:
that can be tested.
A. Lecture
C. Both, the alternative and the null hy-
potheses can be tested. B. Seminar
D. Both, the alternative and the null hy- C. Workshop
potheses cannot be tested. D. Conference

33. Conferences are meant for C. Summative Research

A. Group discussions D. ‘Ex-post Facto’ Research
B. Multiple target groups
39. Survey research studies
C. Show-casing new Research
A. Events
D. All the above
B. Processes
34. Which of the following sampling methods
is not based on probability? C. Populations
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Quota Sampling D. Circumstances
B. Cluster Sampling 40. Nine year olds are taller than seven year
C. Stratified Sampling olds. This is an example of a reference
D. Simple Random Sampling drawn from
A. Vertical study
35. The F-test:
B. Time series study
A. is essentially a two tailed test.
B. is essentially a one tailed test. C. Experimental study
C. can be one tailed as well as two tailed D. Cross-sectional study

depending on the hypothesis.
41. When academicians are called to deliver
D. can never be a one tailed test. lecture or presentations to an audience on
36. For a teacher, which is the most important certain topics or a set of topics of educa-
skill to possess? tional nature, it is called
A. Being regular A. Seminar

B. Covering the prescribed course B. Workshop
C. Ensuring that the students are relaxed C. Symposium
while teaching D. Training Program
D. Making students understand what the
teacher explains 42. The experimental study is based on:
37. Which of the following are the basic rules A. Survey of literature
of APA style of referencing format? B. Conceptual parameters
A. Alphabetically index reference list C. Replication of research
B. Invert authors’ names (last name first) D. The manipulation of variables
C. Italicize titles of longer works such as
books and journals 43. The research which is exploring new facts
through the study of the past is called
D. All of the above
A. Content analysis
38. The study in which the investigators at-
tempt to trace an effect is known as: B. Historical research
A. Survey Research C. Mythological research
B. Historical Research D. Philosophical research

44. Formulation of hypothesis may NOT be re- C. Sign test

quired in: D. Chi-square test

A. Survey method
50. Which correlation co-efficient best ex-
B. Historical studies
plains the relationship between creativity
C. Normative studies and intelligence?
D. Experimental studies A. 0.3
45. Sampling error decreases with the B. 0.5
A. Process of analysis C. 0.6
B. Increase in sample size D. 1.00
C. Decrease in sample size 51. Which of the following steps are required
D. Process of randomization to design a questionnaire
46. Manipulation is always a part of A. Revision of the draft

A. Historical research B. Prepare a draft of questionnaire
B. Descriptive research C. Writing primary and secondary aims of
the study
C. Fundamental research
D. All of the above
D. Experimental research
52. Research is conducted to
47. A statistical measure based upon the en-
tire population is called parameter while A. Generate new knowledge
measure based upon a sample is known as: B. Obtain research degree
A. Inference
C. Reinterpret existing knowledge
B. Statistics
D. All of the above
C. Sample parameter
53. When two or more successive footnotes
D. None of these
refer to the same work which one of the
48. Which of the following statements is cor- following expressions is used?
rect? A. et.al
A. Variability is the source of problem B. op.cit
B. Researcher must possess analytical C. loc.cit
ability
D. ibid
C. Objectives of research are stated in
first chapter of the thesis 54. The research stream of immediate applica-
D. All the above tion is
A. Action research
49. Which one of the following is not a non-
parametric test? B. Empirical research
A. t-test C. Conceptual research
B. Run test D. Fundamental research

55. In a large random data set following nor- 60. What is required in a classroom?
mal distribution, the ratio (%) of number
A. Teacher who is disciplined and take at-
of data points which are in the range of
tendance regularly
(mean ± standard deviation) to the total
number of data points, is B. Teacher effectively answering the
questions asked by students
A. 47%
C. A teacher delivering his lecture accord-
B. 50%
ing to the textbook and research
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. 67%
D. A teacher delivering his lecture on the
D. 97% basis of textbook contents and standard
books
56. When the purpose of a definition is to ex-
plain the use or to eliminate ambiguity the 61. Research is
definition is called
A. Working in a scientific way to search
A. Lexical for truth of any problem
B. Persuasive B. Finding solution to any problem
C. Theoretical C. Searching again and again
D. Stipulative D. None of the above
57. Sampling is advantageous as it 62. The word ‘Anusandhan’ implies

A. Saves time A. Goal Orientation
B. Helps in capital-saving B. Following an aim
C. Both (A) and (B) C. Attaining an aim
D. Increases accuracy D. Praying to achieve an aim
58. The least important thing to do in teaching 63. We use Factorial Analysis:
is
A. To test the Hypothesis
A. Punishing the students
B. To know the difference between two
B. Lecturing in interesting way variables
C. Ensuring discipline in the class C. To know the relationship between two
variables
D. Drawing sketches and diagrams on the
blackboard D. To know the difference among the
many variables
59. A research problem is not feasible if
64. The process not needed in Experimental
A. It is researchable
Researches is
B. It has utility and relevance
A. Controlling
C. It is new and adds something to knowl-
B. Observation
edge
C. Manipulation
D. It consists of independent and depen-
dent variables D. Content Analysis

65. A hypothesis is a B. Through its reliability

A. law C. Through its impartiality

B. canon D. All of these
C. postulate
71. The process not needed in experimental re-
D. supposition search is:
66. Which of the following statements is not A. Controlling
true in the context of participatory re-
B. Observation
search?
C. Reference collection
A. It recognizes knowledge as power.
B. It is a collective process of enquiry. D. Manipulation and replication
C. It emphasises on people as experts. 72. Which one of the following does not come
D. Its sole purpose is production of under the methods of data classification?
knowledge. A. Spatial
67. Which of the following is the biggest bar- B. Normative
rier to communication in a classroom?
C. Qualitative
A. Outside disturbance
D. Quantitative
B. Noise in the classroom
C. Lack of teaching aids 73. Which one of the following is the
most comprehensive source of population
D. Confusion on the part of the teacher data?
68. If a researcher conducts a research on find- A. Census
ing out which administrative style con-
B. National Sample Surveys
tributes more to institutional effective-
ness? This will be an example of C. Demographic Health Surveys
A. Applied Research D. National Family Health Surveys
B. Action Research
74. The first step of research is:
C. Basic Research
A. Finding a problem
B. Selecting a problem
69. Random sampling is helpful as it is
C. Searching a problem
A. Reasonably accurate
D. Identifying a problem
B. Free from personal biases
C. An economical method of data collec- 75. Books and records are the primary sources
tion of data in:
D. All the above A. clinical research

B. historical research
70. How can the objectivity of the research be
enhanced? C. laboratory research
A. Through its validity D. participatory research

76. How is the competency of a teacher 81. The depth of any research can be judged
judged? by:
A. Personality A. title of the research
B. Books published B. duration of the research
C. objectives of the research
C. Meeting the needs of students
D. total expenditure on the research
D. Length of association with a school
82. Which of the following is not the critical
NARAYAN CHANGDER
77. Which one of the following methods serve feature of qualitative research?
to measure correlation between two vari-
A. Researcher becomes immersed in the
ables?
situation, present or past related to the
A. Two-way table phenomena.
B. Scatter Diagram B. Seeking to establish relationships
among measured social facts.
C. Frequency Distribution
C. Actual settings are the direct source of
D. Coefficient of Rank Correlation data.
78. Suppose you want to investigate the D. Data take the forms of words or pic-
working efficiency of nationalized bank in tures.
India, which one of the following would 83. In a thesis, figures and tables are included
you follow? in
A. Area Sampling A. The text itself
B. Quota Sampling B. The appendix
C. Sequential Sampling C. A separate chapter
D. Multi-stage Sampling D. The concluding chapter
84. The format of thesis writing is the same
79. Workshops are meant for
as in
A. giving lectures A. a research dissertation
B. multiple target groups B. writing of seminar presentation
C. showcase new theories C. preparation of a research pa-
per/article
D. hands on training/experience
D. presenting a workshop/conference
80. Identify the category of evaluation that paper
assesses the learning progress to provide
85. A doctor studies the relative effectiveness
continuous feedback to the students during
of two drugs of dengue fever. His re-
instruction.
search would be classified as
A. Formative
A. Case Study
B. Diagnostic B. Ethnography
C. Placement C. Descriptive Survey
D. Summative D. Experimental Research

86. The ‘Sociogram’ technique is used to study 92. One of the aims of the scientific method in
A. Human Relations research is to:

B. Vocational Interest A. confirm triangulation
C. Achievement Motivation B. introduce new variables
D. Professional Competence C. improve data interpretation

D. eliminate spurious relations
87. Research can be classified as:
A. Basic, Applied and Action Research 93. Which of the following is not an example
of a continuous variable?
B. Quantitative and Qualitative Research
A. Height
C. Philosophical, Historical, Survey and
Experimental Research B. Attitude
D. All the above C. Family size

D. Intelligence
88. Tippit table refers to
A. Table of random digits 94. Which of the following variables cannot be
expressed in quantitative terms?
B. Table used in sampling methods
A. Marital Status
C. Table used in statistical investigations
B. Numerical Aptitude
D. All the above
C. Professional Attitude
89. is a preferred sampling method for the D. Socio-economic Status
population with finite size.
A. Systematic sampling 95. Evaluation research is concerned with
B. Purposive sampling A. Why are we doing?
C. Cluster sampling B. What are we doing?
D. Area sampling C. How well are we doing?

90. Which technique is generally followed
when the population is finite? 96. Which of the following is not the Method
A. Systematic Sampling Technique of Research?
B. Purposive Sampling Technique A. Survey
C. Area Sampling Technique B. Historical
D. None of the above C. Observation

D. Philosophical
91. Which of the following methods will you
choose to prepare choropleth map of India 97. The basis on which assumptions are formu-
showing urban density of population: lated:
A. Quintiles A. Universities
B. Quartiles B. Cultural background of the country
C. Break - point C. Specific characteristics of the castes
D. Mean and SD D. All of these

98. Which of the following are the characteris- D. A hypothesis is made on the basis of
tics of a seminar? limited evidence as a starting point for fur-
A. It is a form of academic instruction. ther investigations
B. It needs involvement of skilled per- 103. Which one of the following principles is
sons. not applicable to sampling?
C. It involves questioning, discussion and A. Sample units must be clearly defined
debates. B. Sample units must be dependent on
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. All of the above each other
C. Same units of sample should be used
99. In qualitative research paradigm, which of
throughout the study
the following features may be considered
critical? D. Sample units must be chosen in a sys-
tematic and objective manner
A. Data collection with standardised re-
search tools. 104. Type-I Error occurs if
B. Data collection with bottom-up empiri- A. the null hypothesis is rejected even
cal evidences. though it is true
C. Sampling design with probability sam- B. the null hypothesis is accepted even
ple techniques. though it is false
D. Data gathering to take with top-down C. both the null hypothesis as well as al-
systematic evidences. ternative hypothesis are rejected
100. To test null hypothesis, a researcher
uses: 105. In sampling, the lottery method is used
A. X for
B. t test A. Theorisation
C. ANOVA B. Randomisation
D. factorial analysis C. Interpretation
D. Conceptualisation
101. Action research is a type of
A. Survey research 106. Which one of the following is a research
tool?
B. Applied research
A. Graph
C. Quantity research
B. Diagram
D. Population research
C. Illustration
102. Identify the incorrect statement: D. Questionnaire
A. Scientific hypothesis is a scientific the-
107. A ratio represents the relation between:
ory
A. Part and Part
B. Hypothesis is a proposed explanation
for a phenomenon B. Part and Whole
C. A hypothesis is a basis for reasoning C. Whole and Whole
without any assumption of its truth D. All of the above

108. Which of the following statements re- 113. Research is not considered ethical if it
garding the meaning of research are cor-
A. is not of a very high standard
rect

A. It leads to enhancement of knowledge B. tries to prove a particular point
B. Research refers to a series of system- C. does not investigate the data scientifi-
atic activity or activities undertaken to cally
find out the solution of a problem
D. does not ensure privacy and anonymity
C. It is a systematic, logical and an un- of the respondent
biased process wherein verification of hy-
pothesis data analysis, interpretation and
114. Which of the following options are the
formation of principles can be done
main tasks of research in modern society?
D. All of the above
A. to discover new things
109. Participant observation is the process of
B. to keep pace with the advancement in
immersing yourself in the study of
knowledge
A. People
C. to systematically examine and criti-
B. Options
cally analyse the investigations/sources
C. Methods with objectivity
D. Outcomes D. all of the above
110. A null hypothesis is
115. The core elements of dissertation are
A. subjective in nature
B. the same as research hypothesis A. Research Plan; Research Data; Analy-
sis; References
C. when there is difference between the
variables B. Executive Summary; Literature review;
Data gathered; Conclusions; Bibliography
D. when there is no difference between
the variables C. Introduction; Literature Review; Re-
search Methodology; Results; Discussion
111. Research can be conducted by a person
and Conclusion
who:
A. is a hard worker D. Introduction; Data Collection; Data
Analysis; Conclusions and Recommenda-
B. holds a postgraduate degree tions
C. has studied research methodology
D. possesses thinking and reasoning abil- 116. Which of the following phrases is not rel-
ity evant to describe the meaning of research
as a process?
112. ‘Ethnography’ describes
A. Trial and Error
A. Way of life
B. Problem Solving
B. Culture
C. Both (A) and (B) C. Systematic Activity
D. Progeny D. Objective Observation

117. Identify the correct sequence of research 122. refers to inferring about the whole
steps : population based on the observations
A. Selection of topic, review of literature, made on a small part.
interpretation of findings, data collection A. Pseudo-inference
B. Selection of topic, data collection, re- B. Objective inference
view of literature, interpretation of find-
C. Inductive inference
ings
D. Deductive inference
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Review of literature, selection of topic,
data collection, interpretation of findings
123. Generalised conclusion on the basis of a
D. Selection of topic, review of literature, sample is technically known as:
data collection, interpretation of findings
A. Statistical inference
118. Fundamental research reflects the ability B. Parameter inference
to:
C. Data analysis and interpretation
A. Expound new principles
D. All of the above
B. Synthesize new ideals
C. Evaluate the existing material concern- 124. Which one of the following is an indica-
ing research tion of the quality of a research journal?
D. Study the existing literature regarding A. h-index
various topics B. g-index
119. Deconstruction is a popular method of re- C. i10-index
search in
D. Impact factor
A. Literature
B. Basic Science 125. Which one of the following is not a source
of data?
C. Social Science
A. GIS
D. Applied Science
B. Sample survey
120. Newton gave three basic laws of motion.
C. Population census
This research is categorized as
A. Sample Survey D. Administrative records
B. Applied Research 126. A workshop is

C. Descriptive Research A. a meeting for discussion on a topic
D. Fundamental Research B. a conference for discussion on a topic
121. A good thesis writing should involve C. a class at a college or a university in
A. careful checking of references which a teacher and the students discuss
a topic
B. a clear and well written abstract
D. a brief intensive course for a small
C. consistency in the way the thesis is group emphasizing the development of a
written skill or technique for solving a specific
D. all of the above problem

127. The research that aims at immediate ap- 132. Action-research is:
plication is
A. An applied research

A. Action Research
B. A longitudinal research
B. Empirical Research
C. A research carried out to solve imme-
C. Conceptual Research diate problems
D. Fundamental Research D. All the above
128. The research approach of Max Weber to 133. Field-work based research is classified
understand how people create meanings in as:
natural settings is identified as
A. Historical
A. Critical paradigm
B. Empirical
B. Positive paradigm
C. Biographical
C. Natural paradigm
D. Experimental
D. Interpretative paradigm
134. Action research is
129. What is the most important challenge be-
fore a teacher?
B. Simulative research
A. Checking question papers
C. A longitudinal research
B. Getting assignments finished
D. A research carried out to solve imme-
C. Making teaching-learning enjoyable
diate problems
D. Maintaining discipline in the class-
room 135. Circle graphs are used to show:
A. How one part is related to other parts?
130. Which of the following sampling method
is appropriate to study the prevalence of
AIDS amongst male and female in India in B. How various sections share in the
1976, 1986, 1996 and 2006? whole?
A. Quota sampling C. How one whole is related to other
whole?
B. Cluster sampling
D. How various parts are related to the
C. Systematic sampling
whole?
D. Stratified random sampling
136. Action research means
131. The main characteristic of scientific re-
search is:
B. A longitudinal research
A. empirical
C. A research with socioeconomic objec-
B. theoretical
tive
C. experimental
D. A research initiated to solve an imme-
D. all of the above diate problem

137. Primary data for the research process be 142. A group of experts in a specific area of
collected through knowledge assembled at a place and pre-
A. Survey pared a syllabus for a new course. The
process may be termed as
B. Experiment
A. Seminar
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Workshop
C. Conference
NARAYAN CHANGDER
138. Research ethics has a direct connection D. Symposium
more often with which stages of re-
search? 143. The population information is called pa-
rameter while the corresponding sample
A. Defining and delimiting the scope of re- information is known as
search.
A. Universe
B. Deciding about statistical techniques
and data analysis. B. Statistics
C. Problem formulation and reporting of C. Inference

research findings. D. Sampling design
D. Defining the population and deciding 144. Which of the following is an initial manda-
the sampling technique for research. tory requirement for pursuing research?
139. Which one is called non-probability sam- A. Developing a research design
pling? B. Formulating a research question
A. Quota sampling C. Formulating a research hypothesis
B. Cluster sampling D. Deciding about the data analysis pro-
C. Systematic sampling cedure
D. Stratified random sampling 145. Media is known as
140. The longitudinal approach of research A. First Estate

deals with B. Second Estate
A. Short-term researches C. Third Estate
B. Long-term researches D. Fourth Estate
C. Horizontal researches 146. The Principles of fundamental research
D. None of the above are used in
A. Action research
141. Which of the following is the first step in
starting the research process? B. Applied research
A. Identification of problem C. Historical research
B. Survey of related literature D. Philosophical research
C. Searching for solutions to the problem 147. Which one of the following is a non-
D. Searching sources of information to lo- probability sampling method?
cate problem A. Quota Sampling

B. Cluster Sampling 153. Which one of the following is the oldest

C. Stratified Sampling Archival source of data in India?

D. Simple Random Sampling A. Census
B. Vital Statistics
148. A satisfactory statistical quantitative
method should not possess one of the fol- C. Agricultural Statistics
lowing qualities D. National Sample Surveys
A. Flexibility
154. Which of the following sampling methods
B. Measurability is based on probability?
C. Comparability A. Quota sampling
D. Appropriateness B. Stratified sampling
149. In the process of conducting research C. Judgement sampling
“Formulation of Hypothesis” is followed D. Convenience sampling
by
155. When planning to do a social research, it
A. Analysis of Data
is better to
B. Collection of Data
A. Be familiar with literature on the topic
C. Statement of Objectives
B. Approach the topic with an open mind
D. Selection of Research Tools
C. Do a pilot study before getting stuck
150. is referred to as “the father of re- into it
search on teaching”? D. Forget about theory because this is a
A. N. L. Gage very practical
B. David Berliner 156. Which of the following methods is best
C. Egon Brunswik suited to show on a map the types of crops
D. Donald T. Campbell being grown in a region?
A. Isopleth
151. Jean Piaget gave a theory of cognitive de-
velopment of humans on the basis of his B. Choropleth
A. Action research C. Chorochromatic
B. Applied research D. Choroschematic
C. Evaluation Research 157. Research and Development become the
D. Fundamental research index of development of country. Which
of the following reasons are true with re-
152. The main purpose of research in education gards to this statement?
is to
A. Because R & D targets the human de-
A. Increase social status of an individual velopment
B. Increase job prospects of an individual B. Because R & D can improve the stan-
C. Help in the personal growth of an indi- dard of living of the people in a country
vidual C. Because R & D reflect the true eco-
D. Help the candidate become an eminent nomic and social conditions prevailing in
educationist a country

D. All the above 164. When a research problem is related to

heterogeneous population, the most suit-
158. A thesis statement is able sampling method is
A. A fact
A. Lottery Method
B. A discussion
C. An assertion B. Cluster Sampling
D. An observation C. Stratified Sampling
NARAYAN CHANGDER
159. A working hypothesis is D. Convenient Sampling
A. a scientific theory
165. Which is the main objective of research?
B. not required to be tested
C. a proven hypothesis for an argument A. To review the literature
D. a provisionally accepted hypothesis B. To get an academic degree
for further research
C. To summarize what is already known
160. Which one of the following is a non prob-
D. To discover new facts or to make fresh
ability sampling?
interpretation of known facts
A. Stratified
B. Purposive 166. The essential qualities of a researcher are
C. Systematic A. systematization or theorizing of knowl-
D. Simple Random edge
161. Research problem is selected from the B. reliance on observation and evidence
stand point of:
C. spirit of free enquiry
A. Social relevance
D. all the above
B. Financial support
C. Researcher’s interest 167. The data of research is
D. Availability of relevant literature
A. Qualitative only
162. Which of the following is NOT the charac-
B. Quantitative only
teristic of a research?
A. Research is systematic C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Research is not passive D. Neither (a) nor (b)
C. Research is not a process
168. A definition that has a meaning that is
D. Research is problem oriented
deliberately assigned to some symbol is
163. A research paper is a brief reportof re- called:
search work based on
A. Lexical
A. Primary Data only
B. Precising
B. Secondary Data only
C. Both Primary and Secondary Data C. Stipulative
D. None of the above D. Persuasive

169. The frequency distribution of a research C. The research is carried out along with
data which is symmetrical in shape similar the happening of an incident
to a normal distribution but center peak is

D. The research is carried out keeping in
much higher, is mind the possibilities of an incident
A. Skewed
174. Authenticity of a research finding is its:
B. Platykurtic
A. Validity
C. Leptokurtic
B. Objectivity
D. Mesokurtic
C. Originality
170. A Cluster of propositions with a structure D. All of the above
that exhibits some inference is called
A. An argument 175. What is a Research Design?
B. An inference A. Sampling using a sampling frame
C. An explanation B. Literally the researcher’s brief case
D. A valid argument C. Identifying people who are suitable for

research
171. From the following list of statements D. Sampling of people, newspapers, tele-
identify the set which has negative impli- vision programmes etc.
cations for ‘research ethics’ :
A. Related studies are cited without 176. For advancing knowledge, the latest
proper references. strategy used by mankind is
B. Conduct of practitioner is screened in A. scientific thinking

terms of reported research evidences. B. inductive reasoning
C. Both policy making and policy imple- C. deductive reasoning
menting processes are regulated in terms D. consulting an authority
of preliminary studies.
D. All of the above 177. The research that applies the laws at the
time of field study to draw more and more
172. The variable which impacts the relation- clear ideas about the problem is:
ship between an independent variable and A. Experimental research
a dependent variable is known as
B. Applied research
A. control variable
C. Action research
B. predictor variable
D. None of these
C. precedent variable
D. antecedent variable 178. The important pre-requisites of a re-
searcher in sciences, social sciences and hu-
173. Ex Post Facto research means manities are
A. The research is carried out after the A. laboratory skills, records, supervisor,
incident topic
B. The research is carried out prior to the B. supervisor, topic, critical analysis, pa-
incident tience

1.18 School and classroom management 260
C. archives, supervisor, topic, flexibility D. Data sharing policies

in thinking
D. topic, supervisor, good temperament, 180. One of the following is not a quality of
pre-conceived notions researcher:
A. Keenness in enquiry
179. Ethical norms in research do not involve
guidelines for: B. He must be of alert mind
A. Copyright C. His assertion to outstrip the evidence
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Thesis format D. Unison with that of which he is in
C. Patenting policy search
1.18 School and classroom management

1. The function of educational administration 5. The test made to compare the perfor-
and management is. mance of student with the other students
A. Instructional tasks is called?
B. Non - instructional tasks A. Achievement
C. Both A and B B. Norm reference
D. None of the above C. Criterion reference

D. None
2. Coordinating stimulating and directing the
growth of teacher is the purpose of. 6. In POSDIR, R stands for
A. Administration A. Reply
B. Inspection B. Reporting
C. Supervision C. Representing
D. Management D. Response reply
3. Which one is not the type of test of test 7. Student performance is compared with
by purpose? clearly defined learning tasks in?
A. Essay Type Test A. Essay Type Test
B. Standardized Test B. Standardized Test
C. Objective type test C. Norm referenced test
D. Norm referenced test D. Criterion reverenced test
4. Which appropriate verb will you use to 8. To bring harmony among all the elements
make an objective behavioral? of programme is.
A. To know A. Planning
B. To construct B. Organizing
C. To appreciate C. Commanding
D. To understand D. Coordinating

9. ‘’Table of specification” helps in? 15. The father of modern theory of manage-
A. Test Scoring ment is
A. Hery Fayol

B. Test Construction
B. Max Weber
C. Test development
C. Gullick
D. Test Administration
D. Tyler
10. Affirmative actions is the same as: 16. The type of the test by method is?
A. Managing systems. A. Essay Type Test
B. Positive action. B. Standardized Test
C. Leadership potential. C. Objective type test
D. Management practices. D. Norm referenced test
11. Supervision sould be primarily 17. The main purpose of the supervision of
teaching should be the.
A. Constructive and creative
A. Advacement of pupil welfare
B. Preventive and corrective B. Proper utilization of school facilities
C. Construction and critical C. Carrying out of the curriculum
D. Prevtive and critical D. Achievement of success in examina-
tion
12. The alternative name of the “table of spec-
ification” is? 18. In teaching learning process supervision is
usually carried out by
A. Test Scoring
A. Principal
B. Test Blue Print
B. Teacher
C. Test Construction
C. Parents
D. Test Administration D. Society
13. The least in scope is? 19. The I.Q of a student having twelve years
A. Test mental age and ten years physical age will
be?
B. Evaluation
A. 140
C. Assessment
B. 120
D. Measurement
C. 100
14. The effective supervision is indicated by. D. 90
A. Good relations between teacher and 20. The type of essay item in which contents
supervisors. are limited is?
B. Helping teachers in their teaching A. M.C.Q items
C. Helping teachers becoming more self- B. Matching items
sufficient C. Restricted Response Questions
D. Criticizing teacher, s lessons D. Extended Response Questions

21. The main purpose of the supervision of 27. The elementary school teachers are di-
teaching should be the rectly responsible to the
A. Achievement of success in examina- A. Headmaster
tion B. Parents
B. Proper utilization of school facilities C. Students
C. Carrying out of the curriculum D. None of these
D. Advacement of pupil welfare
NARAYAN CHANGDER
28. The incorrect options in M.C.Q are?
22. What is central to administration A. Answer
A. Organization B. Premise
B. Coordination C. Response
C. Communication D. Destructor
D. Decision making
29. Which is not the characteristic of authori-
23. Staff development means tative administration
A. Training staff A. Sharing
B. Recruiting staff B. Rudeness

C. Strict discipline
C. Increasing staff
D. Suppression the subordinates
D. Decreasing staff
30. The purpose of the evaluation is to make?
24. The history of administration goes back to
A. Opinion
A. 1000 BC
B. Decision
B. 2000 BC
C. Judgment
C. 3000 BC
D. Prediction
D. 5000 BC
31. The individual in the group given the task
25. What does E and D rules mean of directing and coordinating is
A. Efficiency and duty rules A. Guide
B. Efficiency and discipline rules B. Leader
C. Efficiency and department rules C. Instructor
D. None of these D. Supervisor
26. The item in the column for which a match 32. Which questions are difficult to mark with
is sought is? reliability?
A. Premise A. Short answer
B. Response B. Structured essay
C. Destructor C. Unstructured essay
D. None D. Multiple type questions

33. The chief responsibility of the principal is 38. “Supervision is not to control the teacher
to. but to work cooperatively” is the saying
of.

A. Organize and administer the guidance
programme A. Glatthorn
B. Provide leadership in instructional B. Hoy and Forsyth
plan C. Harris
C. Maintain school records D. Glickman
D. Handle discipline problems 39. Limited to quantitative description of
pupil’s performance is?
34. Indication of democratic attitude is.
A. Test
A. Equal rights
B. Evaluation
B. Participation
C. Assessment
C. Cooperation D. Measurement
D. All of the
40. The appearance of normal curve resembles
35. New Libraries laboratories etc are con- with?
structed undr A. V
A. Non development budget B. U
B. Development Budget C. Bell
C. Both (A) and (B) D. None
D. None 41. All transaction should be enterd in which
register.
36. The main schools of management thought
A. Fee
are:
B. Cash
A. Comprehensive, human resources,
continuous, systems. C. Funds
D. Withdrawal
B. Scientific, technical, social, human re-
lations. 42. A.D.P is an abbreviation of.
C. Classical, human relations, systems, A. Annual development programme
contingency. B. Annual duty programme
D. Classical, human resources, systems, C. Annual division of performance
contingency.
D. Annual debating programme
37. Frequently used tools of summative evalu- 43. To bring harmony among all the elements
ation are? of programmeis
A. Test A. Planning
B. Daily assignment B. Organizing
C. Teacher observation C. Coordinating
D. None D. Commanding

44. In case of GPE advance, the number of in- 50. The effective supervision is indicated by
stallments for refunding is. A. Good relations between teacher and
A. 24 supervisors
B. 32 B. Helping teachers becoming more self
sufficient
C. 65
C. Helping teacher in their teaching
D. 41
D. Criticizing teacher’s lessons
NARAYAN CHANGDER
45. Execution of plans and decisions is the part
of 51. Staff development means.
A. Planning A. Recruiting staff

B. Training staff
B. Organizing
C. Increasing staff
C. Coordinating
D. Decreasing staff
D. Commanding
52. Which is not the type of adminstration.
46. S.N.E is an abbreviation of
A. Instructional adminstration
A. System of new entry
B. Authoritarian adminstration
B. Schedule of new entry
C. Democratic adminstration
C. Schedule of new experience
D. Laissez Faire adminstration
D. Schedule of new expenditure
53. Supervision should be primarily.
47. In “POSDCORB”Co stands for. A. Preventive and critical
A. Cooperation B. Preventive and corrective
B. Collection C. Constructive and creative
C. Coordinating D. Constructive and critical
D. Correlation 54. If the sample of the question in the test
48. Non development budget includes is sufficiently large enough, the quality of
test is?
A. Maintenance of building
A. Adequacy
B. Running ependitures
B. Reliability
C. Salaries C. Objectivity
D. All of the above D. Differentiability
49. Execution of plans and decisions is the part 55. Instrument used for measuring sample of
of. behavior is?
A. Planning A. Test
B. Organizing B. Evaluation
C. Commanding C. Assessment
D. Coordinating D. Measurement

56. The school headmaster are expected to 62. Person who possesses qualities of leader-
A. Hold daily Prayers ship is

B. Hold daily meetings A. Leader
C. Prepare the budget B. Officer
D. Put into operation the course of study C. Manager
D. Administrator
57. The founder of modern intelligent tests
was? 63. The characteristics of good planner are
A. Alfred Binet A. Producer
B. Gulford
B. Motivator
C. Stern
C. Optimistic
D. None
D. All of the above
58. Literal meaning of supervision is.
64. School Budget includes.
A. Superior knowledge and power
A. Development expendciture
B. Superior knowledge and service
B. Non development expenditure
C. Superior efforts and service
C. Both A and B
D. None of these
D. Nether A nor B
59. “Supervision is not to control the teacher
but to work cooperatively” is the saying 65. Authoritarian model is more suitable for
of
A. Confidence
A. Hoy and Forsyth
B. Discipline
B. Glatthorn
C. Achievement
C. Glickman
D. Improvement
D. Harris
66. In which question marking will be more re-
60. A programme of activities which is de- liable?
signed to attain educational ends is
A. Essay
A. Syllabi
B. Completion
B. Curriculum
C. Learning C. Short answer
D. Instruction D. Multiple choice question
61. Assessment of how well a school is per- 67. The criticism most frequently leveled at
forming is. school administration is that.
A. Administration A. They like praise
B. Supervision B. They are so lazy
C. Inspection C. They fail to provide leadership
D. All of the above D. They do not know teacher

68. The school headmasters are expected to. 74. The Analysis of items is necessary in?
A. Put into operation the course of study A. Essay Type Test
B. Hold daily meetings B. Standardized Test
C. Prepare the budget C. Objective type test
D. All of the above D. Norm referenced test
69. The characteristics of good planner are. 75. Acquittance roll is used for.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Optimistic A. Salary disbursement
B. Motivator
B. Stock
C. Producer
C. Govt grants
D. All of them
D. Expenditures
70. Test item is very difficult when value of fa-
cility index/ difficulty level is less than? 76. The supply type test item is?
A. 30% A. M.C.Q items

B. 70 % B. Matching items
C. 30-70 % C. True / False items
D. None D. Completion items
71. The power is concentrated in the hands of 77. Broader in meaning is?
one or few people in
A. Aims
A. Control
B. Objectives
B. Command
C. Specific Objectives
C. Centralization
D. Instructional objectives
D. Decentralization
78. Who advocated bureaucratic theory
72. The most widely applicable test item is?
A. Henry Fayol
A. M.C.Q items
B. Campbell
B. Matching items
C. True / False items C. Max Weber
D. Completion items D. Herzberg
73. The quality of test that measures “what it 79. All Govt grants and expenditures are main-
claims to measure” is? tained in.
A. Validity A. Cash Register
B. Reliability B. Acquittance Roll
C. Objectivity C. Stock Register
D. Differentiability D. Contingent Register

80. The ACR cannot be initiated for the period 86. I.Q of a student having same physical and
of less than mental age will be?

A. 1 month A. 140
B. 2 months B. 120
C. 3 months C. 100
D. 4 months D. 50
81. All financial transactions of the school oc- 87. The level of school addminstration can best
curring from day to day is entered in. be judged through
A. Cash Book A. Head teacher
B. Stock Register B. Beautiful building
C. Service book C. Learning out comes
D. Log Book D. Teachers students relations
82. The process of directing others towards 88. The school policy should be determined by.
the accomplishment of some objectives is. A. The professional educators
A. Communication B. Headmasters
B. Managing C. Citizens
C. Leadership D. Citizens and educators
89. To motivate the others to achieve certain
83. Pension is given if the retirement is after goals is.
service of. A. Planning
A. 25 Years B. Leading
B. 30 Years C. Controlling
C. 45 Years D. Organizing
D. 50 Years
90. Person who possesses qualities of leader-
84. Boss is always right is the feature of. ship is.
A. instructional adminstration A. Leader
B. Authoritarian adminstration B. Manager
C. Democratic adminstration C. Administrator
D. Laissez Faire adminstration D. Officer
85. A.D.P is an abbreviation of 91. Boss is right is the feature of

A. Annual duty programme A. Instructional administration
B. Annual debating programme B. Laissez Faire administration
C. Annual division of performance C. Authoritarian administration
D. Annual development programme D. Democratic administration

92. High and low achievers are sorted out 98. The quality of test to give same scores
by? when administered at different occasions
A. Reliability is?
B. Objectivity A. Validity
C. Ease or difficulty B. Objectivity
D. Discrimination power C. Reliability

D. Differentiability
NARAYAN CHANGDER
93. Test meant for prediction on a certain cri-
terion are called? 99. Which pension is granted to civil servant
A. Knowledge who retires in the age of sixty
B. Personality A. Invalid
B. Retiring
C. Intelligence
C. Compensation
D. Aptitude test
D. Superannuation
94. Identifying relationship between two
things is demonstrated by? 100. Systems theory holds that:
A. Matching items A. The whole is greater than the sum of
the parts
B. M.C.Q items
B. Decentralised organisations are more
C. True / False items
productive.
D. Completion items
C. Centralised organisations are more
95. All transaction should be enterd in which productive.
register D. Fragmentation improves perfor-
A. Cash mance.
B. Funds 101. The process of making judgment is called.
C. Fee A. Budgeting
D. With drawl B. Evaluation
96. A formal and systematic procedure of get- C. Demonstration
ting information is? D. Documentation
A. Test
102. The power delegated throughtout an or-
B. Evaluation ganization is.
C. Assessment A. Control
D. Measurement B. Command
97. Authoritarian model is more suitable for. C. Decetralization
A. Confidence D. Centralization
B. Improvement 103. Vast of all in scope?
C. Achievement A. Test
D. Discipline B. Assessment

C. Evaluation 109. In case of new recruitment the probation

D. Measurement period is.

A. 3 Years
104. Test item cannot discriminate low achiev-
ers and high achievers when its value is B. 5 Years
lower than? C. 8 Years
A. 0.30 D. 9 Years
B. 1
110. Developing alternatives is a step of.
C. 0.30 - 1
D. None A. Organization
B. Planning
105. Contingency theories identify:
C. Direction
A. One method of management is suit-
able for all situations. D. Control
B. Autocratic managers achieve the best 111. Indication of democratic attitude is
results.
A. Participation
C. People are more important than the
products produced. B. Cooperation
D. The circumstances in which a particu- C. Equal rights
lar practice is more likely to succeed.
D. All of the above
106. Running description of active behavior of
a student as observed by the teacher is? 112. Respect of opinion of the feature of.
A. Anecdotal record A. Instructional adminstration

B. Autobiography B. Authoritarian adminstration
C. Autobiography C. Democratic adminstration
D. None D. Laissez Faire adminstration
107. To motivate the other to achieve certain 113. The purpose of evaluation is to make
goals is judgment about educational?
A. Planning A. Age
B. Leadrership B. Quantity
C. Organizing C. Quality
D. Controlling
D. Time period
108. Student’s performance is compared with
other students in? 114. Acquittance roll is used for
A. Essay Type Test A. Stock

B. Standardized Test B. Govt . grants
C. Objective type test C. Expenditures
D. Norm referenced test D. Salary disbursement

115. The smallest interacting parts of a sys- 121. Coordinating, stimulating and directing
tems are. the growth of teacher is the purpose of
A. Input A. Inspection
B. Component B. Supervision
C. Structure C. Management
D. Feed back D. Administration
NARAYAN CHANGDER
116. Micro planning done in. 122. Discrimination value of more than 0.4
A. Top Management means
B. Middle Management A. Item is weak
C. Lower Management B. Item is good
D. Middle and Lower Management C. tem is acceptable
D. None
117. The individual in the group given the task
of directing and coordinating is. 123. The cash book in maintained by
A. Leader A. EDO
B. Supervisor B. DDO
C. Instructor
C. DEO
D. Guide
D. Dy. DEO
118. Who is called father of scientific manage-
124. In POSDIR, R stands for.
ment theory?
A. Reporting
A. Fredrick Tylor
B. Henry Fayol B. Response reply
C. Terry and Franklin C. Representing
D. Elton Meo D. Directing
119. Alternative response item is? 125. The length of a test is an important factor
in obtaining a representative?
A. Right / wrong
A. Mean
B. True / False items
B. Mode
C. Correct / incorrect
C. Median
D. All of the above
D. Sample
120. Teacher salaries and allowances collec-
tively are written in. 126. The purpose of formative evaluation is?
A. Cash Register A. Monitoring progress of students
B. Acquaintance Roll B. Decision of what to measure
C. Contingent Register C. Development of the test
D. none of above D. Administering the test

127. S.N.E is an abbreviation of. D. Planning, commanding, organising, co-

A. Schedule of new experience ordinating, controlling.

B. Schedule of new entry 133. The ACR cannot be initiated for the period
of less than.
C. Schedule of new expenditure
A. Two months
D. System of new entry
B. Three months
128. Types of supervision encouraging vari- C. Five months
ety, originality and indpendent experimen-
tation is D. Four months
A. Creative 134. Budgeting is an estimation of

B. Corrective A. Income and expenditure
C. Preventive B. Income and investment
D. Construction C. Investment
D. All of the above
129. The main types of administration are.
135. New Libraries laboratories etc are con-
A. 2
structed under.
B. 3
A. Development Budget
C. 6
B. Non - development budget
D. 9 C. Both A and B
130. A sum of questions is? D. None of the above
A. Test 136. The process of making judgment is called
B. Evaluation A. Evaluation
C. Assessment B. Budgeting
D. Measurement C. Demonstration
131. Kuder Richardson method is used to esti- D. Documentation

mate? 137. The authorized person of staff perfor-
A. Validity mance is.
B. Reliability A. Teacher
C. Usability B. Head teacher
D. Objectivity C. Student
D. Clerk
132. Fayol’s functions of management include:
138. A choice made between two or more al-
A. Planning, designating, completing, co-
ternative is called
operating.
A. Decision
B. Punishing, commanding, organising,
coordinating, controlling. B. Reporting
C. Preparing, commanding, operating, C. Assumption
consulting, controlling. D. None

139. To assess achievement at the end of in- 145. The concept of inspection was first intro-
struction is? duced in
A. Formative Assessment A. England
B. Summative Assessment B. Pakistan
C. Diagnostic Assessment C. China
D. Placement Assessment D. India
NARAYAN CHANGDER
140. How many columns matching items 146. Who is the father of operational manage-
have? ment theory?
A. 1 A. Fredrick Tylor
B. 2 B. Henry Fayol
C. 3 C. Terry and Franklin
D. 4 D. Elton Meo
141. Procedures used to determine person 147. In a norm referenced test which item is
abilities is? best?
A. Norm performance test A. Item difficulty is near 50
B. Typical performance test B. Item difficulty is near 75
C. Criterion performance te
C. Item difficulty is near 100
D. Maximum performance test
D. Item difficulty is near zero
142. The correct option in M.C.Q is?
148. In “POSDCORB” CO stands for
A. Answer
A. Coordinating
B. Premise
B. Cooperation
C. Response
C. Correlation
D. Destructor
D. Collection
143. Laissez Faire administration is based on
149. Which is not the type of adminstration
A. Mutual sharing
A. Authoritarian administration
B. Non interference
B. Instructional administration
C. Dictatorship
C. Laissez Faire administration
D. None
D. Democratic administration
144. How funds in a given period will be ob-
tained and spent is? 150. Who advocated bureaucratic theory?
A. Allocation A. Campbell
B. Expenditure B. Herzberg
C. Budget C. Henry Fayol
D. Reciept D. Max Weber

151. The characteristic of a test to discriminate C. Budget Materials

between high achievers and low achievers D. Budget Monitoring
is?

A. Validity 157. Teacher salaries and allowances collec-
tively are written in
B. Reliability
A. Cash Register
C. Objectivity
B. Acquaintance Roll
C. Contingent Register
152. According to Gulick and Urwick elements D. None
of administration are.
158. The power is concentrated in the hands
A. 7
of one or few people in.
B. 5
A. Control
C. 8
B. Command
D. D.9
C. Decentralization
153. In case of new recruitment the probation D. Coordination
period is
159. Democratic administration is based on.
A. 1 Year
A. Dictatorship
B. 2 Years
B. Mutual sharing
C. 3 Years
C. Non- interference
D. 4 Years
154. Evaluation that monitors learning
progress is? 160. To make arrangements is the part of
A. Formative evaluation A. Planning

B. Organizing
B. Placement evaluation
C. Commanding
C. Summative evaluation
D. Coordinating
D. Diagnostic evaluation
161. The degree to which organizational re-
155. A hypothesis is
sources contribute to productivity is
A. A variable thought to affect one or
A. Out put
more variables.
B. Production
B. An outcome studied through research.
C. Efficiency
C. A statement about the proposed rela-
tionship between variables. D. Effectiveness
D. The consistency of data obtained from 162. What is central to administration?
a particular research method. A. Organization
156. BM stands for B. Communication
A. Budget Money C. Decision making
B. Budget Manual D. Coordination

163. If the scoring of the test is not effected 169. The function of educational administra-
by any factor, quality of test is called? tion and management is
A. Validity A. Instrucitonal tasks
B. Objectivity B. Non instrucitonal tasks
C. Reliability C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Differentiability D. None
NARAYAN CHANGDER
164. The basic purpose of supervision is to 170. Discrimination power of an item is accept-
help able when its value ranges from?
A. Teachers in dealing pupils A. 1
B. Children learn more effectively B. 0.30
C. Teachers in improving methods C. 0.30 - 1
D. Teachers in understanding pupil D. None
165. Provision of good educational environ- 171. The father of modern theory of manage-
ment is ment is.
A. Non instructional tasks A. Tyler
B. Instrucitonal tasks B. Hery Fayol

C. Max Weber
C. Both
D. Gullick
D. None
172. Democratic administration is based on
166. The process of obtaining numerical value
is? A. Mutual sharing
A. Test B. Dictatorship
B. Evaluation C. Non interference
C. Assessment D. None
D. Measurement 173. All Govt. grants and expenditures are
maintained in
167. Micro planning is done in
A. Stock Register
A. Top Management
B. Cash Register
B. Middle Management
C. Acquittance Roll
C. Lower Management
D. Contingent Register
D. Middle and Lower Management
174. Test that measure learning outcome of
168. The main types of adminstration are students is
A. 1 A. Aptitude test
B. 2 B. Achievement test
C. 3 C. Norm referenced test
D. 4 D. Criterion reverenced test

175. Projective techniques are used to mea- 181. A choice made between two or more al-
sure? ternatives is called.

A. Intelligence A. Assumption
B. Personality B. Decision
C. Knowledge C. Reporting
D. None
D. Aptitude
182. The chief responsibility of the principal is
176. The summative evaluation is?
A. Maintain school records
A. Continous
B. Handle discipline problems
B. Diagnostic C. Provide leadership in instructional
C. Cerifying judgment plan
D. None D. Organize and administer the guidance
programmed
177. The summative evaluation is used?
183. The history of administration goes back
A. At the start of the program to.
B. At the middle of the program A. 5000 BC
C. At the end of the program B. 4000 BC
D. None C. 800 BC
D. 1000 BC
178. In case of GPF advance, the number of
installments for refunding is 184. The authorized person of staff perfor-
mance is
A. 12
A. Head teacher
B. 24
B. Teacher
C. 36
C. Student
D. 44 D. Clerk
179. The cash book in maintained by. 185. A supervisor is one who
A. DDO A. Gives directions
B. EDO B. Provides friendly help
C. DEO C. Inspects classrooms
D. Dy.DEO D. Criticizes the teaching method
186. The power delegated throughtout an or-
180. Facility index of an item determines?
ganization is
A. Reliability A. Control
B. Objectivity B. Command
C. Ease or difficulty C. Centralization
D. Discrimination power D. Decetralization

187. Sense of responsibility is not cared in 193. Test item discriminates 100% when its
value for discrimination is?
A. Laissez Faire administration
B. Instructional administration A. 0.30
C. Authoritarian administration B. 1
D. Democratic administration C. 0.30 - 1

D. None
188. According to Fayol, elements of adminis-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
tration are 194. Authoritative administration is based on.
A. 1 A. Dictatorship
B. 3 B. Mutual sharing
C. 5 C. Non -interference
189. Facility value of less than 0.20 means? 195. Scientific management is based on the as-
A. Item is easy sumption that:
B. Item is difficult A. The scientific observation of people at
work would reveal the one best way to do
C. Item is too easy the task.
D. Item is acceptable
B. Observation would reveal the workers
need to be multi-skilled.
190. Selecting one course of action among var-
ious alternatives is. C. Workers would receive a set wage re-
A. Planning gardless of performance.
B. Organizing D. Workers can decide their own meth-

ods of performing tasks.
C. Decision making
D. Coordinating 196. The smallest interacting parts of a sys-
tems are
191. Budgeting is an estimation of. A. Input
A. Income and investment B. Structure
B. Investment C. Feed back
C. Income and expenditure D. Component
D. All of the above
197. All financial transaction of the school oc-
192. Authoritative administration is based on curring from day to day is entered in
A. Mutual sharing A. Cash Book
B. Non interference B. Log Book
C. Interference C. Service Book
D. Dictatorship D. Stock Register

198. The difference between maximum and 204. How funds in a given period will be ob-
minimum values is? tained and spent is

A. Range A. Reciept
B. Mode B. Budget
C. Mean C. Allocation
D. None D. Expenditure
199. The degree to which organizational re- 205. The number of score lying in a class inter-
sources contribute to productivity is. val is?
A. Effectiveness A. Frequencies
B. Efficiency B. Quartiles
C. Output C. Mid point
D. Production D. Class
200. The concept of inspection was first intro- 206. Which question has increasing objectivity
duced in. of marking?
A. Pakistan A. Multiple type questions
B. India B. Unstructured essay

C. Structured essay
C. England
D. Short answer
D. China
207. The elementary school teachers are di-
201. In multiple choice items the stem of the
rectly responsible to the.
items should be?
A. Headmaster
A. Small
B. DEO
B. Large
C. Parents
C. Undefine
D. Students
D. Meaningful
208. The school policy should be determined
202. Developing alternatives is a step of by:
A. Planning A. Citizens
B. Organization B. Headmasters
C. Direction C. Citizens and educators
D. Control D. The professional educators
203. Leadership is the ability. 209. Adminstration means
A. To influence A. To run
B. To motivate B. To protect
C. To achieve organizational goals C. To establish
D. All of the above D. To look after

210. Superannuation retirement age in Pak- 216. Laissez Faire administration is based on.
istan is. A. Dictatorship
A. 60 Years B. Mutual sharing
B. 65 Years C. Non - interference
C. 75 Years D. None of the above
D. 80 Years
217. Test involving the construction of certain
NARAYAN CHANGDER
211. Test item is acceptable which its faculty patterns are called?
index /difficulty level ranges from? A. Scholastic test
A. 30% B. Intelligence test
B. 70 % C. Performance tests
C. 30-70 % D. None
D. None
218. A programme of activities which is de-
212. Administration means. signed to attain educational ends is.
A. To look after A. Learning
B. To protect B. Curriculum
C. To run C. Instruction
D. To establish D. Syllabi
213. BM stands for. 219. Objectives representing the purposes of

A. Budget Money instruction of a teacher are called?
B. Budget Monitoring A. Attainment
C. Budget Materials B. Instructional
D. Budget Manual C. Performance

D. None
214. Types of supervision encouraging vari-
ety, originality and indpendent experimen- 220. Value that divides the data into two
tation is. equal parts is?
A. Preventive A. Mean
B. Corrective B. Mode
C. Creative C. Median
D. Construction D. None
215. Test item is very easy when value of fac- 221. Acting ethically is synonymous with
ulty index/ difficulty level is higher than? A. Loss of profits.
A. 30% B. Practising effective organisational be-
B. 70 % haviour.
C. 30-70 % C. Poor organisational practice.
D. None D. People management.

222. In norm referenced test the comparison is 228. Objective type question have advantage
between? over essay type because such questions?

A. Areas A. Are easy to mark
B. Groups B. Are eay to solve
C. Interest C. Are easy to prepare
D. Individuals D. None
223. Leadership is the ability 229. The level of school addminstration can
A. To achieve organizational goals best be judged through.
B. To influence A. Head teacher
C. To motivate B. Beautiful building
D. All of the above C. Learning outcomes
224. Assessment of how well a school is per- D. Teachers students relations
forming is
230. Directing must be consistent with.
A. Administration
A. Organizational policies
B. Supervision
B. Procedures
C. Inspection
C. Job descriptions
D. All of the above
D. All of the above
225. The quality of test showing ease of time,
cost, administration and interpretation is 231. School Budget includes
called?
A. Non development expenditure
A. Usability
B. Development expendciture
B. Reliability
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Objectivity
D. None
232. Literal meaning of supervision is
226. Permanent difficulties in learning are in-
vestigated in? A. Superior efforts and services
A. Diagnostic Assessment B. Superior knowledge and service
B. Formative Assessment C. Superior knowledge and power
C. Placement Assessment D. None of these
D. Summative Assessment 233. The test measures what we intend to
227. Which pension is granted to civil servant measure. This quality of the test is
who retires in the age of sixty. called?
A. Superannuation A. Validity
B. Invalid B. Usability
C. Retiring C. Reliability
D. Compensation D. Objectivity

234. Sense of responsibility is not cared in. 240. According to Fayol elements of adminis-
A. Instructional adminstration tration are.
B. Authoritarian adminstration A. 4
C. Democratic adminstration B. B.5
D. Laissez Faire adminstration C. 5

D. D.2
235. According to Gulick and Urwick, elements
NARAYAN CHANGDER
of administration are 241. To make arrangements is the part of.
A. 1 A. Planning
B. 3 B. Organizing
C. 5 C. Commanding
D. 7 D. Coordinating
236. The basic purpose of supervision is to 242. What dose E and D Rules means.
help.
A. Efficiency and duty rules
A. Teachers in improving methods
B. Efficiency and department rules
B. Teachers in understanding pupil
C. Efficiency and disciplinary rules
C. Children learn more effectively
D. Efficiency and discipline rules
D. Teachers in dealing pupils
243. Who is the father of operational manage-
237. Selecting one course of action among var-
ment theory
ious alternatives is
A. Terry and Franklin
A. Decision making
B. Coordinating B. Henry Fayol
C. Organizing C. Fredrick Tylor
D. Planning D. Elton Meo
238. Arrangement of physical resources is. 244. The first step in measurement is?
A. instructional tasks A. Decision of what to measure

B. Non - instructional tasks B. Development of the test
C. Both C. Administering the test
D. None of the above D. None
239. The process of directing others, towards 245. Which is not the characteristic of author-
the accomplishment of some objectives is itative administration.
A. Managing A. Rudeness
B. Leadership B. Suppressing the subordinates
C. Communication C. Strict discipline
D. None D. Sharing

1.19 Teaching and research aptitude 281
246. The formula to determine I.Q was pre- 251. The most widely used format on stan-
sented by? dardized test in USA is?

A. Alfred Binet A. Short answer
B. Gulford B. Structured essay
C. Stern C. Unstructured essay
D. None D. Multiple type questions
247. Provision of good educational environ-
252. Respect of opinion is the feature of
ment is.
A. Laissez Faire administration
A. Instructional tasks
B. Instructional administration
B. Non instructional tasks
C. Both A and B C. Authoritarian administration
D. None of the above D. Democratic administration
248. In teaching learning process supervision 253. A test very popular with class room
is usually carried out by. teacher is?
A. Principal A. Matching
B. Teacher B. True false test
C. Parents C. Multiple choices
D. Society D. Completion test
249. The criticism most frequently leveled at 254. The tests designed to predict future per-
school administration is that: formance is?
A. They like praise A. Aptitude test
B. They are to lazy
B. Achievement test
C. They do not know teacher
C. Norm referenced test
D. They fail to provide leadership
D. Criterion reverenced test
250. Who is called father of scientific manage-
ment theory 255. Directing must be consistent with
A. Terry and Franklin A. Procedures
B. Henry Fayol B. Job descriptions
C. Fredrick Tylor C. Organizational policies
D. Elton Meo D. All of the above
1.19 Teaching and research aptitude

1. Teachers who are enthusiastic in the class- attention
room teaching
B. involve their students in the teaching
A. simply dramatize to hold the student’s learning process

C. often lack proficiency in the subjects C. Keep your teaching slow along with
which stays hidden under their enthusi- some extra guidance to bright pupils.
asm D. Keep your speed in teaching fast so
D. all of these that students comprehension level may in-
crease.
2. In the final analysis, teaching must be
thought of mainly as a process of 7. In the guidance of learning a teacher has
A. Hearing recitation of Pupils many important roles. Which one of the
following is the least important aspect of
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Directing the activities of Pupils the teachers role in the guidance of learn-
C. Asking questions and evaluating the ing?
Learning A. The forestalling of habits.
D. All of these B. The provision of encouragement and
moral support.
3. Teacher’s primary responsibility lies in
C. The provision of continuous diagnostic
A. implementing policies
and remedial help.
B. keeping students record
D. The development of insight into what
C. planning educational experiences constitute the pitfalls and danger to be
D. all of the above avoided.
4. Which of the following is not the charac- 8. The present annual examination system:
teristic of a research? A. promotes rote learning
A. Research is systematic B. does not promote good study habits
B. Research is not passive C. does not encourage students to be reg-
C. Research is not a process ular in class
D. Research is problem oriented D. All of the above
5. You bringing your pupil for a monument 9. Use of telecast materials -

visit outside your city. A father is reluc- A. Increases retention power.
tant to send his child for this. What will B. Reduces the burden of the Teacher.
you do?
C. Enhances concentration and learning.
A. Try to convince him for sending his
D. All of the above
child by explaining the importance of such
as educational and cultural trip 10. Which of the following statements regard-
B. Try to understand his father’s prob- ing motivation is correct?
lems A. Freewill, intellect and reason are the
C. Leave that child and go with others motivating factors according to Plato.
D. None of these B. Curiosity and level of aspiration are
motivating factors according to Berlyne.
6. If majority of students in your class are C. Inborn, unlearned tendencied, called
weak you should instincts are the motivating forces accord-
A. Keep you teaching slow. ing to James Burt.
B. Not care about intelligent students. D. All of these

11. A teacher generally asks questions to his variables in real life situations such as
pupils during the lecture, why? school, factory, community etc?

A. To help the students A. Field study
B. To know, which student is brilliant B. Survey study
one? C. Field experiments
C. Are students listening the lecture at- D. Ex-post factor study
tentively?
D. To know whether the students are un- 16. The members of a group act, feel and think
derstanding the lecture or not. together, in a way which is different from
the normal acting, feeling and thinking of
12. Feedback is individual, who come together to form the
A. response of receiver to communica- group. It is known as
tor’s message A. Memsis
B. immediate reaction of receiver B. Co-operation
C. analysis done by the receiver of the C. Understanding
communicator’s message
D. Group working
D. none of these
17. Failure of students in examination, it may
13. The first question that a researcher inter- be the fault of
ested in the applicable for statistical tech-
A. teacher
niques to his problem has to ask
B. students themselves
A. whether the data could be quantified
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. whether analysis of data would be pos-
sible D. principal
C. whether worthwhile inferences could 18. Universities having central campus for im-
be drawn parting education are called :
D. whether appropriate statistical tech- A. Open Universities
niques are available
B. Central Universities
14. Why should a student not be punished sev- C. Deemed Universities
erly?
D. Residential Universities
A. He may quarrel with a teacher.
B. His parent may quarrel with the 19. If you are irritated and show rashness be-
teacher. cause of the inadequate behavior of an-
other teachers, what do you think about
C. He may leave the school and join an- your own behavior?
other.
A. Your behavior is also a sign of mal-
D. The student may develop a negative at- adjustment and so try to control yourself
titude towards his studies, teacher and when you are maltreated.
school.
B. Your behavior is not good because el-
15. Which of the following systematically dis- ders have the right to behave you in this
covers relations and interaction among way.

C. It is justified because behaviors are D. All of these

echo.
25. If a student is absent from the classes for
D. All of these
a long time
20. Logic of induction is very close to A. you would try to solve his problems or
A. logic of controlled variables help him
B. logic of observation B. you will try to know the cause of his
C. logic of sampling absence
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. None of these C. Both (A) and (B)
D. none of these
21. Classroom discipline can be maintained ef-
fectively by: 26. A successful teacher is one who is
A. Providing a programme which is ac- A. Quite and reactive
cording to need and interest of Pupils
B. Passive and active
B. Knowing the cause of indiscipline and
handling it with stern hand C. Tolerant and dominating
C. By giving punishment for even small- D. Compassionate and disciplinarian
est sins
27. The best way to reacty to a wrong answer
D. None of these given by a student is :
22. Which of the following is not a step of re- A. To explain why the answer is wrong
search? B. To scold him for not having learnt the
A. Selecting a topic lesson
B. Framing research questions C. To ask another student to give the cor-
C. Surveying the research topic rect answer
D. None of these D. To ignore the wrong answer and pass
on the next question
23. An effective teacher adopts the norms of
the 28. The research guide requires which of the
A. Autocratic Society following essential qualities?
B. Democratic Society A. Inter-disciplinary expertise
C. Laissez Faire Society B. Methodological expertise
D. All of these C. Subject matter expertise
24. The major responsibility with which the D. All of these

school personnel have been entrusted is 29. The study in which the investigators at-
that tempt
A. It makes the child able to get job
A. Survey Research
B. It harmonizes the child’s need and de-
B. Historical Research
mands of the society both
C. It prepares the school programme ac- C. Summative Research
cording to the need of the child D. ‘Ex-post Facto’ Research

30. If a teacher had to establish his credibility 34. One of your students wants to share his
in evaluating answer sheets he must be problems with you. He visits your house
for the same. In such a condition ou should

A. strict
A. Suggest him to escape from his family.
B. lenient
B. Extend necessary co-operation and
C. prompt boost his Morale.
D. objective C. Contact the students parent and solve
the problem.
31. Which of the following is most important D. None of these
for effective learning in classroom?
35. Hypothesis cannot be stated in
A. Provide immediate feedback
A. general terms
B. Teacher’s ability to create and main-
tain inappropriate responses B. directional terms
C. declarations terms
C. Do not provide unconstructive com-
ments for evaluating activities D. null and question form terms
D. All of the above 36. The most common cause of nervous insta-
bility amongst teacher is
32. A competent teacher must have a sound A. worry
knowledge in right order
B. fatigue
A. Theory, Research, Concept and Prac- C. quarrelsome behavior
tice
D. all of the above
B. Concept, Theory, Practice and Re-
search 37. Teaching in higher education implies
C. Research, Practice, Concept and The- A. Helping students how to learn

ory B. Presenting the information given in the
text book
D. Practive, Concept, Theory and Re-
search C. Helping students prepare for and pass
the examination
33. Suppose you are asked by your friends to D. Asking questions in the class and con-
take the membership of the teachers as- ducting examinations
sociation. How could you take decision in
this situation? 38. Why do you support the five stage method
of Herbart?
A. You will try to avoid the issue.
A. In this there is no scope for individual
B. You will have, faith in unity so you will diversity of students.
accept the membership. B. In this method, it is difficult to make
C. You will give priority to social relations, co-ordination between various subjects.
therefore, you will accept the offer. C. Under this, generalisation is not re-
D. You will the - affiliate yourself from the quired to be done while teaching subjects
colleagues instead of enmity with the man- like language, history, geography etc
agement. D. All of these

39. The aim of vocationalization of education 44. A teacher can establish apport with his
is : pupil by
A. making liberal education job-oriented A. Becoming a friend to the Pupils
B. converting liberal education into voca- B. Becoming a figure of authority
tional education C. Impressing them with knoledge and
C. preparing students for a vocation skill
along with knowledge D. Playing the role of a guide with desire
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. giving more importance to vocational to help them
than general education 45. A teacher commands prestige, authority
esteem and respect. He should make use
40. In your institution, a debate test would be
of it through suggestion. He should not try
held shortly then how would you support
to command respect through
your students?
A. Tact
A. You will tell students where to consult
for Literature B. Experience
B. You would tell students how to write a C. Scholarship
debate D. Punishing and creating revolting situa-
C. By writing the debate tion
D. None of these 46. If your own son is in your class. How will
you behave with your students in compar-
41. UGC was established in ison to your son?
A. 1951 A. Repressed treatment.
B. 1952 B. Just like your own son.
C. 1953 C. It is better to lend them a free hand.
D. 1954 D. Equal treatment is not possible to all
the students.
42. Students should prefer those teachers who
47. Which one of the most fundamental of
A. dictate notes in the class. the guidance activities should be executed
B. are themselves disciplined. first?
C. give important questions before exam- A. Selection of curriculum
ination. B. Determination of objectives
D. can clear their difficulties regarding C. Selection of learning activities
subject-matter.
D. Determination of learning process
43. Some students are weak in studies. What 48. For better interaction with the students,
will be your attitude towards them? the teachers objective should be the
A. Strict A. Proximity
B. Liberal B. Affirm or correct student performance
C. Lenient C. Equitable distribution of response time
D. Lovable D. All of these

49. Which of the following one is most effec- C. Say that question is wrong
tive for a teacher?
D. Say that he will answer after consulta-

A. Feedback tion
B. Knowledge
55. A new comer teacher who is maltreated in
C. Management
his class will deal with the students by
D. Teaching skills
A. Applying punitive measure
50. Which of the following is a teaching aid?
B. Giving them a threat of expulsion
A. Tape Recorder
C. Changing his class after consultation
B. 16 mm Film Projector
D. Improving his qualities and expressing
C. Working Model of Wind Mill
it before them in a good way
D. All of the above
56. A teacher can get important place in soci-
51. The first important step in teaching is
ety if he
A. organizing the material to be taught
A. Is scholar and in power
B. knowing the background of students
B. Performs his responsibility honestly
C. planning of representation of topic or
subject C. Participates actively in social activities
D. organizing the background of students D. Performs the role of an active member
for the subject the political party in power
52. All students are not geniuses concludes
that 57. Which of the following is /are correct?
A. no student is genius A. A teacher should have command over

his subject
B. all geniuses are students
C. many students are not genius B. A teacher should have command over
his language
D. None of these
C. A teacher should introduce the lesson
53. Which can be described as an ideal teach- before he starts teaching
ing technique?
D. All of these
A. Encouraging in group discussion for
logical thinking. 58. Which one of the following is a primary
B. Using props and manipulative to help task of a teacher?
students understand abstract concept.
A. To teach the prescribed curriculum
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. To stimulate and guide students learn-
D. Repetitive drill and rote memorization ing
54. If a teacher is not able to answer the ques- C. To provide diagnostic and remedial aid
tion of a pupil he should wherever desired
A. Rebuke the pupil D. To promote habits of conformity to
B. Feel shy of his ignorance adult demands and expectations

59. Teachers use teaching aids for A. Talks with them frankly and guide and
A. The sake of its use. channelize
B. Making teaching interesting. B. Complain to the principal against them
C. Making student attentive. C. Play them filthy jokes.

D. Making teaching with understanding D. None of these
level of students.
65. A mentally retarded student attends your
NARAYAN CHANGDER
60. The term ‘least restrictive environment’ lecture and sits in a deaf and dumb manner.
refers to the education of the What will you do?
A. Gifted A. You do not support him at all.
B. Retarded B. You pressurised the student to leave
C. Handicapped the class.
D. Early childhood youngsters C. You do not like to spoil majority for the
individual.
61. In your view arrangement for “education
D. Make your lecture very simple and
on environment” in the school
spare some extra time for him.
A. Is like giving work to teacher
B. Is a mode of entertainment for stu- 66. The most accurate statement about teach-
dents ing machines is that
C. Is likely to put more burdens on stu- A. They can be used for all learning pro-
dents grammes
D. Is important for creating an aware- B. B.F. Skinner began the movement for
ness among an awareness among stu- their use
dents about the environment C. They are not as efficient as teachers in
reinforcing responses
62. The main aim of teaching is :
D. They were designed as an economy
A. To develop only thinking
measure to replace teachers
B. To develop only reasoning
C. Both (A) and (B) 67. You are a teacher of literature. A chapter
of a book deals with a biography of a scien-
D. To give information tist and his works. In this situation, What
would you do with chapter?
63. Which one of the following should a
teacher adopt in his lecture in a class? A. You would consult other books con-
cerning with the scientist and then teach
A. Moderate tone.
the lesson tostudent.
B. Elongated tone.
B. You would request the science teacher,
C. Precise and low tone. to teach this chapter to the students.
D. Precise and high tone. C. You would ask the students to read
themselves.
64. While dealing with juvenile delinquents a
teacher should D. Any one of them.

68. A college wants to give training in use 73. When you make a mistake while teaching
of Statistical Package for Social Sciences in the class and your students point it out
(SPSS) to researchers. For this the college angrily then what will you does?

should organise :
A. You will break all limits of anger
A. Lecture
B. Seminar B. You will leave the class for few days
C. Workshop C. You will scold him/her and resist them

D. Conference D. You will feel sorry for committing the
69. If in a reserach independent variables can- blunder
not be manipulated then it is known as
74. If a child is a back bencher and unable to
A. Exploratory Research
watch the blackboard clearly. As a re-
B. Experimental Research sult he stands, sees and sits repeatedly.
C. Non-experimental Research What inference will you draw regarding
D. Pure or Fundamental Research the case?
70. Which of the following is responsible for A. The child has a defective-vision
uniformity in curriculum at higher level in B. The child is of short height as com-
India? pared to his classmates
A. University Grants Commission
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Human Resource Development Min-
istry D. The blackboard is under shining effect
of light
C. All India Council for Technical Educa-
tion
75. Which one of the following is least re-
D. National Council for Educational Re-
quired during the preparation of lecture?
search and Training
A. Time and control unit
71. A teacher learns maximum from
A. Books B. Factual materials in indirect way
B. Students C. Clear introduction and summary
C. Principal
D. Examples for better explanation and
D. None of these understanding
72. Suggestion helps in the development of in-
formation moral behavior, aesthetic sense 76. Which of the following are true about
and character traits. Which of the follow- teaching?
ing is the chief source of suggestions which A. Teaching is a process.
would his life?
A. Elders B. Teaching is dynamic in nature.
B. Teachers C. It changes its concept with time and
C. Pupil of same age place.
D. None of these D. All of these

77. What will you do as a teacher if the stu- C. Teacher should make a lesson plan be-
dents do not attend your class? fore presenting lesson in the class
A. Blame the students for their absence D. All of these
B. Know the reason and try to remove 82. Which of the following is the educational
them implication of the of the learning process?
C. Think of using some interesting meth- A. Interest
ods of teaching
B. Memory
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Keep quiet considering the present at-
C. Curiosity and level of aspiration are
titude of students as the change of culture
motivating factors according to Berlyne.
78. If a student becomes unconscious in the D. All of the above
class what will you do first?
83. Effective teaching involves
A. Telephoning (informing) student’s par-
ents and wait for them A. silence
B. Giving first aid to him and trying to con- B. pupil dominance
tact any nearby doctor C. teacher dominance
C. Making arrangement to send him to D. teacher and pupil interview
his house or nearby hospital
84. A researcher wants to study the future
D. Rushing to the principal’s office and
of the Congress-I in India. For the study
canvassing for help immediately
which tool is most appropriate for him?
79. Which is the source of primary data A. interview
A. Books B. Schedule
B. Reports C. Rating scale
C. Respondent D. Questionnaire
D. Newspapers 85. If you invite personal friends and col-
leagues in your son’s birthday party, the
80. There are so many definations of learning.
procedure of invitation will be
Which of the following is most adequate?
A. You would invite all the personnel of
A. The development of skills
the school.
B. The modification of behaviour
B. Only a specific group of teachers will
C. The acquisition and organisations of be invited.
Knowledge
C. Extend invitation to all the teachers
D. All of these without any distinction.
81. Which of the following is true about teach- D. Only personal invitation will be ex-
ing/teacher? tended to most dear ones.
A. Teacher should work as a leader in the 86. Which one of the following is not a quality
class. of teacher?
B. Teacher should maintain a democratic A. Teacher must be fair tin grading and
atmosphere in the class marking.

B. Teacher should maintain an autocratic B. Everybody having access to a radio set

atmosphere in the class.
C. Enriching curriculum based instruction

C. He/she should have interest in his/her
profession and knowledge must be up- D. Other means of instruction getting out-
dated. dated
D. Teacher should use modern tech- 91. The primary task of a teacher is :
niques. Methods and gadgets are teach-
ing for better understanding of subject A. to make them a thinking people
matter. B. to teach the prescribed curriculum
87. A teacher exploits students in your school. C. to prepare students to pass their ex-
In this situation, what you will do? amination
A. Not interfere in this matter. D. to modify their behaviour according to
B. Reportthe matter to the principal. the needs of our society and country
C. Go on Satyagraha against the teacher. 92. Which of the following is/are step/steps
D. Guide the teacher please stop this ac- of Research plan?
tivity. A. Review of literature
88. If the Principal of your Institution is B. Research hypothesis
not satisfied with your performance and
C. Objectives of the study
charge you with the Act Of Negligence Of
Duties, How would you behave with him? D. All of these
A. You would neglect him.
93. With respect to the development of skills,
B. You would take a tough stand against all of the following are correct except that
the changes.
A. Group interaction increases the skills
C. You would keep yourself alert and
make his efforts unfruitful. B. Workbooks can be invaluable learning
aid.
D. You would take revenge by giving phys-
ical and agony to him. C. Group instruction facilitates the learn-
ing process
89. As a teacher you should not demand your
pupils which is beyond their stage of D. Pupil of same mental age should learn
growth. If you do so, it only causes at the same rate.
A. Frustrations 94. Which of the following methods of commu-

B. Encouragement for more learning nication would be most effective in class-
room?
C. Frustrations, Heighten Tension and
Nervousness A. Lecture method
D. None of these B. Multimedia method
90. Use of radio for higher education is based C. Presenting written notes
on the presumption of : D. Presenting written matter with the
A. Replacing teacher in the long run Lectures

95. A serious minded teacher as a rule: C. that he is wasting time

A. Never allows mistakes on the part of D. to explain it in different way
his students
100. Which of the following is/are true about
B. Should mildly punish studetns who teaching?
commit mistakes A. It is a process not an Act.
C. Takes all precaution so that students B. It is highly dominated by communica-
never commit mistakes tion skill.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Allows the mistakes to be committed C. The analysis and assessment of teach-
and explains how to minimise those mis- ing provide feedback for further improve-
takes ment in teaching method.
96. How will you demonstrate your impartial D. All of these
behavior? 101. Which of the following is a good method
A. By assaulting a teacher. of teaching?
B. By criticizing the teacher community. A. Seminar and project
C. By making own behaviour more bal- B. Lecture and dictation
anced and fair. C. Seminar and dictation
D. By maintaining high self esteem and D. Dictation and Assignment
egoistic behaviour.
102. What is the full form of abbreviation HFT
97. What is/are the objectives of workshop in used in research?
research? A. Holfkins Issac Test
A. Defining and refining of problem to B. Holzman Inkblot Test
help researcher C. Hinds Informative Test
B. Consideration of alternative research D. Higher Intelligence Test
models through the presented different
model programmes 103. Recreational Reading should be
A. Assigned as homework.
C. Both (A) and (B)
B. Reserved for the school library period.
D. None of these
C. An integral part of language art cur-
98. Certificate for copy right waiver is gener- riculum.
ally given in D. A responsibility of the home not the
A. paper school.
B. books 104. For providing evaluative feedback to stu-
C. article dents, the teacher should
D. thesis writing A. Provide immediate feedback
B. Use correction, not criticism, in re-
99. If students do not understand what is spect to inappropriate responses
taught in the class the teacher should feel
C. Do not provide nonconstructive com-
A. terribly bored ments for evaluating activities
B. pity for the students D. All of these

105. Of great importance in determining the 110. The Dalton Scheme of Education is useful
amount of transference that occurs in for which one of the following?
learning is the

A. For infants
A. IQ of teacher B. For little children
B. Knowledge of the teacher C. For older children
C. Use of appropriate elements D. For all of these
D. Presence of identical elements
111. Teachers should study the educational
106. Verbal guidance is least effective in philosophy because
Teaching - A. They do not know it
A. Skills B. They do not have their won Philosophy
B. Attitude C. Philosophy is the backbone of all disci-
C. Relationship plines
D. Concepts and Facts D. They may improve their work by clari-
fying their own Philosophy
107. The test on the basis of which a teacher
takes decision about the students is 112. Which of the following is the first step of
known as research?
A. Revision Test A. Identification of subject
B. Institutional Test B. Identification of nature of problem
C. Performance Test C. Both (A) and (B)
D. Instructional Test D. None of these
108. This methodology trains the child to 113. Who said that members of the same
search facts, rules and principles led by his species are not alike?
own efforts, organize the set of knowl- A. Best
edge gained and delineate general rule.
The aforesaid statement is about which B. Good
A. Heuristic C. Darwin
B. Playway D. Herber
C. Montessori 114. If a teacher is cracking filthy jokes in a
D. Kindergarten class and you are enable to stop him, then
what will you do?
109. Which one of the following languages can A. live in isolation or change the group.
be the best medium of instruction at pri-
mary level? B. instruct him to mind his/her language
in class.
A. Mother Tongue
C. be critical and remind him for the no-
B. Regional Language bility of their jobs.
C. National Language(Hindi) D. persuade him/her decently not to
D. International Language(English) waste their time-in filthy jokes.

115. Which of the following is the most impor- C. Making assignments and hearing
tant characteristic of Open Book Examina- recitations
tion system? D. None of these
A. Students become serious.
120. To gain popularity among students,
B. In compels students to think. teacher should :
C. It improves attendance in the class- A. frequently organize tours
room.
B. dictate notes while teaching
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. It reduces examination anxiety
amongst students. C. maintain good social relationship
D. personally help them in their study
116. The biochemical processes taking place in
the body is known as 121. An effective teaching means all of the fol-
A. Anabolism lowing except
B. Metabolism A. A teacher finds fault in his students.
C. Catabolism B. A teacher teaches with enthusiasm.
D. None of above C. A teacher puts emphasis more on
teaching than on class control.
117. Which of the following is a disadvantage
D. A teacher is interested in making the
of teaching machine?
subject matter understood rather than on
A. The tracking of errors completing the course.
B. The insurance of attention
122. Which of the following is not a character-
C. Their universal use for different kinds istic of research?
of programmes
A. Logical
D. All of these
B. Objective
118. The teacher ought to know the problems C. Systematic
prevalent in the field of education. The rea-
D. Perspective
son is that
A. Teachers can tell the government 123. The main purpose of evaluating listening
about it. is
B. He can tell about the same to another A. to accept or reject an idea given to the
teacher. listener
C. Only a teacher can do something about B. to evaluate the speaker’s credibility
solving them. and personality
D. With this knowledge, the teacher can C. Both (A) and (B)
have information about education. D. all of these
119. The most important task is teaching is 124. In our present society where values are
A. Directing students in the development deteriorating, the excellent education will
of experience be which
B. Making monthly reports and maintain- A. Enables one to earn in an easy man-
ing records ner.

B. Decelerates the social change in soci- B. duration of the research

ety. C. objectives of the research

C. Exaggerates the competition in the so- D. total expenditure on the research
ciety.
D. Works for establishment of human and 130. All of the following tend to erode local
cultural value control of education in favour of national
control, except the
125. Formulation of hypothesis may not be A. National Science Foundation
necessary in
B. National Defence Education Act
A. survey studies
C. National Institute of Mental Health
B. normative studies
D. College Entrance Examination Board
C. experimental studies
D. fact finding (Historical) studies 131. Which of the following statement is cor-
rect?
126. Research is born out of A. Discoveries are researches
A. human curiosity B. Researches lead to discovery
B. natural incidents C. Invention and Research are related
C. human requirements D. None of these
D. none of these
132. If you are doing experiments on a large
127. Which of the following is a characteristic group of samples which method of control-
of a researcher? ling will you adopt?
A. He a specialist rather than generalist. A. Matching
B. He is industrious and persistent on the B. Elimination
trail of discovery. C. Randomization
C. He is not operational to his chosen D. Elimination and matching
filed but accepts the reality.
D. All of these 133. In comparing the lecture and developmen-
tal lessons which one of the following is
128. While delivering lecture if there is some false?
disturbance in the class, then a teacher A. The lecture method is more conducive
should to largest class
A. Punish those causing disturbance. B. There is more public developmental
B. Keep quiet for a while and then go on. developmental lesson
C. Not bother of what is happening in the C. It is more difficult to ascertain public
class. learning in a lecture lesson
D. All of these D. Slow children derive more benefits
from a lecture than brighter children do
129. The depth of any research can be judged
by: 134. “mm-hmm” is a type of Feedback
A. title of the research A. positive

B. negative 139. During lecture in classroom, some stu-

C. ambiguous dents hesitate to say that they are unable
to understand your lecture. What may be
D. none of these the reason for this?
135. On which of the following statements A. Students fear you.
there is consensus among educators? B. You are unable to communicate effec-
A. Disciplinary cases should be totally ne- tively.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
glected in the class. C. Your educational methodology is inad-
equate.
B. Disciplinary cases should never be
sent to principal’s office. D. There is a cordial relation between you
and your students.
C. Disciplinary cases should be sent to
the principal only when other means have 140. The effective means in education commu-
failed. nication is
D. None of these A. Audio means
B. Visual means
136. A teacher is successful only if he
C. Audio-Visual means
A. Is approachable
D. Black Board Writing
B. Produces cent percent result
C. Knows his subject thoroughly well 141. The research is always
D. Publishes papers in journals of Repute A. exploring new knowledge

B. verifying the old knowledge
137. Which one is not the objective of Special
C. filling the gap between knowledge
Education?
D. all of these
A. To develop realistic self-concept in
handicapped children. 142. Why a teacher is called the leader of the
B. To develop motivational patterns in the class?
handicapped that will produce achieve- A. He is autocratic emperor of his class.
ments. B. He is a maker of the future of his stu-
C. To pursue those curricular matters dents.
that strategically determine effective liv- C. He belongs to a recognised teacher’s
ing for specific type of handicapped chil- union.
dren.
D. He masters the art of oratory like a po-
D. All of these litical leader.
138. Which of the following is fast step of 143. The process of learning include which of
teaching? the following
A. Application A. It includes all activities which leave
permanent effect on the individual.
B. Comparison
B. Synthesis and organisation of the old
C. Presentation and new experiences, resulting in a novel
D. Generalisation pattern.

C. In its simplest form, learning means 148. Teaching model is a way to

acquisition, retentiaon and modificaiton of A. Select such stimulus so that, the stu-
experience.

dents may give expected feedback
D. All of these B. Teach in a formal as well as informal
144. A teacher can help adolescent to over- way
come his special problems, and help him to C. Both (A) and (B)
adjust to the environment. Which of the D. Talk and think about instruction, which
following attitude, he should not made? may contain facts in organised and classi-
A. He should have right information about fied manner
Sex.
149. The final result of a study will be more
B. He should impart right information accurate if the sample drawn is
about Sex.
A. purposive
C. He should have unsympathetic attitude
towards others. B. fixed by quota
C. taken randomly
D. He should redirect the energies of the
adolescent to fruitful channels through D. representative to the population
sports and other constructive activities.
150. What can a teacher do to develop inte-
145. Many experienced teachers go into a grated personalities of his Pupil?
classroom and embark straight away upon A. Life in schools should be so planned
a lesson. As a beginner to the teaching pro- that children are able to express them-
fession will you selves fully.
A. As the students a like B. They should be helped to build their
B. Adopt the same procedure Self-Esteem to develop a sense of worthi-
ness and positive ego image.
C. Make a written note of your prepara-
tion C. Children should be encouraged and
helped to set themselves well-defined
D. None of these
goals and objectives which they can hope
146. Which of the following is meant of infor- to achieve.
mation collection? D. All of these
A. Plan
151. Which is most favorable for education?
B. Scope
A. Caste
C. Report
B. Social class
D. Schedule
C. Social mobility
147. Hybrid computer is a combination of D. Social stratification
A. Laptop and Abacus 152. Each child grows in its won unique way.
B. Calculator and Laptop The wide individual differences are caused
C. Punch Card and Analog Computer by
D. Analog Computer and Digital Com- A. Heredity

puter B. Endowment

C. Environmental influences 158. How can students in a class be made at-

D. All of these tentive?
A. By creating curiosity in students
153. Which of the following is the most impor-
tant signal factor in underlying the success B. By speaking loudly in the class
of beginning a teacher? C. By preparing your lecture properly
A. Scholarship D. By wearing special types of clothes
B. Organisational ability
NARAYAN CHANGDER
159. Meaningul learning takes place when
C. Communicative ability
A. Students are interested in topic
D. Personality and its ability to relate to taught.
the class and to the pupils
B. Students raise questions and get them
154. An individual’s ability to learn is clarified.
A. Elders C. Explanations are given within reach of
students.
B. Teachers
C. Acquired D. The new content being taught is re-
lated to the previous knowledge of the stu-
D. None of these dent.
155. Team teaching has the potential to de- 160. Which of the following is true about Mod-
velop : ern Annual Examination System?
A. Cooperation A. It doesn’t encourage the habit of regu-
B. Competitive spirit lar study.
C. Highlighting the gaps in each other’s B. It encourages attaining knowledge by
teaching cramming.
D. The habit of supplementing the teach- C. It doesn’t encourage students to at-
ing of each other tain their classes regularly.
156. Who has the least chance of becoming an D. All of these
effective teacher?
161. One of your student is too poor to buy a
A. One who teaches moral values. book. How will you help him?
B. One who knows his subject well. A. You will purchase the book.
C. One who is a strict disciplinarian. B. You will provide the books from library.
D. One who has no interest in teaching. C. You will collect a fund from others for
this purpose.
157. All of the following statements about a
teacher are correct except that he/she is D. You will request the institute adminis-
tration to make a policy for helping such
A. the leader in the class
students.
B. a friend guide and philosopher
C. teacher that the students do not know 162. Discussion Method can be used when :
D. changes his attitudes and behaviour A. The topic is easy

according to the need of the society B. The topic is difficult

C. The topic is very difficult B. You will justify to the male students
D. All of the above that it is difficult for you refuse the re-
quest made by female students

163. All of the following are the characteristic C. Allowing students freedom to the ob-
features of an effective Teacher except servance of classroom rules and regula-
A. Emphasis upon standards tions
B. Differential treatment meted out to D. None of these
students of his class.
168. Why should you prefer teaching to other
C. Emphasis upon the quick control of
profession?
problematic situations.
D. Emphasizing group discussion for the A. For love of teaching
purpose of clarifying the objectives B. For love to young (Youth)
164. A teacher should keep his voice in the C. For the service of humanity
class D. For mastery over the subject of teach-
A. Moderate ing
B. Sometime low and some time high 169. For knowledge lessons
C. Loud, so that every one can hear A. Herbart’s five-stage system is used
clearly
B. Glover’s scheme is used
D. High enough to be heard by every stu-
dent clearly C. Garry’s scheme is used
D. None of these
165. Which characteristic from the following is
least concerned with a teacher? 170. The main role of education according to
A. Effective verbal communication. Plato is :
B. Command over subject matter. A. to strengthen the state
C. Good rapport with the students . B. to develop the power of contemplation
D. Respect from college management C. to develop the personality of each indi-
viduals
166. If students are not able to follow your
lectures what will you do first? D. All of these
A. You will make your lecture more easy.
171. If majority of students in your class is
B. You will start giving examples to them. weak you should
C. You will try to know the cause and find A. Not care about intelligent students
the right solution for that.
B. Keep your teaching slow which can
D. None of these also be helpful to bright students.
167. Democracy in the classroom is best re- C. Keep your teaching slow along with
flected through some extra guidance to bright people
A. You will justify that most of the female D. Keep your speed of teaching gast so
students are more sincere towards their that students comprehension level may in-
studies than male students. crease

172. Which of the following is ‘NOT’ true? B. You will never allow her suspecting a
A. Teaching is an art. foul game
B. Teachers are born. C. You will permit her because you may
get in touch with her
C. Teachers can be trained.
D. You would not give permission as it is
D. All of the above against your own principles
173. Which of the following institutions is re- 177. For formulating the curriculum, which fac-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
sponsible for the implementation of re- tor is most important?
forms in teaching profession?
A. Teahcers ability
A. University Grants Commission
B. National idelogy
B. National Council for Teacher’s Educa-
C. Social and cultural ideals
tion
D. Children’s capabilities and needs
C. National Council for Educational Re-
search and Training 178. The quality of teaching is reflected :
D. National Institute of Educational Plan- A. By the pass percentage of students
ning and Administration
B. By the attendance of students in the
174. What is the reason behind the adoption class
of ‘GRADE’ system instead of our old C. By the quality of questions asked by
‘MARKS’ system? students
A. It will improve the quality of assess- D. By the duration of silence maintained
ment. in the class
B. It will improve teacher student rela-
179. Of the following learning theories, the
tionship.
one that embodies the idea that the learn-
C. Grading system is easier than marks ing takes place through insight is known
system. as
D. It will eliminate the differentiation be- A. Gestalt
tween students on marks basis.
B. Pragmatic
175. Personalized system of education : C. Connectionist
A. Leads to wastage of time and energy D. Stimulus-Response
B. Doesn’t inculcate a feeling of competi-
180. Objective type questions are not helpful
tion
in testing
C. Doesn’t inculcate a feeling of socializa-
A. Student’s ability of writing and expres-
tion in students
sion.
D. All of these
B. Student’s knowledge level of subject
176. If a girl student requests you to collect matter.
her posts at your address what would you C. Student’s ability to describe and ex-
like to do in this case? plain things.
A. As a teacher you will allow her D. All of the above

181. Which of the following is true about Mi- D. Keep your speed in teaching fast so
cro Teaching? that students comprehension level may in-
crease.

A. It is the following with video recording
of lessons. 186. A teacher who is not able to draw the
B. It is scaled down teaching encounters attention of his studetns should
in class size and class time. A. Start dictating
C. It is a teacher education technique al- B. Resign from the post.
lowing teachers to apply clearly defined
C. Find fault in his pupils.
teaching goals.
D. Evaluate his teaching method and im-
D. All of the above
prove it.
182. Which of the following is a product of 187. All of the following are advantages of
learning? teaching machines except
A. Skills A. Tracking of errors
B. Maturation B. The control of cheating
C. Forgetness C. The Insurance of Attention
D. Intelligence D. Their universal use for different kinds
of Programmes
183. The major objective of education is:
188. Which of the following is a purposive
A. Reforming the society
sampling?
B. Making students disciplined
A. Cluster sampling
C. Making students followers of teachers B. Deliberate sampling
D. Developing inherent abilities/powers C. Stratified random sampling
of Students
D. Random probability sampling
184. The criteria for grading should be
189. The historical research is different from
A. Is there any originality in the submit- experimental research in the process of
ted work.
A. replication
B. The material is covered in an accurate
B. hypothesis testing
manner.
C. formulation of hypothesis
C. The writing communicates clearly and
effectively. D. All of the above
D. All of these 190. The main function of educational psychol-

ogy is to provide prospective teacher with:
185. If majority of students in your class are
A. How to deal with students and every-
weak you should
day class situation.
A. Keep you teaching slow.
B. Insight into various aspects of modern
B. Not care about intelligent students. teaching education.
C. Keep your teaching slow along with C. Research procedures for evaluating
some extra guidance to bright pupils. current teaching procedure.

D. Insight into the needs, problems and B. Innovativeness in approach and teach-
styles of behaviour of teacher. ing strategies
C. Mastery over the subject and compe-
191. Which of the following must be the qual-
tency for teaching
ities of teacher except?
D. All of the above
A. Superstitions
B. Patience and tolerance 196. In order to produce a quality of research,
it depends on
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Good communication skill
A. available facilities
D. Sweet, polite and clear voice B. use of high technology
192. A research problem is not feasible only C. training in research methodology
when D. dedication on the part of researcher
A. it is researchable 197. Below are given some probable charac-
B. it has utility and relevance teristics of an ineffective teacher, which of
C. it is new and adds something to knowl- the following is most likely to be charac-
edge terised the ineffective teacher?
A. Emphasis upon standards
D. it consists of independent and depen-
dent variables B. Emphasis upon the control of immedi-
ate situation
193. Micro teaching is most effective for the C. Emphasis upon pupil discussion in the
student-teacher : clarification of group’s goals
A. before the practice-teaching D. None of these
B. during the practice-teaching 198. What makes people to undertake re-
C. after the practice- teaching search?
D. none of these A. Desire to face the challenge in solving
the unsolved problems.
194. Which of the following is not a quality of B. Desire to get intellectual joy of doing
teacher? some creative work.
A. He may not know child psychology. C. Desire to get a research degree along
B. He should have feelings of love and with it consequential benefits.
sympathy. D. All of these
C. His language should be understand- 199. Teacher’s professionalism means:
able to students.
A. A teacher has to teach for the sake of
D. Teacher should be keen in his work getting salaries
and should be enthusiastic and anxious to
keep his knowledge fresh and update. B. The extent to which a teacher sub-
scribes to a professional code
195. The professional requirements of a C. A teacher must have completed pro-
teacher as explained in the Unesco Publi- fessional teachers training course before
cation is /are his appointment
A. Justice to the profession D. All of these

200. Of the following objectives of an Elemen- C. Morrin

tary Music Programme the one of lowest D. Jackson
priority is

A. To provide children with emotion out- 205. All are the examples of the media of two
lets. way communication except
B. To prepare children for wise use of A. padyatra
leisure time. B. street plays
C. To develop a group of performers for C. public meeting
Hiliday Assemblies. D. procession and rallies
D. To expose children to a variety of mu-
sical compositions. 206. A backward child is a slow learner. He
does not respond satisfactorily to the or-
201. Mainstreaming is a term associated with dinary school curriculum and to the usual
A. career education methods. The causes of this phenomena
are
B. environmental education
A. Emotional disturbance
C. inter-age class groupings
B. Physical defects and diseases
D. education for handicapped
C. Poor intellectual ability and low intelli-
202. The teaching is not thought as a process gence
of
D. All of the above
A. Indoctrinating adult ideas to young
people 207. Which of the following is/are compo-
nents of ethical research?
B. Listening the recitation of pupils
A. Disclosure
C. Directing the activities of people
B. Competence
D. None of these
C. Understanding
203. The students who keep asking questions
D. All of the above
in the class
A. Should be encouraged to continue 208. The greatest important Cause Of Failure
questioning. In The Beginning For A Teacher Lies In The
Area Of :
B. Should be encouraged to find answer
independently A. Verbal ability
C. Should be encouraged to participate in B. Interpersonal relationship
classroom discussion C. Knowledge of the teacher
D. Performs the role of an active member D. Light-handling of the student
of the political party in power
209. Educational quality is
204. Who defined teaching as a “An organised
system of specific activities aimed to help A. Only a legal right
the learner learn something ‘’? B. Fundamental right
A. Byod C. Only a customary right
B. Smith D. None of these

210. The quality of research is judged by the 215. Which of the following is/are true about
teacher/teaching?
A. Relevance of research
A. Teaching should be pupil centered
B. Depth of the research
rather than subject centered.
C. Experience of researcher
B. Teacher should arouse interest among
D. Methodology followed in conducting students about the subject
the research
C. Teacher should have control over the
NARAYAN CHANGDER
211. Which of the following is wrongly students to maintain peace and order in
matched? the class.
A. Skinner - Gestalt D. All of these
B. Dewey - Pragmatism 216. The difference between experimental re-

search and historical research in the pro-
C. Herbart - Apperception
cess of
D. Froebel - Progressivism
A. replication
212. The decline of the British Empire should B. the testing of hypothesis
have spelt the decline of English
C. the formulation of the hypothesis
A. the statement is a fact D. all of these
B. the statement is an advice
217. Noise is known as
C. the statement is an opinion
A. sender barrier
D. the statement is a prejudice
B. receiving barrier
213. The adage of maintaining good relations C. transmitting barrier
with others is
D. none of these
A. Sycophancy
218. The most important challenge before a
B. Kaleidoscopic personality
teacher is :
C. Control over emotion
A. To prepare question paper
D. Attractive features and mental make
B. To make students do their homework
up
C. To maintain discipline in the classroom
214. In ancient education system, teachers ap- D. To make teaching learning process en-
plied some psychological principles in edu- joyable
cation especially to young child from pre-
school age to adolescence. They recognize 219. The first important step in teaching is
the role of
A. knowing th background of students
A. Sense and perception in teaching and
B. organizing the material to be taught
learning
C. planning of representation of topic or
B. Convent system of schooling
subject
C. Gurukul type of education
D. organizing the background of students
D. All Of These for the subject

220. Which one of the following is not con- showed emotional responses could be
cerned with the duties of a teacher? learned th

A. To discipline the students A. imitation
B. To make monthly and annual reports B. conditioning
C. To prepare students for examinations C. knowledge and skills
D. To participate in extra curricular activ- D. None of these
ities
225. According to Dewey, education is a :
221. Failure of the teacher to communicate its A. Social need
ideas well to the students may result in
B. Personal need
A. Classroom indiscipline.
C. Theoretical need
B. Increase in number of absentees in
D. Psychological need
the class.
C. Loss of student’s interest in hot topic 226. In which year the University Grants Com-
being taught. mission was established?
D. All of these A. 1951
B. 1952
222. A teacher’s major contribution towards
the maximum self-realization of the stu- C. 1953
dent is affected through D. 1954
A. Strict control of class-room activities 227. The best way by a teacher to introduce a
B. Constant fulfilment of the student’s new subject by
needs A. Relating it to daily life situation
C. Strict reinforcement of academic stan- B. Giving a broad outline of the subject
dards
C. Relating it to previously studied sub-
D. Sensitivity to students’ needs, goals ject or course material
and purposes
D. Any of these
223. The introduction of career courses in
228. Bright Light in classroom is a type of
schools and colleges aims at
Barrier.
A. Increasing G.K. in students.
A. channel
B. Providing professional knowledge to
B. physical distraction
students.
C. emotional distraction
C. Developing the ability to make the in-
telligent choice of jobs. D. none of these
D. All of the above 229. Which of the following is/are the quali-
ties of teacher?
224. Emotional development is as much af-
fected by maturation and learning as sen- A. Teacher should inspire his pupil
sory processes, muscular growth and in- B. Teacher should have sweet, polite and
tellectual functions. Parlous experiment clear voice

C. Teacher should be able to arrange sub- 234. How a teacher should behave with the
ject matter in a logical way students
D. All of these A. Friend
B. Father
230. The teacher has been glorified by the
phrase “Friend, philosopher and guide” be- C. Leader
cause D. General
A. He is a great patriot
NARAYAN CHANGDER
235. The most appropriate meaning of learn-
B. He is the great reformer of the society ing is
C. He transmits the high value of human- A. acquisition of skills
ity to students
B. personal adjustment
D. He has to play all vital roles in the con- C. modification of behaviour
text of society
D. inculcation of knowledge
231. The function of a teacher is in the order
of : 236. Professors need to study educational phi-
losophy mainly because
A. Guiding the child, helping him towards
progress and evaluation A. most professors follow a wrong philos-
ophy
B. Checking homework, guiding him and
B. they may improve their work by classi-
assigning further task
fying their philosophy
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. most professors know nothing about
D. None of these educational philosophy
232. Which of the following statement is cor- D. all of the above
rect?
237. Which of the following is/are the exam-
A. Objectives are to be stated in Chapter ples of qualitative variable?
I of the Thesis A. Sex
B. In research, objectives can be worded B. Religion and Caste
in statement form.
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. In research, objectives can be worded
in question form. D. None of these
D. All of the above 238. Which of the following can be termed as

most import task in teaching among the
233. Which of the following statements given?
doesn’t suit a teacher? The teacher is
A. Making assignments and checking
A. Really interested in students. worksheets.
B. Able to direct and discipline students. B. Making monthly reports and maintain-
C. Reluctant to adapt himself to new situ- ing records.
ation. C. Directing students in development of
D. Enthusiastic about the work that teach- experiences.
ers do. D. All of the above

239. Quality of education in a school/college C. it is not common to be able to think be-

can be measured through yond a grooved channel

A. Students achievements D. sustained experimental work needed
for discoveries is not easily forthcoming
B. Infrastructural facilities available
C. Manpower teachers and principal 243. Close Circuit Television (CCT )is useful
available A. for large group communication
D. All of the above B. only for poor students of the class
240. Which of the following is quality of a C. only for a restricted audience residing
teacher? at a particular place
A. He should know the child psychology D. None of these
B. He should be trained to various teach- 244. Who can be a good teacher? One
ing methodologies A. Whose students do not need to ask
C. He presenting the subject matter in questions
an effective manner with clear explain- B. Who answers all the questions asked
ing leading to better understanding of the by students
matter
C. Who never encourages children to
D. All of these known something not in curriculum.
241. If a group of students enter your room D. Who always tells his/her students that
and abuse you and behave violently with from where they can get answers to their
you, at that time how would you control queries.
your emotions? 245. Which of the following is not a part of
A. You will feel ashamed among your Information?
teachers community. A. formal
B. You will react in a similar fashion and B. logical
try to assault them physically.
C. perception
C. You will reportthe case to the princi-
D. impersonal
pal with recommendation of punitive mea-
sures. 246. If a student is constantly rubbing his eyes
D. First, you will try to pacify their emo- and is unattentive during blackboard work,
tions and then ask politely about their be- he is having
haviour. A. visual problem
242. In every field research pursuits promote B. hearing problem
systematic and gradual advancement of C. adjustment problem
knowledge but discoveries are rare be-
D. All of the above
cause
A. research is a continuous critical inves- 247. In case of equal emoluments. The best
tigation profession is that of
B. most people lack depth of knowledge A. Teacher

needed for it B. An Engineer

1.20 Teaching aptitude in education 308
C. Doctor B. Be aware of the environmental vari-

D. Research Workers ables acting on the mind of the pupil.
248. Before starting instruction a teacher C. Know the existing knowledge of his
should students and their background knowl-
edge.
A. Be competent enough to arouse the cu-
riosity of pupil. D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
1.20 Teaching aptitude in education
1. Value-education stands for: B. Teachers can teach.
A. inculcation of virtues C. Lecture Method can be used for devel-
B. making a student healthy oping thinking.
C. making a student to get a job D. Teachers help can create in a student
a desire to learn.
D. all-round development of personality
2. Which of the following is not a product of 6. Which of the following indicates evalua-
learning? tion?
A. Attitudes A. Ram got 45 marks out of 200
B. Concepts B. Mohan got 38 percent marks in English
C. Maturation C. Shyam got First Division in final exam-
D. Knowledge ination
3. The primary responsibility for the D. All the above

teacher’s adjustment lies with
A. The principal rect?
B. The children
A. Validity ensures reliability
C. The community
B. Reliability ensures validity
D. The teacher himself
C. Reliability does not depend on objectiv-
4. Internal and external factors that affect ity
message reception by the students in the
D. Reliability and validity are independent
classroom are referred to as
of each other
A. noise
B. feedback 8. Good evaluation of written material
should not be based on:
C. fragmentation
A. Logical presentation
D. channelization
B. Linguistic expression
5. Which of the following statements is most
appropriate? C. Comprehension of subject
A. Teachers are born. D. Ability to reproduce whatever is read

9. Which of the following is the highest level C. Analysis of data

of cognitive ability D. All of the above

A. Knowing
15. The University which telecasts interaction
B. Analysing educational programmes through its own
C. Evaluating channel is
D. Understanding A. University of Pune
B. Osmania University
10. Which of the following is the most impor-
C. Annamalai University
tant characteristic of Open Book Examina-
tion system? D. Indira Gandhi National Open Univer-
sity (IGNOU)
A. Students become serious.
B. It compels students to think. 16. Which of the following factors does not im-
pact teaching
C. It improves attendance in the class-
A. Teacher’s knowledge
room.
B. Learning through experience
D. It reduces examination anxiety
amongst students. C. Class room activities that encourage
learning
11. A fault in computer programme which pre- D. Socio-economic background of teach-
vents it form working correctly known as- ers and students
A. Bug
17. Why do teachers use teaching aid?
B. Error A. For students’ attention
C. Boo Boo B. To make teaching fun-filled
D. Virus C. To make students attentive
12. Teacher uses visual-aids to make learning: D. To teach within understanding level of
students
A. simple
18. Institutional planning should be based on-
B. quicker
A. Aim and needs
C. interesting
B. Time - table
D. more knowledgeable
C. Administration
13. Who among the following propounded the D. Need
concept of paradigm?
19. The teacher has been glorified by the
A. Von Thunen
phrase “Friend, philosopher and guide” be-
B. Thomas Kuhn cause:
C. Peter Haggett A. He is a great patriot
D. John K. Wright B. He is the great reformer of the society
C. He transmits the high value of human-
14. The main task of educational computer is.
ity to students
A. Scoring the answers D. He has to play all vital roles in the con-
B. Preserve the information text of society

20. Which of the following is an approach to 26. Emotional Adjustment of students is effec-
education planning? tive in.
A. Man power approach A. Personality formation
B. Social Demand approach
B. Class-teaching
C. Both (A) and (B)
C. Discipline
D. All of the above
NARAYAN CHANGDER
21. The scope of Decision Making is
A. Management 27. Which of the following statement is not
B. Organization correct?
C. Administration A. Lecture Method is one way process

D. Supervision B. Lecture Method can develop reasoning
22. Which of the following teacher, will be C. Lecture Method can develop knowl-
liked most? edge
A. A loving teacher D. During Lecture Method students are
B. A teacher who is disciplined passive
C. A teacher of high idealistic attitude
28. Techniques used by a teacher to teach in-
D. A teacher who often amuses his stu- clude
dents
A. Lecture
23. Teacher behaviour ought to be-
B. Group work
A. Administrative
C. Self study
B. Instructive
C. Idealistic D. All of the above
D. Directive
29. In which of the following instructional pro-
24. Dyslexia is associated with cedure is the main component?
A. writing disorder A. Synectics teaching model
B. mental disorder B. Basic teaching model
C. reading disorder
C. Inductive model
D. behavioural disorder
D. Social -stimulation
25. For maintaining an effective discipline in
the class, the teacher should 30. Classroom communication must be
A. Deal with the students strictly. A. Student centric
B. Deal with them politely and firmly.
B. Teacher centric
C. Allow students to do what they like.
C. Textbook centric
D. Give the students some problem to
solve. D. General centric

31. While delivering lecture if there is some 36. Who developed the interaction analysis
disturbance in the class, a teacher should category system in education for increas-
ing the teacher effectiveness.

A. punish those causing disturbance
B. keep quiet for a while and then con- A. Flander
tinue B. Rayon
C. not bother of what is happening in the
C. Amidon and Simon
class
D. Richard Over
D. motivate to teach those causing distur-
bance
37. Greater the handicap of the students com-
32. Written communication strategy includes- ing to the educational institutions, greater
the demand on the:
A. Algorithms
B. Decision Table A. State
C. Both (A) and (B) B. Teacher

D. None of the above C. Society
33. Using the central point of the classroom D. Family

communication as the beginning of a dy-
namic pattern of ideas is referred to as: 38. A teacher can establish rapport with his
students by:
A. Idea protocol
A. playing the role of a guide
B. Systemisation
C. Mind mapping B. becoming a figure of authority
D. Problem - orientation C. becoming a friend to the students
34. When some students are deliberately at- D. impressing students with knowledge
tempting to disturb the discipline of the and skill
class by making mischief, what will be
39. One of the important theory of moral de-
your role as a teacher?
velopment has been proposed by
A. Isolate those students.
A. Laurence Kohlberg
B. Expelling those students.
B. Erik Fromm
C. Reform the group with your authority.
D. Giving them an opportunity for intro- C. Daniel Coleman
spection and improve their behaviour. D. Benjamin Bloom
35. Which of the following skills are needed
40. “Education is the manifestation of perfec-
for present day teacher to adjust effec-
tion already in man” was stated by
tively with the classroom teaching?
A. R. N. Tagore
A. Content mastery
B. Knowledge of students’ needs B. M. K. Gandhi
C. Use of technology in teaching learning C. Sri Aurobindo
D. All of the above D. Swami Vivekanand

41. The primary duty of the teacher is to 46. Which one of the following statements is
A. imbibe value system in the students correct?
B. help all round development of the stu- A. Syllabus is an annexure to the curricu-
dents lum.
C. raise the intellectual standard of the B. Curriculum does not include methods
students of evaluation.
D. improve the physical standard of the C. Curriculum is the same in all educa-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
students tional institutions .
D. Curriculum includes both formal, and
42. Imagine you are working in an educational informal education.
institution where people are of equal sta-
tus. Which method of communication is 47. Some students in a class exhibit great cu-
best suited and normally employed in such riosity for learning. It may be because
a context? such children
A. Cross communication A. Are gifted
B. Vertical communication B. Come from rich families
C. Corporate communication C. Show artificial behaviour
D. Horizontal communication D. Create indiscipline in the class
43. Which of the following comprise teaching 48. As a teacher, select the best option to en-
skill? sure your effective presence in the class-
room.
A. Explaining
A. Being authoritarian
B. Questioning
B. Use of peer command
C. Black Board writing
C. Making aggressive statements
D. All the above
D. Adoption of well-established posture
44. At authoritarian level teaching is.
49. As Chairman of an independent commis-
A. Teacher - centered
sion on education, Jacques Delors reportto
B. Child - centered UNESCO was titled
C. Headmaster centered A. Learning : The Treasure Within
D. Experience - based B. Millennium Development Report
45. CIET stands for C. World Declaration on Education for All
A. Central Institute for Education Tech- D. International Commission on Educa-
nology tion Report
B. Centre for Integrated Evaluation Tech- 50. For a teacher, which of the following meth-
niques ods would be correct for writing on the
C. Centre for Integrated Education and blackboard?
Technology A. Writing fast and as clearly as possible.
D. Central Institute for Engineering and B. Writing the important points as clearly
Technology as possible.

C. Writing the matter first and then ask- B. Degree of achievements of instruc-
ing students to read it. tions at the end.

D. Asking a question to students and then C. Students performance at the begin-
writing the answer as stated by them. ning of instructions.
51. A teacher in a classroom has immediate D. Causes and remedies of persistent
control over learning problems during instructions.
A. the audience, the noise and the recep-
56. The main objectives of student evaluation
tion.
of teachers are:
B. the feedback, the technology and the
A. To make teachers take teaching seri-
audience experience.
ously.
C. the self, selected methods of commu-
nication and the message. B. To help teachers adopt innovative
methods of teaching.
D. the communication channel, other
communicators, and external factors. C. To identify the areas of further im-
provement in teacher traits.
52. The type of communication that the
D. All of the above
teacher has in the classroom, is termed as
A. Interpersonal 57. Which of the following statements about
B. Mass communication teaching aids are correct
C. Group communication A. They help students learn better

D. Face-to-face communication B. They make teaching learning process
interesting
53. The most appropriate purpose of learning
is: C. They help in retaining concepts for
longer duration
A. personal adjustment
D. All of the above
B. modification of behaviour
C. social and political awareness 58. Which of the following belongs to a pro-
D. preparing oneself for employment jected aid?
A. Globe
54. A teacher can be successful if he/she
B. Diorama
A. imparts subject knowledge to students
C. Blackboard
B. prepares students to pass the exami-
nation D. Epidiascope
C. helps students in becoming better citi-
59. Black-board can be included in which
zens
group/category of teaching-aids?
D. presents the subject matter in a well
organized manner A. Audio-aids
B. Visual aids
55. Diagnostic evaluation ascertains
C. Audio-visual aids
A. Learning progress and failures during
instructions. D. None of the above

60. The most important quality of a good 66. The best way for providing value educa-
teacher is tion is through
A. Good communication skills A. lecture/discourses on values
B. Effective leadership qualities B. seminars/symposia on values
C. Concern for students’ welfare C. discussions on scriptural texts
D. Sound knowledge of subject matter D. mentoring/reflective sessions on val-
ues
NARAYAN CHANGDER
61. NUEPA is mainly concerned with.
A. Educational Supervision 67. A good teacher must be
B. Educational Unity A. resourceful and dominant
C. Educational Planning B. resourceful and autocratic
D. Educational Evaluation C. resourceful and authoritative
D. resourceful and participative
62. A good teacher is one who
A. gives useful information 68. According to Swami Vivekananda,
teacher’s success depends on:
B. inspires students to learn
C. gives printed notes to students A. His professional training and creativity
D. explains concepts and principles B. His renunciation of personal gain and

service to others
63. Which one of the following is not a princi- C. His mastery on the subject and capac-
ple of a good time table? ity in controlling the students
A. Flexibility D. His concentration on his work and du-
B. Ruthless master ties with a spirit of obedience to God
C. Variety 69. The main aim of teaching is:
D. Coordination of efforts A. To develop only thinking
64. Which one of the following teachers would B. To develop only reasoning
you like the most:
C. Both (A) and (B)
A. punctual
D. To give information
B. having research aptitude
70. Education is a powerful instrument of:
C. who often amuses his students
A. Social transformation
D. loving and having high idealistic philos-
ophy B. Cultural transformation
C. Personal transformation
65. A person can enjoy teaching as a profes-
sion when he D. All the above
A. has control over students. 71. “Spare the rod and spoil the child”, gives
B. is very close to higher authorities. the message that
C. commands respect from students. A. children should be beaten with rods.
D. is more qualified than his colleagues. B. corporal punishment is not acceptable.

C. undesirable behaviour must be pun- D. They are more subjective than short-
ished. answer type questions.

D. punishment in the class should be
76. Maximum participation of students during
banned.
teaching is possible through
72. In a lively classroom situation, there is A. Lecture method
likely to be
B. Textbook method
A. complete silence
C. Inductive method
B. occasional roars of laughter
D. Demonstration method
C. loud discussion among students
D. frequent teacher-student dialogue 77. In order to modify the undesirable behav-
ior of a student the most effective method
73. Which combination of methods of teaching is.
is likely to optimise learning?
A. To punish the student
A. Lecturing, discussions and seminar
method B. To bring it to the notice of parents
B. Lecturing, demonstrations and Power- C. To find out the reasons for the undesir-
Point based presentations able behaviour and provide remedies
C. Interactive discussions, planned lec- D. To ignore it

tures and PowerPoint based presenta-
78. Which of the following aspects is discussed
tions
in a Teacher, s Dairy?
D. Interactive lecture sessions followed
by buzz sessions, brainstorming and A. Class Time Table
projects B. Teaching Content
74. Research has shown that the most fre- C. Both (A) and (B)
quent symptom of nervous instability D. None of the above
among teachers is
A. Worry 79. Instruction medium affects the absence
and escape from class teaching.
B. Fatigue
A. Agreed
C. Digestive upsets
B. Indefinite
D. Explosive behaviour
C. Disagreed
75. Which one of the following statements is
correct in the context of multiple - choice
type questions? 80. Which one of the following is the best
A. They are less objective than essay type method of teaching?
questions.
A. Lecture method
B. They are more objective than true-
B. Discussion method
false type questions.
C. Demonstration method
C. They are more subjective than true-
false type questions D. Question-Answer method

81. Which of the following does not belong to C. a variety of teaching aids
a projected aid? D. lively student-teacher interaction
A. Blackboard
87. Major objective of School Discipline is-
B. Epidiascope
A. To ensure safety of staff and students
C. Slide projector B. To create an environment conducive
D. Overhead projector for teaching
82. Which one of the following is considered a C. Both (A) and (B)
NARAYAN CHANGDER
sign of motivated teaching? D. None of the above
A. Students taking notes 88. Which is the least important factor in
B. Students asking questions teaching?
C. Pin drop silence in the classroom A. punishing the students
D. Maximum attendance of the students B. lecturing in impressive way
C. maintaining discipline in the class
83. Which of the following is not a prescribed
level of teaching? D. drawing sketches and diagrams on the
black-board
A. Memory
89. The best method of teaching is to
B. Reflective
A. impart information
C. Differentiation
B. ask students to read books
D. Understanding
C. suggest good reference material
84. The purpose of formative evaluation is to D. initiate a discussion and participate in
A. check students’ performance graph. it
B. grade students’ learning outcomes. 90. Which one of the following is appropri-
C. accelerate students’ learning perfor- ate in respect of teacher student relation-
mance. ship?
D. provide feedback to teacher effective- A. Indifferent
ness. B. Cordial and respectful
85. Which of the following expectations stu- C. Limited to classroom only
dents have from group learning? D. Very informal and intimate
A. To get appreciation from the group 91. Which of the following statements is cor-
B. To distribute the work equally rect?
C. To ignore individual view point A. Syllabus is a part of curriculum.
D. To attract isolated student towards the B. Syllabus is an annexure to curriculum.
group C. Curriculum is the same in all educa-
tional institutions affiliated to a particular
86. The essence of an effective classroom en- university.
vironment is
D. Syllabus is not the same in all educa-
A. strict discipline tional institutions affiliated to a particular
B. pin-drop silence university.

92. Micro teaching is more effective 98. The quality of teaching is reflected:
A. always A. By the pass percentage of students

B. after the teaching-practice B. By the attendance of students in the
C. during the teaching-practice class
D. during the preparation for teaching- C. By the quality of questions asked by
practice students
93. For an efficient and durable learning, D. By the duration of silence maintained
learner should have in the class
A. ability to learn only
99. As per the NCTE norms, what should be the
B. opportunities to learn only
staff strength for a unit of 100 students at
C. requisite level of motivation only B.Ed. level?
D. desired level of ability and motivation A. 1 + 5
94. Attitudes, actions and appearances in the B. 1 + 7
context of classroom communication are
considered as: C. 1 + 8
A. Verbal D. 1 + 10
B. Irrational
100. The present annual examination system:
C. Impersonal
A. promotes rote learning
D. Non-verbal
B. does not promote good study habits
95. Who has signed an MOU for Accreditation
of Teacher Education Institutions in India? C. does not encourage students to be reg-
ular in class
A. NAAC and UGC
D. all the above
B. UGC and NCTE
C. NCTE and NAAC 101. Which of the following is die brain of the
D. NCTE and IGNOU computer?
96. Interaction inside the classroom should A. Prograrnme

generate B. Central processing unit
A. Ideas C. Memory
B. Argument
D. Hard Disc
C. Information
D. Controversy 102. Classroom communication is normally
considered as
97. In pedagogy computer is used.
A. affective
A. To motivate the learner
B. To provide feedback B. cognitive
C. To interact with the learner C. effective

D. For all the above D. selective

103. In a classroom, a communicator’s trust C. Highlighting the gaps in each other’s

level is determined by: teaching
A. eye contact D. The habit of supplementing the teach-
B. the use of hyperbole ing of each other
C. the change of voice level 109. The proponent of the Cognitive Theory of
D. the use of abstract concepts teaching is.
A. N. L Gage
NARAYAN CHANGDER
104. Which among the following gives more
freedom to the learner to interact? B. Piaget
A. Use of film C. B. F Skiner
B. Lectures by experts D. McDonald
C. Small group discussion
110. As a good classroom communicator, you
D. Viewing country-wide classroom pro- are supposed to know your
gramme on TV
A. silent cues
105. Which of the following is a teaching aid?
B. artful pauses
A. Tape Recorder
C. audience emotions
B. 16mm Film Projector
D. counter arguments
C. Working Model of Wind Mill
D. All the above 111. Now a days the most effective mode of
learning is
106. Maximum participation of students is
A. Blended learning
possible in teaching through:
B. E-learning
A. lecture method
B. text book method C. Both (A) and (B)
C. audio-visual aids D. Self study

D. discussion method 112. The determinant of teaching skill training
is.
107. “A diagram speaks more than 1000
words.” The statement means that the A. Components
teacher should B. Pupil - teacher
A. use diagrams in teaching.
C. Supervisor
B. use teaching aids in the class.
D. Headmaster
C. not speak too much in the class.
D. speak more and more in the class. 113. What are required for good teaching?
A. Remedy
108. Team teaching has the potential to de-
velop: B. Diagnosis
A. Cooperation C. Feedback
B. Competitive spirit D. All of the above

114. Which one is the highest order of learn- C. Indira Gandhi National Open Univer-
ing? sity

A. Chain learning D. Consortium for Educational Communi-
B. Problem-solving learning cation
C. Conditioned-reflex learning 120. The main objective of teaching at Higher
D. Stimulus-response learning Education Level is:
115. Which of the following qualities is most A. To give new information

essential for a teacher? B. To prepare students to pass examina-
A. He should have patience. tion
B. He should be a learned person. C. To develop the capacity to take deci-
sions
C. He should be a well dressed person.
D. He should be an expert in his subject. D. To motivate students to ask questions
during lecture
116. Attitude of the teacher that affects teach-
ing pertains to 121. In which university the microteaching
system started in 1961?
A. Affective domain
A. Stanford University
B. Cognitive domain
C. Connative domain B. Oxford University
D. Psychomotor domain C. Delhi University

D. The Punjab University
117. Which of the following factors affect
teaching? Choose the correct code to in-
122. Which one of the following is the best
dicate your answer.
method of teaching?
A. Teacher’s internal locus of control.
A. Lecture
B. Learner-motivation.
B. Narration
C. Teacher’s self efficacy.
C. Discussion
D. All of the above
D. Demonstration
118. Discussion Method can be used when:
A. The topic is easy 123. Which of the following set of statements
reflects the basic characteristics of teach-
B. The topic is difficult ing? Select the correct alternative from
C. The topic is very difficult the codes:
D. All of the above A. Teaching is related to learning.
119. The e-content generation for undergradu- B. One may teach without learning taking
ate courses has been assigned by the Min- place.
istry of Human Resource Development to C. Teaching is a ‘task’ word while learn-
A. INFLIBNET ing is an ‘achievement’ word.
B. National Knowledge Commission D. All of the above

124. What are the characteristics of Continu- C. Reflective level

ous and Comprehensive Evaluation? D. Understanding level
A. It replaces marks with grades.
130. Select the alternative which consists of
B. It helps in reducing examination pho- positive factors contributing to effective-
bia. ness of teaching:
C. It evaluates every aspect of the stu- A. Teacher’s knowledge of the subject.
dent.
B. Communication skill of the teacher.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. All of the above
C. Teacher’s competence in managing
125. Attitudes, concepts, skills and knowledge and monitoring the classroom transac-
are products of: tions.
A. Heredity D. All of the above
B. Learning 131. Dynamic approach to teaching means
C. Research A. Teaching should be forceful and effec-
D. Explanation tive
126. The computer- based teaching model has B. Teachers should be energetic and dy-
been developed by- namic
A. Gilbert (1962) C. The topics of teaching should not be

static, but dynamic
B. Stolurow and Davis (1965)
D. The students should be required to
C. Robert Gagne (1965) learn through activities
D. Mecner (1965)
132. Practical knowledge of language is learnt
127. Teacher’s role at higher education at-
A. provide information to students. A. School
B. promote self learning in students. B. Language laboratory
C. help students to solve their problems. C. Language teaching
D. encourage healthy competition among D. Language instruction
students.
133. On the first day of his class, if a teacher
128. Which one of the following is the most is asked by the students to introduce him-
important quality of a good teacher? self, he should
A. Content mastery A. tell them about himself in brief
B. Punctuality and sincerity B. ask them to meet after the class
C. Content mastery and sociable C. ignore the demand and start teaching
D. Content mastery and reactive D. scold the student for this unwanted de-
mand
129. Which of the following is not a level of
teaching learning? 134. Factor of personality is
A. Differentiation level A. Ductless glands
B. Memory level B. Family background

C. School D. Computer Literates and Students in

D. All of the above Schools

135. An effective teaching aid is one which 140. The most important cause of failure for
teacher lies in the area of:
A. activates all faculties
A. verbal ability
B. is visible to all students
B. inter personal relationship
C. easy to prepare and use
C. strict handling of the students
D. is colourful and good looking
D. lack of command over the knowledge
136. The reason of absence and escape from of the subject
school is-
141. Most often, the teacher - student commu-
A. Lack of interest in syllabus nication is:
B. Poor method of teaching A. Critical
C. Ineffective teacher B. Utilitarian
D. All of the above C. Spurious
137. Those teachers are popular among stu- D. Confrontational
dents who
142. If you get an opportunity to teach a visu-
A. award good grades ally challenged student along with normal
B. develop intimacy with them students, what type of treatment would
you like to give him in the class?
C. help them solve their problems
A. Take care of him sympathetically in the
D. take classes on extra tuition fee
classroom.
138. The use of teaching aids is justified on the B. Not giving extra attention because ma-
grounds of jority may suffer.
A. Optimizing learning outcomes of stu- C. Arrange a seat in the front row and try
dents. to teach at a pace convenient to him.
B. Attracting student’s attention in the D. You will think that blindness is his des-
class room. tiny and hence you cannot do anything.
C. Minimizing indiscipline problems in the 143. Which of the following is more interac-
classroom. tive and student centric?
D. Effective engagement of students in A. Group Discussion
learning tasks.
B. Workshop
139. CLASS stands for C. Seminar
A. Complete Literacy and Studies in D. Lecture
Schools
B. Computer Literacy and Studies in 144. At the primary school stage, most of the
Schools teachers should be women because they
C. Centre for Literacy and Studies in A. are available on lower salaries.

Schools B. can teach children better than men.

C. know basic content better than men. 150. The black-board can be utilized best by a
D. can deal with children with love and af- teacher for
fection. A. Making the students attentive
145. The students who keep on asking ques- B. Highlighting the teacher himself
tions in the class should be:
C. Writing the important and notable
A. encouraged to continue questioning points
B. advised not to disturb during the lec-
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Putting the matter of teaching in black
ture and white
C. advised to meet the teacher after the
class 151. Which set of learner characteristics may
D. encouraged to find answer indepen- be considered helpful in designing effective
dently teaching-learning systems? Select the cor-
rect alternative from the codes given be-
146. Spare the rod spoil the child. This as- low:
sumption is related to that type of disci-
pline which has been advocated. A. Prior experience of learners in respect
of the subject.
A. By naturalist philosophy
B. Ability of the learners in respect of the
B. By pragmatist philosophy
subject.
C. In Victorian Era
C. Student’s language background.
D. In Democratic Era
D. All of the above
147. Which of the following is not a character-
istic of a good achievement test? 152. When a normal student behaves in an er-
A. Validity ratic manner in the class, you would:
B. Ambiguity A. ignore the student
C. Reliability B. talk to the student after the class
D. Objectivity
C. ask the student to leave the class
148. What quality the students like the most D. pull up the student then and there
in a teacher?
A. Discipline 153. Students who ask questions in the class
B. Compassion should be.
C. Entertaining A. Advised to meet the teacher after the

class
D. Idealist philosophy
B. Encouraged to participate in the dis-
149. Dropping out form school means- cussion in the class
A. To come to school casually
C. Encouraged to continue asking ques-
B. To leave the school forever tions
C. To play truant from class D. Encouraged to search answers inde-
D. None of the above pendently

154. Moral values can be effectively inculcated 159. Micro teaching is most effective for the
among the students when the teacher student-teacher:

A. himself practices them A. before the practice-teaching
B. tells stories of great persons B. during the practice-teaching
C. talks of Gods and Goddesses C. after the practice-teaching
D. none of the above
D. frequently talks about values
160. Which is the most important aspect of the
155. Verbal guidance is least effective in the teacher’s role in learning?
learning of:
A. The provision of encouragement and
A. Skills moral support
B. Attitudes B. The provision of continuous diagnostic
C. Aptitudes and remedial help
D. Relationship C. The development of insight into what

constitutes an adequate performance
156. The most appropriate meaning of learn- D. The development of insight into what
ing is constitutes the pitfalls and dangers to be
A. Acquisition of skills avoided
B. Personal adjustment 161. Which of the following is not instructional

material?
C. Inculcation of knowledge
A. Transparency
D. Modification of behaviour
B. Audio Casset
157. Effective teaching is a function of C. Printed Material
A. Teacher’s satisfaction D. Over Head Projector
B. Teacher’s honesty and commitment 162. Which of the following statement is cor-
C. Teacher’s liking for professional excel- rect?
lence A. Communicator should be soft spoken
D. Teacher’s making students learn and B. Communicator should have fine
understand senses
C. Communicator should have tolerance
158. A teacher’s major contribution towards
power
the maximum self-realization of the stu-
dent is affected through: D. Communicator should have good per-
sonality
A. Strict control of class-room activities
B. Constant fulfilment of the students’ 163. Which of the following is related with the
needs teaching skill?
A. Black-board writing
C. Strict reinforcement of academic stan-
dards B. Solving questions
D. Sensitivity to students’ needs, goals C. Asking questions
and purposes D. All of the above

164. The Father of Psychoanalysis is. C. correct the assignments carefully

A. Erik H. Erikson D. give more information in less time
B. lean Piaget 170. Character is developed by.
C. Jerorne S. Bruner A. Will power
D. Sigmund Freud B. Conduct and behavior
165. UNESCO satellite directed television pro- C. Morality
NARAYAN CHANGDER
gram was used first. D. All of the above
A. 1926
B. 1959 message either as words or images. The
C. 1961 students are really
D. 1965 A. Agitators
166. A teacher’s most important challenge is: B. Encoders
A. To prepare the question paper C. Decoders
B. To make students do their home work D. Propagators
C. To maintain discipline in the class 172. By which of the following methods the
room true evaluation of the students is possi-
D. To make teaching-learning process en- ble?
joyable A. Formative evaluation
167. A teacher is said to be fluent in asking B. Continuous evaluation

questions, if he can ask C. Evaluation twice in a year
A. meaningful questions D. Evaluation at the end of the course
B. as many questions as possible
173. Which of the following attributes denote
C. many meaningful questions in a fixed great strengths of a teacher?
time
A. Setting examples
D. maximum number of questions in a
B. Acknowledging mistakes
fixed time
C. Willingness to put assumptions to the
168. Instructional aides are used by the test
teacher to
D. All of the above
A. Glorify the class
174. Suppose a student wants to share his
B. Ensure discipline
problems with his teacher and he visits
C. Attract the students the teacher’s house for the purpose, the
D. Clarify the concepts teacher should
A. extend reasonable help and boost his
169. An effective teacher is one who can: morale
A. control the class B. suggest him that he should never visit
B. motivate students to learn his house

C. contact the student’s parents and C. Team teaching method

solve his problem D. Problem-solving method

D. suggest him to meet the principal and
solve the problem 180. Which one of the following types of eval-
uation assesses the learning progress to
175. The teacher’s role at the higher educa- provide continuous feedback to both teach-
tional level is to: ers and students during instruction?
A. provide information to students A. Summative
B. promote self-learning in students B. Formative evaluation
C. help students to solve their personal C. Placement evaluation
problems D. Diagnostic evaluation
D. encourage healthy competition among
students 181. Successful Communication in classroom
teaching is
176. Identify the important element a teacher
A. Circular
has to take cognizance of while addressing
students in a classroom. B. Influential
A. Fixed posture C. Directional
B. Voice modulation D. Reciprocal
C. Repetitive pause 182. The academic performance of students
D. Avoidance of proximity can be improved if parents are encouraged
to
177. “Man is born free but every-where he is
A. arrange for extra tuition
in chains/, This statement has been given
by- B. remain unconcerned about it
A. Abraham Maslow C. interact with teachers frequently
B. Jean Jacques Rousseau D. supervise the work of their wards
C. John Dewey 183. The first Indian chronicler of Indian his-
D. W.I-I Kilpatrick tory was:
A. Kalhan
178. Which one of the following is a scaled
down teaching situation? B. Fahiyan
A. Team teaching C. Huan Tsang
B. Micro teaching D. Megasthanese
C. Macro teaching 184. If a parent approaches the teacher to do
D. Cooperative teaching some favour to his/her ward in the exam-
ination, the teacher should
179. Which of the following methods of teach-
ing encourages the use of maximum A. try to help him
senses? B. refuse politely and firmly
A. Self-study method C. ask him rudely to go away
B. Laboratory method D. ask him not to talk in those terms

1.21 Educational movement 326
185. A smart classroom is a teaching space B. Computer Assisted Instruction

which has C. Community Assisted Instruction
A. Smart portion with a touch panel con- D. None of the above
trol system.
B. Document camera and specialized 188. Achievement tests are commonly used for
software the purpose of
C. PC/Laptop connection and DVD/VCR A. Selecting candidates for a course
player.
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Making selections for a specific job
D. All of the above C. Assessing the amount of learning after
186. Use of radio for higher education is based teaching
on the presumption of: D. Identifying strengths and weaknesses
A. Replacing teacher in the long run of learners
B. Everybody having access to a radio set 189. The Verstehen School of Understanding
C. Enriching curriculum based instruction was popularised by
D. Other means of instruction getting out- A. British Academicians
dated B. American philosophers
187. The correct meaning of C.A.I.is. C. Italian political Analysts
A. Characteristics of Assistant Instructor D. German Social scientists
1.21 Educational movement

1. The donations of persons who want to re- C. Conventional
main unknown is a source of D. Developmental
A. Zakah
4. provided the bases for Muslim revival
B. Fitr movements in Hindustan.
C. Barakah A. Maulana Shibli Naumanai
D. Bakarah B. Maulana Ali Maugiri
2. Sir Syed was elected as the of his com- C. Shah Waliullah
mittee. D. Maulana Samiullah Nadvi
A. Secretary 5. In Sir Syed, s opinion three basic factors
B. President were responsible for prevailing evils in the
Muslim world the Hindu influence the cor-
C. Executive
rupt and evil beliefs and practices and the
D. Chief Executive absence of
3. What were the main bases of Syed Ahmad, A. Modern education
s appeal to Muslims of his time? B. English language
A. Religious C. Western ways of life
B. Ethnic D. Religious trends

6. A famous lawmaker, Lord McCauley, Pre- 11. When did the government of India draw
sented his historical memorandum.In its the attention of local governments to the
light, on 7th March 1835, a press state- condition of the Mohammedans in educa-

ment of an educational policy was action?
cepted that is called A. In August, 1871
A. Western Resolution
B. in August, 1873
B. McCauley, s Resolution
C. in May, 1870
C. Bentinck, s Resolution
D. in July, 1872
D. Educational Resolution
12. used to say that the object behind the
7. What strategy Deobandis followed when creation of Deo Band institute was not to
the Congress adopted such policies and puT produce a group of Maulvis but to prepare
forth demands which were openly against a team of freedom fighters who will fight
the Muslims? against the British.
A. Still remained with Congress A. Maulana Shibli
B. Left Congress B. Hazrat Sheikh Al Hind
C. Joined Muslim League
C. Maulana Shabeer Ahmad Usmani
D. Applied new policies
D. Haji Imdadullah Makki
8. Education of the Holy Quran became the
13. One of the drawbacks of Deo Band Move-
part of the course of M.A.O college in.
ment was.
A. 1880
A. The syllabus of the institute was very
B. 1881 short and could not meet the require-
C. 1882 ments of that time
D. 1887 B. Students got more bend of mind to-
wards Congress
9. Sir Syed was not enslaved to the author-
ity of Hadith while interpreting Islam he C. The syllabus of institute was quite long
rejected all those notions which were in as it was aimed to be crammed with all
conflict with of the educational traditions and qualities
students had to spend a long span of their
A. Life and practice life to complete it
B. Life and nature D. Both A and B
C. Nature and logic
14. Keeping in view Hindu Muslim uprisings
D. Science and logic
Sir Syed realized that Muslims and Hin-
10. Sir Syed, s ideology was to remain loyal dus could never live together so he advised
to the English but did not believe in Muslims to stay away from
A. Dictatorship A. Muslim League
B. Democracy B. Deo Band Movement
C. Equalitarianism C. Hindus
D. Social Equality D. Congress

15. The choice of Aligarh as the birthplace of a C. 1855

new movement was due to some reasons D. 1847
such as.
20. When was the Deo Band Academy
A. Aligarh was in itself a dear name
founded?
B. Muslims gave donations in support of
A. in 1867
this place
B. in 1866
C. Mohammedans population and Mo-
C. in1868
NARAYAN CHANGDER
hammedans feudal aristocracy sur-
rounded it D. in 1877
D. Both A and C 21. The aim of Mohammedans, College in bn-
nging together students from all parts of
16. Muslims should overwhelm English lan-
the country was bound to remove and
guage and Should be well aware of English
to develop a strong communal spirit among
culture. For this reason a rule was passed
them.
for the institute.
A. Political differences
A. Admission must be given only to Mus-
lim students B. Westernisation
B. Both Hindu and Muslim can take admis- C. Mutual discord
sion there D. Mutual harmony
C. Only English will teach there 22. An important institution run by the ex-
D. The Principal two professors and head students of the college was “The Brother-
of the school should be English hood”founded by in 1891.
A. Bech
17. When Sir Syed was transferred to
Benares? B. Lord Lytton
A. 1876 C. Morrison
B. 1879 D. Sir Syed
C. 1877 23. The Aligarh Movement was in fact a part

of
D. 1867
A. Muslim League
18. Sir Syed felt the necessity of in every
B. Congress
age and requested the scholars to under-
take it. C. British Government
A. Jehad D. Pakistan Movement
B. Mutahid 24. In which year and where a committee

was formed for better diffusion and ad-
C. Itehad
vancement of learning among the Mo-
D. Ijtehad hammedans of India?
19. Syed Amir Ali was born in at Hugli in A. In 1880 at Benares
West Bengal. B. In 1870 at Benares
A. 1857 C. In 1867 at Dehli
B. 1858 D. In 1885 at Allahabad

25. When did Shibli join the Nadvatul Ulema? 31. The religious manifesto was to speak the
A. In 1894 truth with full liberty of conscience to
strengthen ties with the and to create

B. In 1895 a discipline and unity among them.
C. in 1884
A. Muslim folks
D. in 1890
B. Congress
26. Maulana Muhammad Ali Kanpuri gave the C. Politics
idea of Nadavat-ul-Ulma in.
D. Muslim League
A. April 1896
B. April 1893 32. One of the prominent outcomes of Aligarh
Movement was.
C. May 1893
A. The educational backwardness of Mus-
D. June 1899
lims
27. Shibli was a supporter of the and was B. Acquirements of Government jobs
critical of Sir Syed, s attitude towards it.
C. Disputes between Muslims, and En-
A. Muslim League glish
B. Azamghar
D. Both A and C
C. Congress
33. The main objective of the Jamia Millia Is-
D. Deo Band
lamia was.
28. Which party the Deobandis later op- A. To surpass Aligarh and Deo Band
posed?
B. To produce harmony between religious
A. Religion-political and worldly knowledge
B. All India National Congress
C. To promote only religious education
C. Muslim League
D. Both A and C
D. Socio-political
34. His monumental works such The Spirit of
29. was the first person who worked on Islam or The life and teachings of Muham-
solid bases to lend Muslims an identity of mad were published in
a nation after the western Colonization.
A. 1900
A. Sir Syed
B. 1902
B. Shibli
C. 1901
C. Shah Waliullah
D. Shan Abdul Aziz Muhaddas Dehlvi D. 1910
30. The first meeting of Nadva held on 35. Maulana Qasim Nanutvi opened a small
April at kanpur. chool Deo Band in a village mosque in
A. 23rd 24th and 25th A. 1882
B. 23rd 24th and 26th B. 1881
C. 22nd 23rd and 24th C. 1867
D. 21st, 22nd and 23rd D. 1870

36. A famous saying of that era goes, one who 41. The Muhammad Anglo-Oriental College
joined Deo Band, he lost world one who was started at Aligarh on , as a pri-
joined Ali Garh he lost religion and one mary school.
who joined jamia Millia, he lost.
A. 24th May, 1875
A. Religion
B. 24th May, 1876
B. World
C. 25th May, 1875
C. Both religion and world
D. 23rd May, 1877
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Knowledge
42. Who presided the meeting in which the de-
37. Shibli left on the pretext that there
cision of the creation of Mohammedan Ed-
was no revival of Islam.
ucational Conference was taken?
A. Deo Band
A. Sir Syed Ahmad khan
B. Aligarh
B. Maulvi Abdul Haqq
C. Congress
C. Shah Waliullah
D. Nadva
D. Maulvi Samiullah khan
38. The attempt to regenerate the Muslim com-
munity has come to be known as the 43. Sir Syed devoted himself from to bring
Movement. about a political rapprochement between
the rulers and the ruled.
A. Deo Band
A. 1858 to 1870
B. Religious
C. Shibli, s B. 1858 to 1869
D. Aligarh C. 1859 to1870

D. 1850 to 1869
39. The aim of Aligarh Movement was to ex-
plicate religious topics 44. How many principles did Maulana Nanutvi,
A. Elaborately the guiding soul of the religion-political
venture, lay down?
B. Truly
C. Scientifically A. 3
D. Harmoniously B. 5
C. 8
40. was the first Muslim leader of Indo-
Pak subcontinent who, after Freedom War D. 7
of 1857 decided to run a movement for the
betterment of political economical and so- 45. was the root cause of most of the evils
cial conditions of Muslims. of the Muslim society.
A. Shibli A. Lethargy
B. Sir Syed B. Idleness
C. Waqarul Maluk C. lliteracy
D. Mohsanul Mulk D. Fatalism

46. Sir Syed remained the Honorary member B. Maulana Ishaque, s

of. C. Shah Waliullah, s

A. Congress D. Sir Syed, s
B. Muslim League
52. Who gave a practical shape to the
C. Deo Band Movement
thoughts of Shah Waliullah and initiated a
D. Royal Asiatic Society war movement against the Muslim enemy
forces?
47. After the death of Shah Waliullah who ran
the administration of his Movement? A. Syed Ahmad Shaheed & Shah Ismail
Shaheed
A. Shah Abdul Aziz
B. Shah Abdul Aziz & Shah Ismail Sha-
B. Maulana Ishaque
heed
C. Maulana Nanutvi
C. Syed Ahmad Shaheed & Shah Ismail
D. Amir Imdadullah Shaheed
48. What were the main bases of Syed Ahmad, D. Shah Abdul Aziz & Shan Abdul Aziz
s appeal to Muslims of his time? Muhaddas Dehlvi
A. Religious 53. Muslim University Ali Garh came into be-
B. Ethnic ing in.
C. Conventional A. Jan 1921
D. Developmental B. Jan 1922
49. When did All India Muslim League came C. Jan 1920
into being? D. Feb 1919
A. 1905 54. The first principal of M.A.O high school
B. 1902 was
C. 1906 A. Lord Lytton
D. 1904 B. Maulvi Samiullah
50. The basic principle of the Deo Band Move- C. Sir Syed
ment was that anyone joining the academy D. Siddons
and movement should accep the pro-
gramme and of the organization. 55. When the Deobandis joined the All India
National Congress?
A. Law
A. in 1886
B. Curriculum
B. in 1887
C. Manifesto
C. in1885
D. None of these
D. in 1880
51. The establishment of a religious school at
Deo Band was a new phase of the culmi- 56. Sir Syed created a complete school of
nation of philosophy put into practice. thought from point of view.
A. Maulana Nanutvi, s A. Religious

B. Literary 62. The fundamental difference between Deo

C. Political Band and Aligarh was that of only
nature.
D. Educational
A. Religious
57. Magazine, ”Tehzeeb-ul-Ikhlaq” became B. Political
the part of Ali Garh Institute Gazette in.
C. Socio-political
A. 1997
D. Social
NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. 1998
C. 1899 63. Who remained the principal of Aligarh Col-
lege from 1884 to 1899?
D. 1897
A. Lord Lytton
58. The Movement of Aligarh was the element B. Beck
of.
C. Sir Syed
A. Reconciliation & rapprochement
D. Shibli
B. Education & Religion
C. Politics & Religion 64. Sir Syed assigned a Hindu Minister the
patron of Scientific Society for its better-
D. Compromise & Religion
ment.
59. Who directed the attention of Hindus to- A. Raja Ram Mohan
wards British education, a long time ago?
B. Duke Argule
A. Sir Syed
C. Partal Singh
B. Lord Lytton
D. J Kishan Daas
C. Raja Ram Mohan
65. The era of modern education started in
D. Darbal Ram Mohan
when Sir Charles Grant wrote a mag-
60. On which thing the members of”The Broth- azine on the topic of diffusion of knowl-
erhood”agreed upon? edge and presented it to the directors of
the company.
A. To give free coaching after school
A. 1880
B. To establish a committee that will
bring new prospects of their success B. 1797
C. To contribute one per cent of their in- C. 1799
come to the college D. 1881
D. To encourage Muslims to Study English
66. The Deo Band branch, during Maulana
61. Nadavat-ul-Ulma used the platform of. Ishaque, s time had accepted the Ottoman
Caliph as its leader.
A. Ali Garh Movement
A. Religion-political
B. Congress
C. Muslim League B. Socio-political
D. All India Muhammaden Educational C. Religion-social

Conference D. None of these

67. According to European educational histo- C. Maulana Shibli Naumani

rian, N.N Law, in such steps were taken D. Maulana Muhammad Ali
through the resources of East India com-

pany that had the main purpose to prepare 72. Education traditions of research pros-
subcontinent the education of Bible. pered by Jamia Millia Islamia and the re-
A. 1602 searchers were granted the degrees of.
B. 1604 A. M.A
B. Ph.D Doctorate
C. 1600
C. B.Sc
D. 1614
D. Cambridge University
68. When did the All India National Congress
appear in its true Hinduised colour? 73. Who was the right hand of Sir Syed Ahmad
Khan?
A. in 1930
A. Lord Lytton
B. in 1935
B. Muhammad Qasim
C. in 1932
C. Ahmad Khan
D. in 1931
D. Sameeullah Khan
69. What was the defect in Sir Syed, s ideol-
74. When Muhammad Ishque the new Imam
ogy and programme?
or leader of the movement reorganized his
A. He wanted Muslims to join Congress compatriots on the basic of the Hanafi re-
B. He wanted Muslims to go to England ligion and to seek co-operation of the Ot-
toman Empire?
C. He opposed opening up of large num-
ber of small schools and to spread elemen- A. In 1840
tary English among Muslims B. In 1841
D. He preferred ideas of Deo Band Move- C. In 1842
ment D. In 1852
70. Syed Ahmad khan realized that the Mus- 75. In which year the first meeting of All India
lims should be taught the virtues of and Mohammedan Educational Conference was
self-reliance. held?
A. Self-realization A. 1888
B. Self-image B. 1886
C. Self-help C. 1889
D. Self-sufficiency D. 1887
71. Nadavat-ul-Ulma became famous due to 76. Deobandis, social outlook was based
the association of with it and the stu- on the fact that on one hand they
dents started taking interest in poetry and defended and on the other hand they op-
literature rather than in religion. posed compulsory education for girls.
A. Munshi Ehtasham Ali A. Polytheism
B. Syed Suleman Nadvi B. Polygon

C. Ploygany 82. Sir Syed strongly attacked the of Islam

D. Polygamy who preached and propagated unwise con-
ventions, corrupt customs and evil ways
77. The Cricket Club provided an opportunity of life.
for the students to mix freely In A. Preachers
A. Religious Society
B. Practitioners
B. Hindu Society
C. Propagandists
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Mohammedans, Society
D. Blind followers
D. English Society
83. Name of the person who laid the founda-
78. The Muslims of that time were suffering
tion of M.A.O school was.
from lethargy and
A. Conformism A. Sir Syed Ahmad khan
B. Conservatism B. Lord Lytton

C. Activism C. Shah Waliullah
D. Extremism D. Maulvi Samiullah khan
79. The Muslims of the century inherited 84. On which lines he founded education bet-
a traditional Islam which was tainted by ter and encouraging for Muslim youth?
many evils.
A. Religious
A. 18th
B. Conventional
B. 17th
C. Western
C. 19th
D. 20th D. Eastern
80. Which profession Sir Syed advised the 85. Name of the scholar who wrote the expla-
Muslims to take up? nation of Holy Quran consisting on seven
books was.
A. Art and craft
B. Engineering A. Shibli
C. Architecture B. Maulana Hali

D. Agriculture and trade C. Shah Fazaul-ur Rehman Usmani
D. Sir Syed Ahmad khan
81. According to a survey in 1871 out of 2141
officers of Bengali Government: 1338
86. What was Sir Syed, s concept of a nation?
were Europeans, 711 were Hindus and
only were Muslims. A. The entire humanity is one nation
A. 190 B. People living on one land comprise one
B. 225 nation
C. 300 C. None of the above
D. 92 D. Both A and C

87. When the culture and traditions of Mus- 92. It was who raised the slogan of Muslim
lims were neglected Muslims boycotted nation and two nation ideology that later
the modern neglected, Muslims boycotted became the cause of Pakistan, s Creation.

the modern educational system, not for En-
A. Quaid-e-Azam
glish language but for the Western edu-
cational system that was entirely based B. Allama Iqbal
on C. Liaquat Ali khan
A. Modernism
D. Sir Syed Ahmad Khan
B. Secularism
C. Christianity 93. What was the greatest and of time for
Muslims in the times of Syed Ahmad
D. Conventionalism
khan?
88. The main motivation behind all movements A. Sense of self-pride and devotion
for the recognition of Indo-Pak Muslims
was. B. Sense of self-religion and traditions
A. Religion C. Sense of self-help and removal of fatal-
B. Culture ism
C. Traditions D. Sense of self-reliance and discipline

D. Nationality 94. The Delhi branch of the organization car-
89. Deo Band education institute had pro- ried on its work till
duced almost authors, teachers, preach- A. 1875
ers and Muslim jurists.
B. 1857
A. 8, 000
C. 1858
B. 10, 000
C. 9, 000 D. 1850
D. 18, 000 95. The Deo Band Academy was a revival of

religious school founded by Shah Waliullah
90. The general aim of the college committee
on
was to popularise and promote the study
of and literature among the Muslims. A. May 7th 1731
A. European sciences B. May 5th 1731
B. Political science C. May 5th 1730
C. Religious sciences
D. May 6th 1731
D. Religion
96. Who and when laid the foundation of
91. The policy of English men for the Muslims
Congress?
was malicious and
A. A.O Hume in 1885
A. Forgiving
B. Lenient B. Siddons in 1886
C. Vindictive C. Maulana Jauhar in 1884
D. Gracious D. Lord Lytton in 1882

97. Why Shibli joined Nadva? C. Rich people should contribute towards
A. To join Deo Band and Aligarh such a noble cause
B. To join Congress and Muslim League D. Both A and C
C. To educate Muslims 103. Fatwas of Kufr were passed against Sir

D. To serve the cause of Islam Syed and he was declared as
A. Heresy
98. In November 1890, Aftab Khan
founded the institution, known as “The B. Profane
NARAYAN CHANGDER
Dury”to for the education of poor Mus- C. Hereto
lims. D. Heretic
A. Raise funds
104. According to There should be a physi-
B. Open more schools
cal and spiritual relationship between reli-
C. Run movement gious and worldly education.
D. Gather teachers A. Syed Amir Ali
99. What was the aim of Shibli? B. Sir Syed Ahmad khan
A. To follow Deo Band C. Sayed Akbar Shahabuddin
B. To follow Congress D. Shibli
C. To promote Aligarh 105. Sir Syed believed that education and
D. To bridge the gulf between Aligarh and learning should be in accordance with the
Deo Band needs of the
A. Time
100. Sir Syed was a leading educationist as
well as a ? B. Hour
A. Religious leader C. Muslims
B. Leader D. Political traditions
C. Politician 106. The ex-supervisor of the institute said
D. Practitioner that it is not a mere institute but a con-
stant movement and a school of thought.
101. Who organizes Deo Band institute?
A. Deo Band
A. Government
B. MAO School
B. Educational Department
C. Nadvat -ul-Ulma
C. Advisory Committee
D. Jamia Millia Islamia
D. Maulvis
107. By which university M.A.O high school
102. On which point Sir Syed was different had been affiliated after some time?
form Deo Bandis?
A. Bombay University
A. Muslims should not rely on the Govern-
ment for the establishment of education B. Allahabad University
institutions C. Azamghar University
B. Rich Muslims should not give any help D. Calcutta University

108. Who introduced a new trend in educa- 113. Jamia Millia Islamia was a very benefi-
tional system that Muslims should adopt cial and interesting one among the other
Western lines? educational institutes of Indo-Pak Muslims

whose foundation was laid by.
A. Ameer Ali
A. Liaquat Ali khan
B. Shibli
B. Quaid Azam
C. Muhammad Ali Johar
C. Maulana Muhammad Ali Johar
D. Sir Syed
D. Maulana Shibli Naumani
109. Maulana Abul Hassan Nadvi Impressed
Arabian countries besides Indo-Pak conti- 114. Syed Ahmad khan felt it absolute neces-
nent and Bangladesh with his sary to undertake a reform in order to
make take its rightful place in the coun-
A. Revolutionary strategies try.
B. Arabic % Urdu writings A. Muslim Community
C. Educational policies B. Religious Community
D. Educational theories C. Secular Community
110. The Muslims rejected Western educa- D. Ethnic Community

tional system for a number of reasons One
115. The establishment of a religious
of them is.
school at Deo Band was culmination of
A. Cultural traditions philosophy put into practice.
B. Religious traditions A. Shah Waliullah, s
C. National traditions B. Syed Amir Ali, s
D. Political traditions C. Maulana Shibli, s
D. Sir Syed, s
111. The English tried to discourage Muslims
politically socially and 116. Jamia Millia Islamia was very much un-
A. Religiously der the domination of.
B. Traditionally A. Muslim League
C. Morally B. Deo Band Movement
D. Mentally C. Aligarh Movement
D. Indian National Congress
112. Name of the British historian who wrote
a book, “Life of Muhammad” full of preju- 117. The Siddons Union Club was patterned
dices was. after
A. Lord Byron A. The Cambridge University Union Club
B. William Moore B. Government Education
C. N.N. Law C. Western Lines
D. Charles Grant D. Religious Literature

118. Deo Band Movement could not succeed in. 123. Who was the first bona fide student of
Deo Band?
A. Preaching Islam all over the subconti-
nent A. Maulana Nanutvi
B. Protecting Muslims against the attack B. Maulana Rashid Ahmad
of English culture C. Maulana Mahmoodul Hasan
C. Enabling Muslims to adopt Arabic lan- D. Muhammad Qasim
guage
124. Sir Syed wrote the explanation of Bible,
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Both A and C for which he had to learn.
119. Which year proved to be a turning point A. Preaching

in the history of education? B. Method
A. 1835 C. Christiantiy
B. 1806 D. Yiddish Language
C. 1802 125. When did Sir Syed Ahmad Khan resign

the government service?
D. 1800
A. in 1877
120. After the failure in war of 1857, the Mus- B. in 1879
lims realized that English were adamant to
C. in 1876
their educational system.
D. in 1875
A. Promote
B. Nullify 126. From which year the Mohammadan Col-
lege started sending regular batches of
C. Abolish students to England?
D. Establish A. 1882
B. 1881
121. The attempt to regenerate the Muslim
community was known as Movement. C. 1888
A. Religious D. 1880
B. Aligarh 127. Another aim of the movement was to se-

cure Muslim culture in languages.
C. Secular
A. Foreign
D. Holy
B. Urdu and English
122. Muhammad Ishaque transferred his head- C. All
quarters from to further strengthen his
D. Arabic and Persian
relations with the Ottoman Empire.
A. Allahabad to Mecca 128. When did the Government of India pass
a resolution on realizing the backwardness
B. Medina to Mecca of the Muslims in the modern education?
C. Delhi to Mecca A. Maulana Shibli
D. Aligarh to Mecca B. Hazrat Sheikh Al Hind

1.22 Educational policies 339
C. Maulana Shabeer Ahmad Usmani C. 1894 Madras

D. Haji Imdadullah Makki D. 1895 Lucknow

129. When and by whom foundation of 133. Who requested Maulana Hali to
Muhammad Anglo-Oriental College was write””Mussadas-e-Hali?
laid? A. Shibli
A. 1876 Sir Syed B. Maulvi Samiullah khan
B. 1877, Lord Lytton C. Sir Sayed Ahmad khan
C. 1877 Sameeullah Khan D. Amjad Ali Shah
D. 1878 Morrison
134. The first meeting of Nadva held on
130. Edinburgh University granted Sir Syed April at Kanpur.
the honorary degree of in 1889. A. 23rd, 24th and 25th
A. Ph.D B. 23rd 24th and 26th
B. Doctorate C. 22nd 23rd and 24th
C. Masters D. 21st 22nd and 23rd
D. Post Graduate 135. M.A.O College Aligarh was a boarding
house in which students used to live.
131. Secretary of Mohammedan Educational
Conference was. A. 30
A. Liaquat Ali khan B. 25
B. Sir Syed Ahmad khan C. 40
C. Maulana Zakaullah D. 95
D. Maulana Nazir Ahmad 136. Who was Syed Akbar Shahabuddin?
132. Where when the first meeting of A. A great poet
Nadavat-ul-Ulma was held? B. A revolutionist
A. 1896 Bombay C. A journalist
B. 1899 Hyderabad D. Both A and C
1.22 Educational policies

1. What kind of education was, near Quaid examination system better?
the basis of a nation, s progress? A. Internal exams will be taken to test the
A. Religious abilities of the students
B. Worldly B. The mutual performance, the mutual
behaviour and approach will be analysed
C. Character Building
as regards their progress
D. Both A and C
C. Both A and B
2. What steps should be taken to make the D. Outer exams will be taken

3. In the Education Policy 1972-80 how C. Funds

many additional seats foe science were as- D. Establishment of more universities
signed on intermediate level?
A. 156000 9. In which policy, it was firmly undertaken
to increase the literacy rate to 100%?
B. 166000
A. The Educational Policy 1959
C. 177000
B. The Educational Policy 1972
D. 186000
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. The Educational Policy 1992
4. Till which year, Pakistan had promised the
International Brotherhood, to double the D. The Educational Policy 1998
literacy rate? 10. Which Educational Policy gave more impor-
A. 2006 tance to the recitation and translation of
B. 2020 Quran?
C. 2010 A. 1972
D. 2000 B. 1992
C. 1998
5. What was considered as the important
part of higher Education? D. 1951
A. Research 11. Who will be assigned to work for welfare
B. Study of the students and organize their activi-
C. Revolution ties in universities?
D. New Strategies A. Principle

B. Teacher
6. When tye 8th Educational Policy was im-
plemented? C. Member of Union Council
A. 27 March 1998 D. Dean
B. 28 March 1999 12. Which scheme was introduced for the stu-
C. 27 March 2000 dents who could not afford their studies?
D. 27 April 1998 A. Free Education Scheme
7. During Which Education policy, permit was B. Loan without interest

given to make student committees? C. Scholarships
A. The Education Policy 1947 D. Education Card Scheme
B. The Education Policy 1959
13. In the Education Policy 1978-80 the teach-
C. The Education Policy 1970 ing of which subject was considered neces-
D. The Education Policy 1972-80 sary in every department of education?
A. Pak studies
8. What should be done for the higher educa-
tion of females? B. Islamiat
A. More facilities C. English
B. Enactment of Post Graduate Classes D. Mathematics

14. Which Education Policy was not followed B. 1947

at all?
C. 1940

A. The Education Policy 1970
D. 1956
B. The Education Policy 1972-80
C. Both A and B 20. In which policy, more facilities were an-
nounced for the teachers?
D. The Edu Commission 1959
A. 1959
15. What was introduced in the 8th Educa-
B. 1974
tional Policy, as regards the examination
system? C. 1972
A. Internal Exams D. 1970
B. External Exams
21. In which Educational Policy the dual educa-
C. Semester System tional system was severely denied?
D. Six Months Exams A. The Educational Policy 1959
16. Under whose government M Sharif Educa- B. The Educational Policy 1979
tional Commission was established?
C. The Educational Policy 1969
A. Yahya khan
D. The Educational Policy 1998
B. Ghulam Muhammad
C. Ayyub khan 22. What is the important factor to establish
a fair and democratic society?
D. Bhutto
A. Religious Education
17. How we can understand the universe and
B. Scientific Education
get benefit out of it?
C. Technical Education
A. Through Awareness
B. Through Knowledge D. Education of Arts
C. Through Science Knowledge 23. To what thing, the changes in the syllabus
D. Through Research correspond?
A. Research
18. Which people are needed to get education
in the agricultural and rural areas of Pak- B. Modern Education
istan?
C. New Additions
A. llliterate
D. All of these
B. Backward
C. Non-religious 24. Who is the managing director of the Edu-
cational Department?
D. Both A and B
A. Chief Minster
19. Since how long, efforts have been taken
B. Educational Minster
to get Islamization in the educational sys-
tem? C. Secretary of Educational Dept
A. 1949 D. Deputy Secretary Of Education

25. What kind of institute was considered au- 31. When the administrative structure of
thentic as an educational centre in a Mus- schools was separated from that of col-
lim society? leges?
A. Mosque Schools A. 1973
B. Primary B. 1982
C. Secondary
C. 1979
D. Both B and C
D. 1990
NARAYAN CHANGDER
26. When all of the colleges were taken under
government? 32. In Which Education Policy, it was sug-
A. In 1972 gested to use the rooms of union coun-
cil and community Centres for educational
B. in 1973
purposes?
C. in 1970
A. The Education Policy 1972-80
D. in 1962
B. The Education Policy 197
27. How illiteracy can be diminished?
C. Nur Khan Edu. Commission
A. Through Awareness
D. The Edu. Conference 1947
B. Through knowledge
C. Through Media 33. What wass designed for the physical Edu-
D. Through Education for Adults cation?
28. When and where, the first Islamic Educa- A. Course Camp
tion Conference was held? B. Games Ground
A. 1997 Macca C. New Syllabus
B. 1976 Medina
D. National Cadet Course
C. 1977 Lohore
D. 1977 Riyadh 34. In which way, the Secondary Education
will change into?
29. What were the first words of the 8th Ed-
ucational Policy? A. Higher Education
A. Education is the basic human right B. Degree level
B. Education should be religious C. According to time and conditions
C. Education is must be free D. Both A and B
D. All of the above mentioned
35. What should be the proportion of scientific
30. According to UNESCO, how much of GNP and simple education at secondary level?
fund should be spent on education?
A. 40:60
A. 2%
B. 4% B. 40:70
C. 5% C. 30:60
D. 6% D. 60:70

36. What kind of schools will be opened for 41. What was suggested for the employees of
the children who have either left their ed- factories regarding education?
ucation incomplete or have not taken ad-

A. Education Course
mission at all?
A. Rural Workshop Schools B. Primary Education
B. Primary Schools C. Basic Knowledge

C. Adult Education Schools D. Technical Knowledge
D. Mosque Schools
42. Which Educational Policy had the longest
37. In the Education Policy of 1978-80 how tenure?
many female teachers were planned to be A. 1954
appointed for female education?
B. 1972
A. 40 Thousand
B. 50 Thousand C. 1998
C. 30 Thousand D. 1979
D. 10 Thousand 43. According to 1972-1980 Educational Pol-
38. In the Education Policy 1978-80 which icy, what was done to make education
saying of the holy Prophet was made the common?
basis for the adult education? A. The establishment of People, s Open
A. To get knowledge is the duty of every University
Muslim man and woman B. The establishment of National Educa-
B. Get knowledge from cradle to the tion Foundations
grave
C. The establishments of schools both in
C. Both A and B cities and villages
D. None of the above mentioned D. Both B and C
39. What degree was introduced to the Na-
44. Which name has been designated to the Ed-
tional Institute of Science and Technol-
ucational Policy 1969?
ogy?
A. B.ED A. The Educational Policy of Yahya khan
B. MA B. The Educational Policy of Nur khan
C. MSC C. The Educational Policy of Ayyub khan
D. PhD D. The Educational Policy of M sharif
40. Who is responsible for the posting transfer
45. Who presented the Educational Commen-
and promotion of the educational officers
dations in 1969?
of 17 to 20 grades?
A. Yahya khan
A. Educational Minster
B. Chief Minster B. Asghar khan
C. Deputy Secretary of Education C. Air Marshall Nur khan
D. Secretary of Educational Dept D. None of these

46. How many new Middle Schools will be C. Deputy District Edu Officer
opened? D. Ass Education Officer
A. 7 Thousand
52. Who is the Official manager of the Educa-
B. 15 Thousand
tion Department?
C. 18 Thousand
A. Educational Minster
D. 20 Thousand
B. Secretary of Educational Dept
NARAYAN CHANGDER
47. Which grade will be assigned to the Uni- C. Chief Minster
versity teachers?
D. None of these
A. 17
B. 14 53. From which level, the report of commission
starts?
C. 18
A. Primary
D. 21
B. Basic
48. To whom, the Additional Secretaries give
C. Higher
help?
D. Secondary
A. Provincial Educational Minster
B. Secretary of Education 54. Who attest the ACR of the District Educa-
C. Federal Education Minster tion Officers?
D. Deputy Secretary A. Director Education Secondary

B. Deputy Director Education
49. What Kind of Education initiates the pas-
sion of patriotism, discipline national unity C. Deputy District Edu Officer
and international awareness? D. Ass Education Officer
A. Scientific
55. In which sense Islam invites to explore the
B. Religious world?
C. Physical A. In Positive Sense
D. International Affairs B. For being God, s Creation
50. Till now, how many National Educational C. In Religious Terms
Policies have been designed?
D. Both A and C
A. 3
56. Why the 8th Educational Policy is pre-
B. 2
ferred over the other ones?
C. 4
A. It was publicized the most
D. 5
B. Many of its goals were brought to light
51. Who supervises the high school at district before it preparation and implementation
level? C. Its preparation was started many
A. Education Directer months back
B. District Edu Officer Secondary D. All of the above mentioned

57. How many teachers were there in 1972? B. 6

A. 1 Lac & 60 Thousands C. 8

B. 1 Lac & 80 Thousands D. 7
C. 80 Thousands
63. Why a great stress was laid on Female Ed-
D. 60 Thousands ucation?
58. Who is the in charge of the Educational De- A. To encourage females to study
partment? B. To make people aware of Female Edu-
A. The Education Minster cation
B. Secretary of Education Dept C. To lessen the shortage of female
C. Chief Minster teachers at schools
D. Additional Secretary D. Both A and B
59. Where the first meeting of the Educational 64. Who work under the Deputy Secretary?
Committee held? A. Section Officer
A. Karachi B. Director
B. Multan C. DPI
C. Lahore D. None of these
D. Ali Garh
65. What would be done to make public get
60. What was the main object of the Educa- expensive and good books easily?
tional Policy 1979?
A. To establish National Book Foundation
A. To make people feel the bond between
Islam and Pakistan B. To open public libraries
B. To make people aware of the need of C. To make books cheaper

education D. To provide free books at school
C. To spread religious knowledge to ev-
66. Who made the Educational Policy 1998,
ery nook and corner
broadcasted on TV?
D. Both A and C
A. The Educational Minister
61. How many new Primary Schools are sug- B. Chief Minister
gested to be opened?
C. Prime Minster
A. 20 Thousand
D. Secretary of Education
B. 30 Thousand
C. 10 Thousand 67. How many secretaries work under the Sec-
retary of Education?
D. 40 Thousand
A. 3
62. According to Educational Policy 1970, till
B. 4
which level the Primary Education was as-
signed? C. 5
A. 5 D. 7

68. What is the main target of the Educational 73. When the education was announced as
Policy 1998? free?
A. To make the nation get rid of the dark- A. In 1970
ness of illiteracy B. In 1974
B. To increase the educational capabili- C. in 1973
ties of the teachers D. in 1972
C. To change the course books 74. According to the Educational Policy 1998,
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. None of the above mentioned what should be the qualification of teach-
ers of primary schools?
69. Which University is more beneficial and A. Matric
more suitable for adult education?
B. BA
A. Punjab University C. FA
B. Allama Iqbal Open University D. MA
C. Bhaud-din-Zakriya University 75. To which institute, all the libraries of the
D. Jamia Islamia Bahawalpur country will be connected via internet?
A. Allama Iqbal Open University
70. During Which Education Policy, the Na-
B. Punjab University
tional Institute of Pakistan Studies was es-
tablished? C. Pakistan’s National LIbrary
A. The Education Policy 1972-80 D. Mobile Library
B. The Education Policy 1970 76. What was suggested to students for the
summer vacations, so they could recognize
C. The Edu. Conference 1947 the greatness of work?
D. The Edu. Commission 1959 A. Holidays, Homework
B. Written Work
71. How many Arabic centres were estab-
lished to promote it as a language? C. Research
A. 30 D. Work Camp
B. 20 77. Who compiled the Educational Policy

1972?
C. 10
A. Air Marshall Nur khan
D. 15
B. Zia-ul-Haqq
72. Which Educational Policy has the main C. Fakhr Imam
qualities of Islamic foundations and Urdu D. M Sharif
as a source of education?
78. What kind of education Islam preaches?
A. The Educational Policy 1972
A. Worldly
B. The Educational Policy 1979 B. Religious
C. The Educational Policy 1992 C. Scientific & Religious
D. The Educational Policy 1998 D. Both A and B

79. Why second shift in schools was sug- C. Technical Knowledge

gested in the Education Policy 1972-80? D. Recitation of Holy Quran

A. To get rid of new expenditure
85. In which government, the National Educa-
B. To not let education common tional Policy was presented?
C. To make most of the population liter- A. Zia-Ul-Haqq
ate
B. Ayyub khan
C. Yahya khan
80. What was the duration of BA/BSC, accord- D. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto
ing to the Education Commission?
A. 4yrs 86. What would be the tenure of the National
Education Council?
B. 5yrs
A. 6yrs
C. 3yrs
B. 7yrs
D. 2yrs
C. 3yrs
81. Who says that the most important ting
D. 5yrs
about education is its spiritual element?
A. Liaquat Ali khan 87. According to the 8th Educational Policy,
What new thing should be introduced to
B. Gandhi
the religious institutes?
C. Quaid-e-Azam
A. The subjects of Science, English Math-
D. Maulana Fazl-ur-Rehman ematics, General Science etc, will be In-
troduced to the religious institutes
82. In Which Education Policy, it was sug-
gested to give free education till Matric? B. The government will take the religious
institutes under its authority
A. The Education Policy 1970
C. Both A and B
B. The Edu Conference 1947
D. Nonce of these
C. The Edu Commission 1959
D. The Education Policy 1972-80 88. When the National Education Commission
was established?
83. How much money as demanded for the
A. 1956
implementation of the Education Policy
1970? B. 1957
A. 3 Hundred Million & 40 lac C. 1954
B. 4 Hundred Million D. 1958
C. 6 Hundred Million & 50 lac 89. In the 8th Education Policy, what was
D. 7 Hundred Million highly denied as regards education?
84. What should be broadcasted on TV and Ra- A. Absentees

dio? B. Holidays
A. Scientific Inventions C. Disorder
B. New Trends in Education D. Politics

90. In the Education Policy 1978-80 Which 95. Under whose administration General
saying Prophet Mohammad (PBUH) was Yahya Khan established the Education
used as the basis? Committee?
A. Get Knowledge though you have to go A. Fazal-ur-Rehman
to china
B. S M Sharif
B. To get knowledge is the duty of every
C. Air Marshall Nur Khan
Muslim man and woman
D. All of these
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Get Knowledge from the cradle to the
grave
96. How many new Secondary Schools will be
D. All of the above mentioned opened?
91. According to whom, the second object of A. 9 Thousand
education is the training of citizenship? B. 10 Thousand
A. Gandhi C. 7 Thousand
B. Liaquat Ali khan D. 4Thousand
C. Sir Syed Ahmad khan
97. What kind of library was suggested to pro-
D. Mualana Fazl-ur-Rehman
mote the habit of reading?
92. How much duration was assigned to 1st A. Home Library
part of LLB?
B. College Library
A. 2 yrs
C. Mobile Library
B. 3 yrs
D. Public Library
C. 1 yr
D. 6 yrs 98. What was the name of the Prime Minister,
who advised to reorganizes the 49 pages
93. What should be done to make the edu- manuscript, issued in the very beginning of
cation of science and Technology common the 8th Educational Policy?
among the public?
A. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto
A. Free lectures must be delivered on the
respective subjects B. Benazir Bhutto
B. The establishment of a National Centre C. Nawaz Sharif
C. Free training should be given in the re- D. None of the above
spective fields
99. What should be done as regards teachers
D. Both A and C of the Universities?
94. What was neglected in the designed goals A. To make them get high qualification
of the Educational Commission?
B. To grant them higher pay so they can
A. Religious Knowledge get training
B. Scientific Knowledge C. To make them get free training
C. Technical Knowledge D. To grant them leave so they can get
D. Knowledge of Arts training from the country or abroad

100. During whose government the policy 105. Which kind of education according to the
to nationalize educational institutes was Educational Policy 1970, should be intro-
adopted? duced to secondary and higher level?

A. Yahya khan A. Scientific
B. Ayyub khan B. Technical
C. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto C. Religious
D. Nawaz Sharif D. Both A and C
106. What would be the educational expen-

101. According to the 8th Education Policy,
diture according to the Educational Policy
how many books will be included in the
1998?
course of first 3 classes?
A. 2.2%
A. 3
B. 4%
B. 4
C. 4.5%
C. 5
D. 6%
D. 2
107. Why all universities are suffering from fi-
102. In the Education Commission 1959, nancial crisis?
Which thing was considered the necessary A. Federal Government does not have re-
part of education? sources to fulfil their needs
A. Research B. Provincial Government does not have
B. Technical Education sources to fulfil their needs
C. Vocational Education C. The Higher Education Commission is
running out of funds
D. None of these
D. None of the above mentioned
103. IN the Education Policy 1972-80 which
108. What would be the proportion of educa-
subject was regarded must for Metric to
tion of Science and Arts according to the
Degree classes?
Educational Policy 1998?
A. Arabic
A. 40:60
B. English B. 50:50
C. Islamiat C. 30:70
D. Education D. 20:80
104. How many pages had the recompiled 109. What steps were taken to make urdu an
manuscript? official language?
A. 170 A. Books of Science, Professional and
technical subjects should be produced in
B. 100
Urdu
C. 69
B. The selected books of important
D. 169 should be translated into Urdu

C. The scientific and Professional abili- 115. According to the Education Policy 1979,
ties should be introduced in Urdu What should be done as regards the edu-
D. All of the above cation and welfare of special people?
A. To establish the National Communica-
110. Who wished for the first Educational Con- tion Committee
ference to be held?
B. To establish an Expert Committee
A. Liaquat Ali khan
C. To make arrangements for the habitat
B. Ghulam Muhammad
NARAYAN CHANGDER
of special people
C. Ayyub khan
D. Quaid-e-Azam
116. What would be the duties of the National
111. What was the name of the Educational Education Council?
Minister, who supervised the preparation
of the Educational Policy 1998-2010? A. It would analyse the performance in
different fields of education
A. Zulfiqar Ali khausa
B. It would suggest changes in edu-
B. Iftikhar Ahmad Dhaloan cational Programmes according to ever
C. Syed Ghaus Ali Shah changing conditions and needs of the
D. Ishaq Daar country
C. It would analyse the curriculum and its
112. In the Education Policy 1972-80 how outcomes
many seats were added to the Hihger Ed-
ucation Institutes? D. All of the above mentioned
A. 1 lac 117. In the Education Policy 1978-80 which
B. 2 lac saying of the Holy Prophet was made the
basis for the adult education?
C. 50 lac
A. 12 Thousand
D. 1 & half lac
B. 14 Thousand
113. What is highly emphasized in the Educa-
tional Policy of 19998? C. 15 Thousand
A. To Increase the Literacy Rate D. 13 Thousand

B. Educational is must for All 118. How the objective, of making the individ-
C. The Derail of llliteracy uals get the religious awareness, can be
gained?
D. To Open More Schools
A. By inculcating in them the ideology of
114. Which university was given the level of Pakistan
a complete university?
B. By promoting the education of islamiat
A. People, s Open University and Arabic
B. Punjab University C. By giving them free education of Is-
C. Bahaud-din-Zakrya University lamiat
D. Jamia Islamia Bahawalpur D. Both A and B

1.23 Elementary education in early history Islam 351
119. Which subject should be added to all lev- C. Sir Syed Ahmad khan
els?
D. Liaquat Ali khan

A. Mathematics
B. Physical Education 122. Who would pay the half of the expen-
diture to build stadiums for 3.000 people
C. Science and gymnasiums for 500 people?
D. English A. Federal Government
120. On which thing the success or failure, in B. Central Government
annual examinations of a student depends
on? C. Provincial Government
A. Hard Work D. Board of inter Education

B. Research 123. On which Report Of Educational Commis-
C. Potentials sion western emphasis was very obvi-
D. Memory ous?
A. M Sharif Educational Commission
121. Who did preside the Educational Confer-
ence 1947, held in Karachi? B. The Educational Policy 1998
A. Quaid-e-Azam C. The Educational 1959
B. Maulana Fazl-ur-Rehman D. The Educational Policy 1972
1.23 Elementary education in early history Islam

1. It is better that a man should secure for them to swinm, and accustom them to
his child than that he bestows a say in his sleep little.
charity. A. Caliph Usman
A. Property B. Caliph Abdal Malik
B. Legacy C. Caliph Abu Bakr
C. Education D. Caliph Omar
D. Heritage
4. The student was no the whole or partial
2. Islam raised the Arabs to a higher level holiday whenever he completed his study
of and at the same time introduced of Holy Quran and the occasion was cele-
amongst them the elements of education brated called Iqlaba or Takhrifa.
in which they had till then been rather de- A. On Eid
ficient.
B. On Friday
A. Education
C. Same day
B. Knowledge
D. In Feast
C. Training
D. Civilization 5. The schools remained closed on and
also for a period of from one to three days
3. Caliph advised his son, s tutor”Teach and after Eid festivals.

A. Saturday and Sunday 10. Bukhari writes a saying ascribed to

B. Monday and Friday ”Nothing has a better right to be re-
warded than instruction in the Book of
C. Monday and Tuesday God.”
D. Thursday and Friday A. Ibn Khaldun
6. Laith bin Mujahid affirms that at the B. Ibn Abi Talib
Day of Judgement God will subject the C. Ibn Abbas
schoolmaster to a special interrogation as
NARAYAN CHANGDER
to a special interrogation as to whether D. Ibn Zaifa
he maintained strict impartiality between 11. When the Fatimid dynasty was over-
pupil and pupil and that if he is found guilty thrown, the Ayyubids superseded their
in this respect, he will be set beside. academies by high schools conducted on
A. Evil Ones principles and the wide spaces of the
mosques were utilized for teaching pur-
B. Workers of Inequity
poses.
C. Devilish Minded
A. Shi, iti
D. Workers
B. Islamic
7. To protect the children from undue severity C. Sunni
Muslim jurists Canctioned Corporal punish-
D. Teaching
ment should be limited between light
strokes. 12. The art of reading and writing which ex-
A. Three and Ten isted to a limited extent on Arabia before
Islam increased, after the advent of Islam
B. Three and Five
and especially with the expansion of.
C. Five and Ten
A. Islam
D. Five and Eight
B. Muslims
8. The child is to be sent to school and the C. Empire
teacher must begin to instruct him system-
D. Territories
atically in the Quran, at the age of.
A. 4 13. Quraish as a people engaged in Commerce,
had naturally more occasions to practice
B. 6
writing than the date-planters and herds-
C. 9 men of.
D. 7 A. Medina
9. In the early period the attested notices of B. Mecca
the Schools and the Mu, allims (Teach- C. Badr
ers)are found. D. Banu Umayya
A. Islamic
14. It is regarded as a praiseworthy deed to
B. Jewish educate a slave-girl than set her free and
C. Elementary give her to.
D. Christian A. Family

B. Institute A. Mecca
C. Her Parents B. Arafat

D. Husband C. Hudaibiya
15. Islam prescribes that all teachers should D. Badr
be and work of elementary teaching
must be done in a specially appointed pub- 20. In the early stages after the spread of Is-
lic place within in the sight of the people lam teachers in the elementary places of
and not at the teacher, s residence. Instructions were mainly non-Muslims es-
A. Well Educated pecially Jews and.
B. Expert A. Buddhists
C. Married B. Atheists
D. Technical C. Christians
16. In AD 723 Dahhaq bin Muzahim kept Ele- D. Monotheists
mentary School in
A. Medina 21. In relations of teacher to student, the basic
principle was.
B. Basra
A. The just and equal treatment of all
C. Kufa
scholars
B. The payment of salary in time
17. Simultaneously with exercises in reading
C. Punctuality
and writing from the Quran, the pupils
were taught basics of. D. Both B and C
A. Geography
22. The poet kumait and commander Hajaj bin
B. Science Yusuf were
C. Arithmetic
A. Leaders
D. Philosophy
B. Sardars
18. The education of young princes at Court
C. School Teachers
had reached a high standard of excellence
in the early period of. D. Head Masters
A. Quraish
23. The development of scientific knowledge
B. Abbasid under in the 2nd Century A.H naturally
C. Islam carried with it a corresponding advance in
D. Umayyah preparatory education.
A. Umayyah
19. The Holy Prophet (PBUH)attached consid-
erable importance to attaining knowledge B. Quraish
maybe inferred from the conditions on
C. Abbasids
which he released prisoners of war after
his first victory at. D. None of these

24. It was not permissible to employ a stu- 29. Later on Hajaj bin Yusuf chose career.
dent in the private service f the teacher, s
A. Teaching
household without the express permission
of. B. Writing
A. Parents C. Industrial
B. Principle D. Political
C. Student
30. The most important thing for the teacher
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Society
is purpose.He must devote himself to
25. the value set upon education in Islam is the work from purely spiritual motives and
indicated by certain Hadith which reflect without any worldly considerations what-
the ideals of Islam in its early days and ever.
represent the prevailing views for the first A. Outward
generations.
B. Inward
A. Religious
B. Education C. Moral
C. National D. Spiritual
D. Institutional 31. It is on the record that the deserving pupils
26. In spreading the knowledge of the of Elementary Schools were rewarded by.
teacher should have no other design than A. Being carried through streets on
that of doing a work well-pleasing to God camels
and thereby attaining nearness to Him.
B. Having almonds thrown to them
A. Divine Things
C. Giving scholarship to them
B. Islamic Teachings
C. Verses of Quran D. Both A and B
D. Science 32. The teacher was not supposed to

receive without the knowledge of par-
27. Bedawi of the tribe of Rujah settled as a
ents or guardians.
mu, allim in Basra in the 2nd Century A.H
and conducted a school for. A. Salary
A. Free B. Guidance
B. Payment C. Presents
C. Poor
D. Training
D. Islam
33. The corporal punishment was considered a
28. The payment of teachers became the rule
rule rather than.
actually recognized in practice by.
A. Inclusion
A. Muslim Law
B. Christian Law B. Exception
C. Jewish Law C. Reprimanding
D. Umayyad Law D. Apology

1.24 Islamic education 355
34. When young Muslim Community, had D. Umayyad

been constituted system of education
embracing at least the bare elements of 39. As far as School Administration in Mus-

knowledge, was set on foot. lim Education was concerned treats in
great deal.
A. Primitive
A. Muslim Literature
B. Elementary
B. Scientific Research
C. Contemporary
C. Islamic Teachings
D. Islamic
D. Technical knowledge
35. The teacher must look upon his wages, not
as a professional emoluments but as. 40. The Fatimid administration, now estab-
A. A salary that government pays lished in Egypt, toot steps towards found-
ing academies in where theological
B. A gift Divinely bestowed upon him tenets of the Shi, iti School as well as writ-
C. A fee that parents pay after their af- ings of the Greeks and the Persians were
fordability studied.
D. Both A and C A. Syria
36. A system of Muslim education had taken B. Afghanistan
root in the land of after being conquered C. Cairo
by Muslims.
D. Mecca
A. Iraq
41. Zubair bin Hayya taught in a school at Taif
B. Medina
before being appointed administrator of Is-
C. Basra fahan in.
D. Badr A. Greece
37. were not to be used for private service B. Mecca
of the teacher under any circumstances. C. Medina
A. Poor
D. Iran
B. Orphans
42. advised the parents”Teach your chil-
C. Pupils
dren to swim and throw darts, change
D. Needy Ones them that they must be able to mount
a horse securely and make them recite
38. Elementary Education seems to have been
verses.
thoroughly established in Islam by the
early period. A. Caliph Omar
A. Quraish B. Caliph Abu Bakr
B. Primitive C. Caliph Usman
C. Islamic D. Caliph Ali
1.24 Islamic education

1. In Islamic schools teaching of Arabic lan- C. Hudaibiya

guage and literature was one of the im-
D. Badr
portant requirements of
A. Curriculum 6. The harmony between religious education
B. Religion and different disciplines was the need of
C. Educational Institute the in accordance with the needs of the
students.
D. System
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Science
2. Seeking God in every deed and thought
and feeling and adherence to God, s world B. Nation
is the of the Muslim. C. Time
A. Awareness
D. Educational System
B. Knowledge
C. Worship 7. In Islamic schools each student was free
D. Wisdom to attain his ultimate level in any of his in-
terest without being held back because of
3. The Fatimid administration, now estab- difficulties in disciplines.
lished in Egypt, toot steps towards found-
A. Central
ing academies in where theological
tenets of the Shi, iti School as well as writ- B. Main
ings of the Greeks and the Persians were
C. Moral
studied.
A. Syria D. Subsidiary
B. Afghanistan
8. The student was no the whole or partial
C. Cairo holiday whenever he completed his study
D. Mecca of Holy Quran and the occasion was cele-
brated called Iqlaba or Takhrifa.
4. which is considered the mother of all
sciences was very popular among the Mus- A. On Eid
lims in those days. B. On Friday
A. Biology
C. Same day
B. Physics
D. In Feast
C. Mathematics
D. Philosophy 9. Books pertaining to sciences must be
purged of traces of ignorance and to
5. The Holy Prophet (PBUH)attached consid-
make them conform to the spirit of Islam.
erable importance to attaining knowledge
maybe inferred from the conditions on A. Monotheism
which he released prisoners of war after
B. Atheism
his first victory at.
A. Mecca C. Scepticism
B. Arafat D. Vice

10. Islam raised the Arabs to a higher level C. Nation

of and at the same time introduced
D. World
amongst them the elements of education

in which they had till then been rather de-
15. In old Muslim schools it was usual prac-
ficient.
tice that the brilliant students understood
A. Education and appreciated the difficulties and merits
B. Knowledge of the dull students and the dull students
learnt easily from them in comparison of
C. Training
their
D. Civilization
A. Age Group
11. The Islamic school with all its different de-
B. Class Fellows
grees was a house for education in addi-
tion to. C. Parents
A. Knowledge D. Teachers
B. Training
16. There was very close relationship in Is-
C. intuition
lamic schools and moral and spiritual guid-
D. Worship ance was easily available to the students.
12. The Muslim student has to be constantly A. Parent-Teacher
reminded of the message entrusted to him
B. Student-Teacher
by God and is the means to realize it.
A. Science C. Parent-Student
B. Religion D. None of these
C. Knowledge
17. Knowledge of is a very important part
D. Wisdom of Islamic education.
13. Islam prescribes that all teachers should A. Traditions
be and work of elementary teaching
must be done in a specially appointed pub- B. Wisdom
lic place within in the sight of the people C. World
and not at the teacher, s residence.
D. Life Hereafter
A. Well Educated
B. Expert 18. In Islamic schools the able and studious
C. Married were allowed to move forward at their
own speed and they were not restricted
D. Technical by a fixed curriculum nor they were kept
14. It would be sufficient if Muslims as group in the same
were deeply religious and the would A. Environment
not misuse science as to strike the bound-
ary of Islam. B. School
A. Government C. Age Group

B. Scientist D. System

19. The fundamental knowledge of Islam has C. Ibn Abbas

been revealed in Holy Quran and D. Ibn Zaifa
present practical examples for living a life
of true Muslim. 24. Bedawi of the tribe of Rujah settled as a
A. Socialism mu, allim in Basra in the 2nd Century A.H
and conducted a school for.
B. Teachings
A. Free
C. Traditions
B. Payment
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Preaching
C. Poor
20. The concept of was not for the early
D. Islam
Muslims but a complete system of life
drawn from the Howly Quran and Tradi- 25. The students were required to know reli-
tions of the Prophet(PBUH). gious matters on the one hand and to know
A. Secularism the on the other hand.
B. Monotheism A. Traditions
C. Atheism B. Culture
D. Scepticism C. Rules
D. Sharia
21. According to Islamic education there is no
separation between this world and here- 26. The schools remained closed on and
after and it supports the unity of and also for a period of from one to three days
religion. and after Eid festivals.
A. Man A. Saturday and Sunday
B. Society B. Monday and Friday
C. World C. Monday and Tuesday
D. None of these D. Thursday and Friday
22. The education of Muslim children in old 27. advised the parents”Teach your chil-
schools of Islamic education was with dren to swim and throw darts, change
as core subjects which they read, re- them that they must be able to mount
cited.and memorized. a horse securely and make them recite
A. Religions verses.
B. Rituals A. Caliph Omar
C. Islam B. Caliph Abu Bakr
D. Holy Quran C. Caliph Usman
23. Bukhari writes a saying ascribed to D. Caliph Ali

”Nothing has a better right to be re- 28. The main drawback of the old Muslim
warded than instruction in the Book of schools was that those schools gave more
God.” emphasis on factual information and mem-
A. Ibn Khaldun orization and neglected
B. Ibn Abi Talib A. Assessment

B. Examination 34. The school at that time was not isolated

C. Understanding from the rest of the society in fact it fixed
the values by which society lived and com-

D. Semester System pleted and developed those values on the
29. It is better that a man should secure for basis of.
his child than that he bestows a say in his A. Islam
charity. B. Knowledge
A. Property
C. Science
B. Legacy
D. Experiences
C. Education
35. Other must be taught as tools we use
D. Heritage
to realize the divine plan in everything on
30. In the early period the attested notices of earth for the benefit of man.
the Schools and the Mu, allims (Teach- A. Religions
ers)are found.
B. Knowledge
A. Islamic
C. Things
B. Jewish
D. Sciences
C. Elementary
36. The art of reading and writing which ex-
D. Christian
isted to a limited extent on Arabia before
31. The corporal punishment was considered a Islam increased, after the advent of Islam
rule rather than. and especially with the expansion of.
A. Inclusion A. Islam
B. Exception B. Muslims
C. Reprimanding C. Empire
D. Apology D. Territories
32. The teacher was not supposed to 37. Sanctification includes understanding and
receive without the knowledge of par- recitation of Holy Quran as well as total
ents or guardians. submission to God through knowledge of.
A. Salary A. Religion
B. Guidance B. Duties
C. Presents C. Right and Wrong
D. Training D. Rules and Regulations
33. A knowledge of is not an end itself but 38. In olden times, an all-encompassing mat-
its purpose was to bring up successive gen- ter that covered all kind of human activity
erations on the basis of sound religion. was.
A. Sharia A. Worship
B. World B. Education
C. Life Hereafter C. Good Behaviour
D. Religions D. Service to Mankind

39. Sociology defines a Nation as a group C. Verses of Quran

of people united by a correct belief in God, D. Science
despite differences of race, language or
history etc. 44. The old Islamic schools had features in
A. lgnorant those days, which are advocated as fea-
tures of a good modern system.
B. Atheist
A. Islamic
C. Islamic
B. Education
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Monotheist
C. Scientific
40. Later on Hajaj bin Yusuf chose career. D. Knowledge
A. Teaching
45. There is no other religion or culture ex-
B. Writing cept Islam who had considered the ba-
C. Industrial sic need of man.
D. Political A. Religion
41. When the Fatimid dynasty was over- B. Training

thrown, the Ayyubids superseded their C. Education
academies by high schools conducted on
D. Guidance
principles and the wide spaces of the
mosques were utilized for teaching pur- 46. Islamic education is naturally based on
poses. Holy Quran and
A. Shi, iti A. Hadith
B. Islamic B. Practice
C. Sunni C. Teachings
D. Teaching D. Prophethood
42. One of the basic deficiencies in Traditional 47. The payment of teachers became the rule
Islamic Institutions was that was not actually recognized in practice by.
given proper place but was considered as
contrary to Islamic education. A. Muslim Law
A. Mathematics B. Christian Law
B. Science C. Jewish Law
C. Philosophy D. Umayyad Law
D. Sociology 48. Probably the absence of teaching of sci-

ence in those schools was responsible for
43. In spreading the knowledge of the not producing any and inventor.
teacher should have no other design than
that of doing a work well-pleasing to God A. Scholar
and thereby attaining nearness to Him. B. Researcher
A. Divine Things C. Muslim Scientist
B. Islamic Teachings D. Science Teacher

49. In the early stages after the spread of Is- 54. The education of young princes at Court
lam teachers in the elementary places of had reached a high standard of excellence
Instructions were mainly non-Muslims es- in the early period of.

pecially Jews and. A. Quraish
A. Buddhists B. Abbasid
B. Atheists C. Islam
C. Christians D. Umayyah
D. Monotheists
55. Laith bin Mujahid affirms that at the
50. Sociology teaches phenomena as hu- Day of Judgement God will subject the
man behaviour corresponding with and in schoolmaster to a special interrogation as
conformity with the dictates of God and to a special interrogation as to whether
the divine system. he maintained strict impartiality between
A. Atheistic pupil and pupil and that if he is found guilty
in this respect, he will be set beside.
B. Sceptic
A. Evil Ones
C. Neither A nor B
B. Workers of Inequity
D. Monotheistic
C. Devilish Minded
51. The concept of means adherence to the
word of God. D. Workers
A. Secularism 56. Caliph advised his son, s tutor”Teach

B. Atheism them to swinm, and accustom them to
sleep little.
C. Prophethood
A. Caliph Usman
D. Monotheism
B. Caliph Abdal Malik
52. The second aspect of Islamic education is
C. Caliph Abu Bakr
the knowledge of Book so people would
become well aware of the meaning of Holy D. Caliph Omar
Book and would understand the elements
57. It is on the record that the deserving pupils
like belief in unity of God, Prophethood
of Elementary Schools were rewarded by.
and
A. Being carried through streets on
A. Traditions
camels
B. Life Hereafter
B. Having almonds thrown to them
C. Worldly Life
C. Giving scholarship to them
D. Islamic Knowledge
D. Both A and B
53. According to Islam, it is necessary to get
58. When young Muslim Community, had
education through wisdom and
been constituted system of education
A. Knowledge embracing at least the bare elements of
B. Awareness knowledge, was set on foot.
C. Perception A. Primitive
D. Senses B. Elementary

C. Contemporary 64. The old schools known as Maktabs

D. Islamic and Madrasas were generally attached
with
59. In AD 723 Dahhaq bin Muzahim kept Ele- A. Educational System
mentary School in
B. Mosques
A. Medina
C. Nizaam
B. Basra
D. Traditions
NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Kufa
D. None of the Above 65. Students from all classes of society sat to-
gether at the feet of the same Only by
60. The teacher must look upon his wages, not their contribution to the activities of the
as a professional emoluments but as. group were they distinguished.
A. A salary that government pays A. Group
B. A gift Divinely bestowed upon him B. System
C. A fee that parents pay after their af- C. Scholar
fordability
D. Organization
D. Both A and C
66. As far as School Administration in Mus-
61. The highest and oldest seat of higher ed- lim Education was concerned treats in
ucation known as Jamia Al-Azhar of great deal.
was located in the mosque.
A. Muslim Literature
A. Mecca
B. Scientific Research
B. Median
C. Islamic Teachings
C. Bhutan
D. Technical knowledge
D. Cairo
67. In relations of teacher to student, the basic
62. The third aspect of Islamic education, Sanc-
principle was.
tification means.
A. The just and equal treatment of all
A. To harmonize
scholars
B. To protect
B. The payment of salary in time
C. To purify
C. Punctuality
D. Both A and B
D. Both B and C
63. included teachings and Sharia his-
tory geography mathematics astronomy 68. Different of education emphasize dif-
medicine and engineering and others all ferent aspects of life but Islam blends all
that is done is the name of God. the systems in its own one which gives
prominence to inner purity social conscious-
A. Worship ness and attainment of any skill which the
B. Monotheism person chooses for himself.
C. Atheism A. Aspects
D. Islamic Education B. Branches

C. Kinds A. Outward
D. Philosophies B. Inward

69. It is regarded as a praiseworthy deed to C. Moral
educate a slave-girl than set her free and D. Spiritual
give her to.
A. Family 74. Scientific research as well as agriculture
commerce industry and appreciation of the
B. Institute beauty in the universe are all
C. Her Parents
A. Belief in God
D. Husband
B. Worship
70. Elementary Education seems to have been C. Piety
thoroughly established in Islam by the
early period. D. Parts of Islam
A. Quraish 75. Simultaneously with exercises in reading

B. Primitive and writing from the Quran, the pupils
were taught basics of.
C. Islamic
A. Geography
D. Umayyad
B. Science
71. According to Islam, education is based on
basic elements that create a beautiful C. Arithmetic
harmony between education and training D. Philosophy
of man.
A. Four 76. Law, theology, mysticism and rituals were
based on Holy Quran and
B. Five
A. Piety
C. Three
B. Guidance
D. Six
C. Hadith
72. It was not permissible to employ a stu-
D. Traditions
dent in the private service f the teacher, s
household without the express permission
77. In order to turn our educational system
of.
into Islamic one, attention must be paid
A. Parents to consulting the religious sentiment in the
B. Principle Quranic way, i.e, drawing the attention of
the people towards the sings of God in the
C. Student universe and consequently urging people
D. Society worship God without
73. The most important thing for the teacher A. Doubt

is purpose.He must devote himself to B. Partner
the work from purely spiritual motives and
C. Misconception
without any worldly considerations what-
ever. D. Hesitation

78. is the first stage of Islamic education 83. Islamic history must be rewritten in a
so the perfect education should reach peo- completely manner without the traces
ple inn its original form and people would of Jewish and Christian Orientalists who
believe in its genuineness. intentionally spoiled it with the aim of con-
A. Revision cealing its great achievements and high-
lighting its deviations.
B. Belief
C. Memorization A. New
NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Recitation B. Islamic
79. Islam propagates to adopt the mid-way in C. Modern

all walks of life The same is true about D. Scientific
its
A. Teachings 84. Teaching was not a profession acquired by
B. Education a mere certificate awarded by a Govern-
ment body, but something achieved by real
C. Traditions ability and true vocation a statement
D. Rules by.
80. To protect the children from undue severity A. Ata-ur-Rehman
Muslim jurists Canctioned Corporal punish-
B. M.A.Zaki Badwai
ment should be limited between light
strokes. C. Hayat Khan
A. Three and Ten D. Prof Saleem Ahmad
B. Three and Five
C. Five and Ten 85. The development of scientific knowledge
under in the 2nd Century A.H naturally
D. Five and Eight carried with it a corresponding advance in
81. Quraish as a people engaged in Commerce, preparatory education.
had naturally more occasions to practice A. Umayyah
writing than the date-planters and herds-
men of. B. Quraish
A. Medina C. Abbasids
B. Mecca D. None of these
C. Badr
D. Banu Umayya 86. The other sciences taught in those schools
were not divorced from religious sciences
82. Zubair bin Hayya taught in a school at Taif in the curricula or from the religious spirit
before being appointed administrator of Is- pervading all education and
fahan in.
A. Research
A. Greece
B. Society
B. Mecca
C. Medina C. Training
D. Iran D. Institute

87. A system of Muslim education had taken 92. science of history teaches the history
root in the land of after being conquered of humanity on the basis that the mission
by Muslims. of Man is the material development on the

A. Iraq earth and to realize himself through con-
quest and mastery by any means whatso-
B. Medina ever.
C. Basra A. Islamic
D. Badr
B. Monotheistic
88. The child is to be sent to school and the C. Ignorant
teacher must begin to instruct him system-
D. Secular
atically in the Quran, at the age of.
A. 4 93. Old schools of education existed
in which was the centre of all Islamic
B. 6
activities students students studying and
C. 9 teachers teaching in such schools remained
D. 7 part of the society.
89. Knowledge of comes when a person A. Madrisas

gets awareness of religion through under- B. Vales
standing recitation, and sanctification and C. Grounds
becomes able to decide according to reli-
gion to get his God, s approval. D. Mosques
A. Wisdom 94. were not to be used for private service

B. Recitation of the teacher under any circumstances.
C. Islamic Culture A. Poor
D. None of these B. Orphans
C. Pupils
90. The schools did not hold any annual or
half year examination for the promotion of D. Needy Ones
the students The teachers who taught the
95. The Muslim is committed to utilize the fruit
subjects continuously did the assessment
of according to the work of God.
of the students.
A. Science
A. Islamic
B. Knowledge
B. Scientific
C. Religion
C. Old
D. Teachings
D. Western
96. The evaluation of the student was not
91. The poet kumait and commander Hajaj bin
done only on the basis of knowledge
Yusuf were
and understanding of the subject but also
A. Leaders on his and moral conduct in different
B. Sardars walks of life.
C. School Teachers A. Piety
D. Head Masters B. Performance

C. Wisdom D. Institutional
D. Knowledge
98. After completing education in Islamic
97. the value set upon education in Islam is schools the students used to learn about
indicated by certain Hadith which reflect medical profession based on the system
the ideals of Islam in its early days and called
represent the prevailing views for the first
A. Unani
generations.
B. Islamization
NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Religious
B. Education C. Organization
C. National D. Scientific

Education

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Education

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MOST POPULAR AROUND THE WORLD

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

EDUCATION NET SET

DESIGNED FOR SURE SUCCESS

JAI SHREE RAM

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

It is my deepest gratitude and warmest

To my mother JOYTSNA CHANGDER

who has been a constant source of Knowledge and in-

The aim of this publication is to sup-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

D. Boredom casued by repetitiveness A. Self-paced learning

8. Why is Environment Awareness necessary C. Indoctrination

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

C. Man must control and change environ- B. Simple to complex

D. All children immediately follow B. Removing illiteracy

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

B. a concentric approach of teaching the C. Adventure

B. Can’t translate 46. In today’s society school should give

D. Education is mechanisation in process C. Sociology

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

B. Brahmnic system of education 76. What type of teachers are appreciated?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

72. Young adolescents rebel to express their B. Central list

81. Which of the following is Doordarshan’s C. Socio-cultural background

C. Comfortably A. Maintains discipline

83. For , ‘Experimentation’ the standard C. Promotes meaningful learning

92. The issue of ‘academic burden on students’ B. Friedrich Frobel

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

D. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad D. Albert Bandura

109. What is the importance of having devel-

B. Evaluate the subject C. Teaching techniques and aids used

D. A material forming the basis and con- A. Bihar

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

C. Uttar Pradesh 119. Vivekanand was a

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

1.2 Motivation and emotion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

11. Sigmund Freud has regarded the first three

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

B. Sexual urge 21. Defence mechanism operate at unconscious

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

38. Neurotic anxiety is one in which there oc- A. Superego directives

1.3 Child development and pedagogy

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

D. Communication technology 10. Which from the following should be used

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

D. Plato and Aristotle were colleagues A. power

18. An assessment that is generally carried A. child

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

B. Preoperational stage C. to educate the child

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

37. Progressive education emphasizes learn- B. Esthetics

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

48. The most complex skill in cognitive domain C. retain

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

59. Knowledge of child psychology is a must B. 2